IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


^/ 


^ 


.V 


m 


S.    «" 


4^ 


i 


1.0 


I.I 


|J0     ^^       ■■■ 

Z  l£&   12.0 


IL25  III  1.4 


i: 


^  ^ 


^I^' 


V 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Ckjrporation 


aa  WUT  MA)N  STRUT 

WIUTM.N.Y.  14SM 

(7U)  •71-4S03 


^^^ 


^> 


■'.'3 


? 


"< 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  IMicroraproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  d9  microraproductions  historiquas 


V^O 


/^ 


Tachnieal  and  Blbliographie  NotM/Notas  tachniquaa  at  bibliographiquaa 


Tha  Instituta  haa  «nafnptad  to  obtain  tha  baat 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming,  Faaturaa  of  thia 
copy  which  may  ba  blbliographieally  uniqua. 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  in  tha 
raproduction.  or  which  may  significantly  changa 
tha  uauai  mathod  of  filming,  ara  chackad  balow. 


□   Colourad  covara/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


D 
D 
D 


Covara  damagad/ 
Couvartura  andommag4a 

Covara  rastorad  and/or  iaminatitd/ 
Couvartura  raatauria  at/ou  palliculAa 

Covar  titia  miaaing/ 

La  titra  d«  couvartura  manqua 


□   Colourad  mapa/ 
Cartaa 


D 
D 
D 
D 


D 


Q 


gtegraphiquaa  an  coulaur 


Colourad  inic  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  blacic)/ 
Enera  da  coulaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noiral 

Colourad  plataa  and/or  illustrationa/ 
Planchaa  at/ou  illuatrations  an  coulaur 


Bound  with  othar  matarial/ 
RaiiA  avac  d'autras  documants 

Tight  binding  may  cauaa  shadowa  or  diatortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

Laraliura  tarria  paut  cauaar  da  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
diatoraion  la  long  da  la  marga  intiriaura 

Blanit  laavaa  addad  during  raatoration  may 
appaar  within  tha  taxt.  Whanavar  poaaibla.  thasa 
hava  baan  omittad  from  filming/ 
II  ta  paut  qua  cartainaa  pagaa  blancfiaa  aJoutAaa 
tors  d'una  raatauration  apparaiaaant  dana  la  taxta, 
mala,  iorsqua  cala  Atait  possibia,  cas  pagaa  n'ont 
pas  «r4  filmAas. 


L'Institut  a  microfiimA  la  maiilaur  axamplaira 
qu'il  lui  a  At*  poaaibla  da  sa  procurer.  Las  details 
da  cat  axamplaira  qui  sont  paut-Atra  uniquas  du 
point  da  vua  bibliographiqua,  qui  pauvant  modif  iar 
una  imaga  raproduita.  ou  qui  pauvant  axigar  una 
modification  dana  la  mAthoda  normaia  da  filmaga 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dassous. 


D 
D 
D 


Colourad  pagaa/ 
Pagaa  da  coulaur 

Pagaa  damagad/ 
Pagaa  andommagAes 

Pagaa  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 
Pagaa  rastaurAas  #t/ou  pallicuiAas 


r~71   Pagaa  discoiourad.  stainad  or  foxad/ 
WJ   Pagaa  dAcolorAas,  tachatAas  ou  piquAas 


D 


Pag< 

Pagaa  datachad/ 
Pagaa  dAtachAas 


Tha 
tot 


Tha 


oft 
film 


Orig 

bag! 

tha 

alon 

othi 

first 

sion 

oril 


r~7\   Showthroigh/ 


C3 
D 
D 
0 


Tranaparanca 

Quality  of  print  varias/ 
QualltA  InAgala  da  I'imprassion 

Inciudas  supplamantary  matarial/ 
Comprand  du  matArial  supplAmantaira 

Only  adition  availabto/ 
Saula  Adition  disponibto 

Pagaa  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissuaa,  ate.  hava  baan  rafilmad  to 
ansura  tita  bast  possibia  imaga/ 
Laa  pagaa  totaiamant  ou  partiallamant 
obacurciaa  par  un  fauiliat  d'arrata,  una  palura. 
ate,  ont  AtA  fllmAas  A  nouvaau  da  fa^on  A 
obtanir  la  maillaura  imaga  poaaibla. 


Tha 
ahall 
TINl 
whic 

Map 
diffa 
antir 
bagii 
right 
raqui 
mati' 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commantairae  supplAmantairaa; 


Wrinkled  psget  mey  film  tlifhtly  out  of  foout. 


Thia  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  cheeked  below/ 

Ce  document  eet  filmA  au  taux  da  rAduction  indiquA  oi-deaaoua. 

1BX  MX  1IX  22X 


MX 


30X 


J 

12X 


1IX 


aox 


2tX 


32X 


lairs 
•  details 
|u«t  du 
It  modifier 
igar  una 
a  filmaga 


Tha  copy  fllmod  horo  haa  baan  raproducad  thanka 
to  tha  ganaroahy  of: 

Douglaa  Library 
Quaan'a  Univaraity 

Tha  imagas  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
poaaibia  eonaidaring  tha  condition  and  lat'bility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaapbig  with  tha 
filming  contract  apacif icatlona. 


L'axamplaira  film*  f  ut  raproduH  grica  i  la 
g4n4roalti  da: 

Douglas  Library 
Quaan'a  Univaraity 

Laa  imagaa  auivantaa  ont  At*  raproduitaa  avac  la 
plua  grand  aoin.  compta  tanu  da  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattat*  da  l'axamplaira  film*,  at  an 
conformM  avac  laa  conditiona  du  contrat  da 
filmaga. 


1/ 
u*«« 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  covara  ara  filmad 
baginning  with  tha  front  covar  and  anding  on 
tha  laat  paga  vvith  a  printad  or  illuatratad  Impraa- 
aton,  or  tha  back  covar  whan  approprlata.  All 
othar  original  copiaa  ara  filmad  baginning  on  tha 
first  paga  with  a  printad  or  Illuatratad  impraa- 
aion,  and  anding  on  tha  laat  paga  with  a  printad 
or  illuatratad  Impraaaion. 


Laa  axamplairaa  origlnaux  dont  ki  couvartura  an 
papiar  aat  imprim*a  aont  fiimia  an  commandant 
par  la  pramiar  plat  at  an  tarminant  aoit  par  la 
damMra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'impraaaion  ou  d'illuatration,  aoit  par  la  sacond 
plat,  talon  la  caa.  Toua  laa  autraa  axamplairaa 
origlnaux  aont  fiimAa  an  commandant  par  la 
pramlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'impraaaion  ou  d'illuatration  at  an  tarminant  par 
la  darnlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  talla 
amprainta. 


Tha  laat  racordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
ahail  contain  tha  aymbol  ^^-  (moaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  aymbol  ▼  (maaning  "END"), 
whichavar  appliaa. 


Un  daa  aymbolaa  auivants  apparattra  aur  la 
darnlAra  imaga  da  chaqua  microficha.  salon  la 
caa:  la  aymbola  -^  aignifia  "A  8UIVRE",  la 
symbola  ▼  aignifia  "FIN". 


ira 


Maps,  platas,  charts,  ate,  may  ba  filmad  at 
diffarant  reduction  ratioa.  Thoaa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraly  included  in  one  expoaure  ara  filmad 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  framea  aa 
required.  The  following  diagrama  illustrate  the 
method: 


Lee  cartea,  planchea,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
filmAa  A  daa  taux  da  rAduction  diff Arents. 
Loraque  la  document  eat  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproiduit  en  un  aaui  cllchA.  11  eat  filmA  A  partir 
da  Tangle  aupArleur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  an  baa,  en  prenant  la  nombre 
d'imagea  nAcaaaaira.  Lea  diagrammea  suivanta 
llluatrent  la  mAthode. 


ly  errata 
sd  to 

int 

na  palura, 

i^on  A 


32X 


1  2  3 

I 


t 

t 

3 

-•■■%.:• 

■    *    ■: 

6 

r»: 


^-« 


_-/ 


%t 


}  A  -  "r-'-.-nv^'- 


m 


■■-r»- 


A  LIBRART 


FOR 


MY  YOUNG  COUNTRYMEN. 


EDITF.D  BY 


TSB  AUTHOR  OF  *' UNCLE  FHILIP'S  CONVERSATIONS.** 


VOLUME    L 


ADVENTURES  OP  HENRY  HUDSON. 


(^rjf.,- 


*i,. 


i^' 


•* 


"W,         t 


r 


■".»,■'-■/       ■    "       '"■^'^"^■.  -  "',    ■"■■*ri!"    "^"       .■■'-.7-"'     ?4,  r'^-:"--:Hri^^»''-;""-'^      *Tv%'''"    *''_f*  ^V  ^ 


i 

^^ 

■  \i 

n* 

"I'l/. 

■tWA 


*!' VENTURES 


OF 


r«,,^llrY    l|.tJj;)SON. 


■^ 


'^''%' 


•■•\\'v- 


:.v':**'   .?4i„1j 


ip-(M>:M^%  ■t;*tKriRSATro^a5. 


,*. « 


-^' x6  W    y  O  K  K  : 
^  ^  €0^  iKK)  BROADWAY. 

'   *  0  E  L  ?  »  r  A  : 

<"**Tf»N    H*"  <;HeSTNrT  ST 

BUJCCCXUII. 


#- 


I. 


'J  '■^;:-' 


THE 


ADVENTURES 


M 


or 


HENRY    HUDSON. 


[■' 


THE  AUTHOR  OP  "UNCLE  PHILIP's  CONVERSATIONS.** 


NEW   YORK: 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  200  BROADWAY. 

PHILADELPHIA: 
GEORGE  S.  APPLETON,  148  CHESTNUT  ST. 

MDCCCXUII. 


~*"''#. 


'"'' 


I 


LP 


hhHs 


SvTIRlD,  according  to  Act  of  ConfreM,  Ia  the  year  1643, 

By  D.  APPLETON  &  COMPANY, 

in  the  CIcrk'a  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  Statea,  fa* 
the  Southern  Dietrict  <tf  New  Yo4> 


r 


PREFACE  TO  PARENTS. 


In  presenting  to  his  young  Countrymen,  the 
first  of  a  series  of  books  with  the  foregoing  title, 
the  Editor  begs  leave  to  state,  briefly  and  sim- 
ply, the  plan  of  the  series,  and  the  reason  which 
has  prompted  him  to  the  undertaking.  Indeed, 
he  can  hardly  expect  the  patronage  and  support 
of  those  who  sustain  the  interesting  and  respon- 
sible relationship  of  parents,  without  such  a 
statement. 

The  design  is  to  present  to  his  young  fellow- 
citizens  books  of  a  higher  value  than  those  usu- 
ally afforded  them.  Instead  of  tales  and  stories, 
written  for  the  young,  the  series  will  embrace 
volumes  of  Biography,  History,  Travels,  &c. 
As  it  is  designed  especially  for  American  youth, 
the  svbjects  will  not  unfrequently  be  American. 
The  intelligent  man  or  child,  however,  will  be 
glad  to  gather  profitable  and  interesting  ^^ssons 


loizod 


6 


PREFACE  TO  PARENTS. 


li 


wherever  he  may  find  them,  and  subjects  afford- 
ing such  lessons,  will  not  be  excluded  from  the 
series,  from  whatever  quarter  they  may  be  de- 
rived. 

It  has  grown  into  the  frimiliarity  of  an  adage, 
that  "  early  impressions  are  the  strongest,"  and 
this  is  the  principal  reason  which  h  .  r)rompted 
the  enterprise.  It  is  known  to  parents,  and  per- 
haps to  children  themselves,  that  the  young  in  this 
day  enjoy  peculiar  advantages.  The  time  was, 
when  books  written  for  children,  were  far  beyond 
the  comprehension  of  a  child ;  now  they  are  writ- 
ten plainly  and  simply,  so  that  an  intelligent  boy 
or  girl  may  readily  appreciate  and  understand 
them.  This  alone  has  begotten,  perhaps,  m  chil- 
dren of  the  present  day,  a  greater  fondness  for  read- 
ing. Of  the  style  of  these  books  the  Editor  does 
not  complain,  but  he  thinks  that  the  subjects  are 
not  unfrequently  bad.  Tales  and  romances  are 
written  for  the  young,  giving  them  frequently  dis- 
torted pictures  of  human  life,  and  calling  forth 
in  them  an  early  taste  for  trifling  and  unprofit- 
able reading.  He  would  not  here  be  under- 
stood as  finding  fault  with  those  beautiful  stories, 
sometimes  inculcating  the  most  beautiful  lessons 
of  morality  and  religion ;  but,  on  the  contrary, 
would  express  his  thanks  to  the  men  of  genius 


PREFACE  TO  PARENTS. 


who  have  prepared  then.  Books  of  such  value, 
however,  in  this  class  are  exceedingly  rare. 

In  presenting  to  the  young  volumes  of  Biogra- 
phy, upon  well-selected  subjects,  he  hopes  he 
is  giving  to  his  young  Countrymen,  the  best 
» practical  examples  for  calling  them  up  to  a  lofty 
energy.  History  is  itself  "  stranger  than  fiction," 
and  opens  a  wide  and  unlimited  field  of  ever  vary- 
ing incident ;  and  through  books  of  Travels  they 
learn  to  sit  at  home  like  the  sweet  poet  Cowper, 
(as  most  of  them,  perhaps,  will  be  forced  to  do,) 
and  see  various  pictures  of  the  world.  The 
men,  manners,  and  things  of  real  life  thus  be- 
come familiar  to  them.  It  is  to  be  hoped, 
and  humbly  expected,  that  a  taste  for  such  read- 
ing, early  acquired,  will  serve  to  make  them,  in 
after  life,  more  profitable  and  interesting  mem- 
bers of  society. 

His  young  Countrymen  having  been  pleased 
to  receive  his  former  trifles,  written  for  their 
benefit,  with  approbation  and  kindness,  he  feels 
that  he  can  make  them  no  more  grateful  return 
than  by  an  honest  endeavor  to  do  them  a  higher 
service.  He  will  have  his  reward,  if  they  are 
pleased  and  instructed. 

In  conclusion,  the  Editor  feels  that  he  will 
have  failed  in  the  statement  most  essential  for 


8 


PREFACE  TO  PARENTS. 


securing  confidence  in  a  teacher  for  the  young, 
if  he  did  not  declare  himself  to  be  an  humble 
member  of  the  Church  Militant,  living  upon  the 
hope  of  being  one  day  a  member  of  the  Church 
Triumphant.  He  considers  that  all  education, 
to  be  good,  must  be  based  upon  Christian  prin- 
ciple: the  heart  must  be  cultivated  as  well  as 
the  understanding;  and  v^hatever  is  placed  in 
this  series,  will  be  found  to  be  on  the  side  of 
Christianity. 

May  1st,  1842. 


jroung, 
lumble 
)on  the 
Church 
ication, 
n  prin- 
well  as 
aced  in 
side  of 


I 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

The  Pleasure  and  Profit  of  reading  Biography— The  Birth- 
place of  Henry  Hudson — Circumstances  which  brought 
him  forward — His  preparation  for  embarking  to  find  a 
Passage  to, the  East  Indies  by  the  North  Pole,  in  1607^ 
.  Sails  on  the  voyage,  and  af^er  many  trials,  returns  at  the 
end  of  four  months  and  a  half,  having  been  farther  North 
than  any  other  navigator,  and  having  opened  the  Whale 
Fishery  to  his  countrymen.        •        .        .        Page  13 

CHAPTER  n. 

Henry  Hudson  makes  his  second  voyage,  in  search  of  a 
North-eastern  passage  to  India — Reaches  the  north  side 
of  Nova  Zembla,  and  is  stopped  by  the  ice — Hope^  to 
make  his  Passage  on  the  south  side  by  the  Vaygatz 
Straits — Finding  a  large  River  or  Sound  in  Nova  Zembla, 
is  induced  to  try  that  for  his  passage — F-^m  up  thi»— 
Resolves  to  return — Searches  for  Wilioughby's  Land—- 
Arrives  in  England  ader  an  absence  of  four  months  and 
four  days .85 


/"^ 


,^.y.j^-v^ 


T 


10  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  ni. 

Henry  Hudson's  employers  disappointed — He  now  passefi 
over  to  Holland,  and  seeks  employment  from  the  Dutch 
East  India  Company — Leaves  Amsterdam  on  his  third, 
voyage,  in  the  ship  Half  Moon,  in  the  spring  of  1609 — 
Fails  in  making  his  passage  through  the  Vaygatz — Sails 
westward,  reaches  the  coast  of  America — ^Enters  Penob- 
scot Bay — His  intercourse  with  the  Indians — ^Passes 
Cape  Cod,  and  sails  south  beyond  Chesapeake  Bay — 
Turns  north  again — Discovers  Delaware  Bay;  and 
passing  on,  drops  anchor  within  Sandy  Hook — After  a 
week  spent  in  exploring  below,  passes  the  Narrows  and 
anchors  in  New  York  Bay.        .        .        .        Page  45 

CHAPTER  IV. 

The  Indian  tradition  of  the  first  landing  of  white  men  in 
the  State  of  New  York,  as  given  by  the  Indians  them- 
selves, to  the  Rev.  Mr.  Heckewelder,  a  Moraviai\  Mis- 
sionary among  the  Indians  of  Pennsylvania.       .        61 

CHAPTER  V. 

Hudson  explores  the  river  since  called  by  his  name — Es- 
cape of  the  two  Indians — Strange  experiment  of  Hudson 
to  learn  the  treachery  of  the  natives — The  Half  Moon 
reaches  as  far  as  the  present  site  of  Albany — The  boat 
ascends  to  Waterford — Hudson  returns  down  the  river 
—Battle  with  the  natives  at  the  head  of  Manhattan  Isl- 
and— Sails  from  the  bay,  and  reaches  England,  after  an 
abience  of  seven  months  from  Europe.        .        .       71 


CONTENTS. 


11 


ow  passes 
the  Dutch 
1  his  third, 
of  1609— 
»atz — Sails 
;ers  Penob- 
ns — Passes 
ake  Bay — 
Bay ;    and 
k — After  a 
arrows  and 
Page  45 


lite  men  in 
lians  them- 
[aviaiv  Mis- 
61 


lame — Es- 

of  Hudson 

[alf  Moon 

-The  boat 

the  river 

Ihattan  Isl- 

|d,  after  an 

.       71 


CHAPTER  VI. 

Hudson  starts  on  his  fourth  voyage,  having  command  of 
the  ship  Discovery,  in  the  service  once  more  of  the  Lon- 
don Company — His  aim  is  to  find  a  North- West  Passage 
to  India — Reaches  Iceland,  and  witnesses  an  eruption 
of  Mount  Hecla — Disturbance  among  his  crew— Steers 
westward,  encountering  great  quantities  of  ice — Discov- 
ers and  explores  Hudson's  Bay,  and  resolves  to  winter 
there Page  90 

CHAPTER  Vn. 

The  dreary  prospect  of  the  winter — Disturbances  among 
the  crew — Unexpected  supply  of  wild  fowl  and  fish- 
Distress  from  hunger — Hudson  sails  from  his  winter 
quarters — Green,  Juet,  and  Wilson  stir  the  crew  up  to 
mutiny — Hudson  is  seized,  bound,  and  thrown  into  the 
shallop,  with  others — the  shallop  set  adrift — ^Fate  of  the 
mutineers — The  ship  arrives  in  England.         .         105 

CHAPTER  VIH. 

Claim  of  John  and  Sebastian  Cabot,  as  having  seen  what 
is  now  New  York  in  149/ ;  together  with  the  claim  of 
John  de  Yerrazzano,  to  having  entered  New  York  Har- 
bor in  1524 129 

APPENDIX. 

To  the  most  Christian  King  of  France,  Francis  the  First 
—The  Relation  of  John  de  Yerrazzano,  a  Florentine^ 
of  the  land  by  him  discouered  in  the  name  of  his  Males- 
tie.    Written  in  Diepe,  the  eight  of  July,  1524.      137 


1 

I 


ADVENTURES  OF  HENRY  HUDSON. 


CHAPTER  I. 


Thz  Pleasure  and  Profit  of  reading  Biograpny-^ 
The  Birth-place  of  Henry  Hudson — Circum" 
stances  which  brought  him  forward — His  Pre' 
paration  for  embarking  to  find  a  Passage  to 
the  East  Indies  by  the  JSCorth  Pole,  in  1607— 
Sails  on  the  voyage^  and  after  many  trials^ 
returns  at  the  end  of  four  months  and  a  half^ 
having  been  farther  JSTorth  than  any  other  navi' 
gator,  and  having  opened  the  Whale  Fishery  to 
his  Countrymen. 

It  has  been  my  lot  to  spend  some  years  of  my 
life  in  the  large  and  flourishing  city  of  New  York. 
I  have  tv^alked  its  crowded  streets,  looked  upon 
its  beautiful  churches,  (these  are  the  first  build- 
ings that  I  notice  in  every  city,)  its  fine  public 
buildings,  and  its  elegant  private  residences.  I 
have  in  my  possession  an  old  picture  shewing 
the  appearance  of  Mdnhattan  Island,  upon  which 

2 


14 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


the  city  stands,  in  the  year  1635 — ^twenty-siic  h 
years  after  its  discovery  by  Henry  Hudson.  It 
is  not  a  great  while  since,  that  I  was  showing 
this  picture  to  one  of  my  little  friends,  and  call- 
ing his  attention  to  the  wonderful  change  that 
had  passed  over  the  island  since  the  day  when 
Henry  Hudson  first  rested  his  eyes  upon  it.  It 
was  then  a  poor  island,  inhiblved  by  savages,  if 
inhabited  at  all,  with  Indian  canoes  floating  in 
the  waters  around  it.  Now  it  is  the  largest  city 
in  our  land,  and  ships  from  all  quarters  of  the 
world  rest  upon  its  waters,  almost  encircling  it 
with  a  forest  of  masts.  I  shall  never  forget  the 
look  of  surprise  and  honest  inquiry,  in  the  simple- 
hearted  little  boy,  as  he  turned  to  me  with  the 
question,  "  And  who,  sir,  was  Henry  Hudson  1" 
He  was  young,  and  his  ignorance  was  pardona- 
ble ;  the  more  so  because  he  confessed  it,  and 
at  once  asked  for  information.  I  have  thought 
that  many  older  than  himself  were  perhaps,  as 
ignorant  as  he  was,  and  therefore  have  prepared 
for  my  young  countrymen  the  story  of  the  life 
and  adventures  of  Henry  Hudson. 

Before  I  begin  I  must  make  two  remarks  to 
my  young  friends.  First,  I  know  few  things 
more  profitable  than  the  study  of  the  lives  of  our 
fellow-men.   If  they  were  men  eminent  for  good 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


15 


qualities,  and  men  devoting  themselves  to  the 
improvement  of  mankind,  we  feel  an  amhition 
kindled  in  our  own  bosoms  to  imitate  such  men 
— ^**  to  go  and  do  likewise" — they  are  glorious 
examples  for  us  to  follow.  If,  on  the  contrary, 
they  have  been  remarkably  bad  men,  by  marking 
their  follies  and  their  sins,  we  may  perhaps,  learn 
to  despise  their  wickedness  and  shun  their  ex- 
amples. And  if  the  individuals  have  been  men 
who  have  lived  among  ourselves,  or  trod  the 
same  ground  upon  which  we  ourselves  are  walk- 
ing, the  example  becomes  tenfold  more  forcible. 
Then,  too,  I  know  few  things  more  pleasant. 
Some  readers,  in  their  desire  for  pleasure,  are 
eager  to  seize  each  new  novel  or  tale  of  fiction 
as  it  falls  from  the  press — while  the  stories  of 
real  life  are  crowded  with  scenes  of  the  wildest 
romance  and  most  daring  adventure.  So  beau- 
tiful indeed  are  these  stories,  that  many  writers 
of  fiction  seize  upon  them,  and  make  them  the 
basis  of  their  own  tales  of  romance.  They  are 
like  painters  who  are  not  original  in  their  pic- 
tures: they,  are  only  coloring  up  and  varnishing 
old  pictures,  and  not  unfrequently  they  spoil  the 
paintings,  leaving  them  only  miserable  daubs  for 
the  people  to  look  at.  For  my  own  part,  I  like 
the  stories  of  real  life  in  themselves,  without  any 


fr 


\  I 


16 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


of  their  aid.  They  are  in  themselves  full  of- ad- 
venture ;  they  are  certainly  more  natural,  and 
above  all,  they  are  true,  I  hope,  therefore,  that 
"we  shall  find  the  study  of  biography  both  profita- 
ble and  pleasant,  and  most  of  all  perhaps,  the 
study  of  American  Biography. 

It  is  said  that  in  old  times  many  cities  had  a 
contest,  each  claiming  to  be  the  birth-place  of 
the  great  poet  Homer.  Some  ignorant  persons 
have  supposed,  that  there  was  a  dispute  between 
two  nations,  as  to  the  birth-place  of  Henry  Hud- 
son. The  Dutch  speak  of  him  and  write  of  him 
as  Hendrick  Hutson,  and  this,  I  suppose,  is  the 
foundation  of  their  mistake.  The  truth  is,  that 
all  Dutch  historians  whose  opinions  are  valuable, 
and  who  speak  of  him  at  any  time,  know  that 
he  was  no  countryman  of  theirs,  and  call  him 
Hendrick  Hutson,  the  bold  English  navigator. 

It  would  be  pleasant  to  know  something  of 
Henry  Hudson  when  he  was  a  boy,  that  we 
might  trace  his  career,  step  by  step,  till  we  find 
him  standing  a  great  man  before  us.  It  is  said 
that, 

«  The  Child  is  father  of  the  Man,»» 

and  if  so,  we  might  hope  to  find  him  in  his 
school-boy  days,  a  bold  and  fearless  little  fellow: 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


17 


but  of  his  parentagej  connexions,  or  education, 
I  am  soiTy  to  say,  very  little  is  known.  He  was 
born  in  England,  and  had  his  home  in  the  city 
of  London.  His  most  cherished  and  intimate 
companion  was  Captain  John  Smith,  the  founder 
of  the  colony  of  Virginia.  They  were  much 
alike  in  temper  and  disposition,  and  it  is  not 
wonderful  that  there  was  a  strong  friendship  be- 
tween them.  Henry  Hudson  was  also  a  married 
man,  but  we  do  not  know  who  the  woman  was 
who  shared  his  joys  and  his  sorrows.  He  had 
one  son,  for  the  boy  was  with  his  father  in  all 
his  voyages,  of  which  we  know  anything,  and 
they  at  last  perished  together. 

The  fact  that  so  little  is  known  of  the  early 
days  of  Hudson,  has  always  induced  me  to  sup- 
pose that  he  was  what  the  world  calls  a  self- 
made  man.  The  times  in  which  he  lived  were 
filled  with  the  daring  adventures  of  hardy  navi- 
gators, the  ocean  was  the  pathway  to  distinc- 
tion, and  his  young  heart  was  probably  fired 
with  th^e  stories,  and  his  genius  possibly,  thus 
thrown  in  that  direction.  I  have  fancied  him 
born  to  poverty — an  obscure  and  humble  boy, 
struggling  against  a  hard  fortune,  battling  diffi- 
culty after  difficulty  with  undying  perseverance, 
until  at  last  he  forces  his  way  before  the  ^vorld, 

2* 


iff 


18 


HENKY  HUDSON. 


the  maker  of  his  own  fortunes.  I  love  these 
self-elevated  men.  It  seems  as  though  they  were 
nature's  noblemen :  the  men  whom  God  design- 
ed should  be  great  and  useful  to  their  species,  in 
spite  of  all  the  difficulties,  which  the  world  pre- 
sented before  them.  And  1  never  think  of  one 
of  them  without  remembering  the  multitudes  of 
my  young  countrymen  who  are  humbly  born, 
and  lowly  bred.  Such  men  are  glorious  exam- 
ples for  them,  telling  them  not  to  be  frightened 
by  difficulties,  or  turned  aside  by  disappointments, 
but  to  press  right  onward  in  the  way  of  useful- 
ness, and  honorable  fame. 

Before  Hudson  comes  fully  before  us,  it  is  well 
that  you  should  understand  the  peculiar  circum- 
stances which  brought  him  forward.  After  the 
nations  of  Europe  discovered  that  there  were 
rich  treasures  in  that  region  of  country,  now 
known  as  the  East  Indies,  the  commerce  of  that 
region  was  brought  to  them  partly  over  land, 
and  then  floated  through  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 
This  wai^  a  slow  and  laborious  route  for  trade ; 
aiid  in  a  little  time,  those  nations  farthest  reriiO  v- 
ed  from  the  advantages  of  that  trade,  (such  as 
Spain,  Portugal,  and  England,)  became  restless, 
and  desirous  of  finding  a  new  and  shorter  pas- 
sage to  the  Last  Lidies.    After  many  hard  and 


^* 


>s 


HENRY   HTTDSON. 


» 


[)ve  these 
they  were 
3d  design- 
species,  in 
world  pre- 
ink  of  one 
dtitudes  of 
cnloly  born, 
ious  exam- 
;  frightened 
pointments, 
Ly  of  useful- 
US,  it  is  well 
^liar  circum- 
After  the 
there  were 
>untry,  now 
lerce  of  that 
over  land, 
[rranean  Sea. 
for  trade; 
IthestreriiO  •' 
ide,  (such  as 
lame  restless, 
shorter  pas- 
iny  hard  and 


.,m: 


M 


uns!'  r-essful  clTbrts,  at  length,  in  1199,  Vasco  de 
Gama,  a  celebrated  Portuguese  navigator,  doub- 
led the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  passing  on,  ap- 
peared upon  the  coast  of  Hindostan.  Thus  a 
new  track  was  found,  but  still  it  was  looked 
upon  as  belonging  particularly  to  the  Portu- 
gupso.  and  moreover,  it  was  still  a  long  and 
dangerous  passage.  The  nations  of  Europe  were 
not  yet  satisfied.  Still  thirsting  for  a  shorter 
highway  to  the  wealth  of  the  East,  they  began 
to  think  that  they  might  find  it  by  saihng  through 
the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  passing  north-westwardly 
around  the  coasts  of  North  America,  or  north- 
eastwardly around  the  shores  of  Asia,  or  possibly 
by  moving  in  a  course  directly  north.  You 
would  be  wearied,  if  I  should  tell  you  of  the  many 
long  and  perilous  voyages  undertaken,  to  find 
this  northern  passage.  Time  and  time  again, 
voyager  after  voyager  departed,  and  all  returned 
unsuccessful. 

The  best  of  all  books  tells  us  that  "  the  love 
of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil."  And  yet  this 
very  desire  after  the  riches  of  the  East,  was  over- 
ruled by  a  wise  Providence  for  good  purposes. 
No  northern  })assage  was  found,  and  yet  these 
northern  voyage  have  aided  the  cause  of  sci- 
ence, have  diAi^jvered  new  fields  of  commerce  to 


rfPiv 


.■fs  •-."' 


*T' 


20 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


Arctic  fishermen,  opened  to  the  adventurous  na- 
tions of  the  old  world  new  and  fertile  regions, 
and  trained  up  for  them,  a  noble,  bold,  and  har- 
dy race  of  men.  I  say  a  hardy  race  of  men : 
for  nowhere  is  there  a  more  fearful  meeting 
with  the  elements  of  heaven  (those  elements 
which  man  can  never  control)  than  in  the  Arctic 
Seas.  Wind  and  storm,  and  famine  and  disease, 
are  for  ever  around  the  voyager,  and  to  this  day 
there  is  no  harder  undertaking  than  the  voyag- 
ing and  wintering  among  the  icebergs  of  the 
Polar  Seas.  He  who  undertakes  it  even  now 
must  have  courage,  patience,  and  fortitude  under 
all  manner  of  sufferings.  Henry  Hudson  was  a 
voyager  amid  these  fearful  thing? 

Notwithstanding  all  these  failures  about  a 
northern  passage,  a  number  of  rich  men,  living 
in  the  city  of  London,  still  hoped  that  the  pas- 
sage might  be  found :  and  in  the  year  1607, 
joined  themselves  together  as  a  London  Compa- 
ny, and  furnished  the  funds  necessary  for  making 
three  voyages.  They  were  determined  once 
more  to  search  for  the  passage  by  the  three  old 
routes,  north,  north-east,  and  north-west.  Know- 
ing that  everything  depended  upon  the  skill  of 
their  commander,  they  chose  for  their  man  Hen- 
ry Hudson 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


21 


iturous  na- 
le  regions, 
Id,  and  har- 
je  of  men: 
■ul  meeting 
se  elements 
n  the  Arctic 
and  disease, 
1  to  this  day 
1  the  voyag- 
Dergs  of  the 
it  even  now 
rtitude  under 
udson  was  a 


Hudson  readily  accepted  the  command,  and 
on  the  19th  of  April,  he,  with  his  crew,  consist- 
ing of  eleven  besides  himself,*  among  whom  was 
his  son  John  Hudson,  went  to  the  church  of 
Saint  Ethelburge  in  Bishopsgate-street,  and  there 
received  the  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  supper. 
This  was  one  part  of  their  preparation  for  going 
to  sea.  It  was  the  pious  and  beautiful  custom 
of  those  days,  for  sailors  to  do  this.  I  am  soriy 
that  it  has  grown  out  of  fashion :  it  was  but  say- 
ing to  the  whole  congregation,  that  they  were 
about  embarking  upon  the  sea  to  meet  unknown 
perils,  and  that  their  trust  was  in  God,  "  who 
alone  spreadeth  out  the  heavens  and  ruleth  the 
raging  of  the  sea." 

The  object  of  this  voyage  was  to  find  a  pas- 
sage directly  across  the  Pole,  or,  as  Hudson 
himself  says  in  his  journal,  it  was  "  for  to  dis- 
cover a  passage  by  the  North  Pole  to  Japan  and 
China," — and  you  will  bear  in  mind,  that  this 
was  the  first  effort  ever  made,  to  seek  a  passage 
directly  across  the  Pole. 

On  the  1st  day  of  May,  1607,  they  weighed 

•  The  names  of  tho  crew,  as  given  in  the  Journal  of  this  voy. 
age  of  1607,  were  as  follows:  **  Henry  Hudson,  master— Wil- 
liam  Coliues,  mate—James  Young,  John  Colmon,  John  Cooke, 
James  Rcubory,  Jamos  Skrntton,  John  Pleyce,  Thomas  Bax- 
ter, Richard  Day,  James  Knight,  and  John  Hudson." 


wrr 


22 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


anchor  at  Gravesend,  and  taking  a  northerly 
course,  in  twenty-six  days  reached  the  Shetland 
Isles.  Here  Hudson  found  that  the  needle  had 
no  variation:  but  on  the  30th  of  May,  (four 
days  after,)  he  "found  the  needle  to  incline 
seventy-nine  degrees  under  the  horizon."  On 
the  4th  of  June  he  found  a  "  variation  of  five 
degrees  westerly."  From  the  Shetland  Isles, 
Hudson  stood  northwest,  his  object  being,  as  it 
would  seem,  to  strike  the  coast  of  Greenland. 
Indeed,  he  supposed  Greenland  to  be  an  island, 
and  thought  that  by  keeping  a  northeast  course, 
he  might  possibly  pass  around  it.  In  a  week's 
time,  though  he  had  not  found  land,  he  made  a 
profitable  discovery,  for  he  tells  us  that  on  the 
1 1th  of  June,  he  saw  six  or  seven  whales  near 
his  ship.  Thus  you  will  mark  one  benefit  of 
this  voyage  at  once ;  for  afterward,  the  whale 
fishery  in  these  Northern  seas  became  a  business 
of  immense  profit,  to  his  countrymen.  Two  days 
after  this,  at  2  o'clock  in  the  morning,  land  was 
seen  ahead,  and  some  ice ;  there  being  a  thick 
fog  at  the  time,  he  steered  away  northerly,  and 
the  wind  coming  on  to  blow  hard,  he  stood  away 
south  and  by  east  six  or  eight  leagues.  'I'he 
weather  was  now  so  cold,  that  the  sails  and 
shrouds  of  his  ship  were  covered  with  ice.    In  a 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


23 


.  northerly 
e  Shetland 
needle  had 
Vlay,  (four 
to  incline 
izon."     On 
tion  of  five 
jtland  Isles, 
being,  as  it 
Greenland, 
e  an  island, 
least  course, 
1  In  a  week's 
,  he  made  a 
that  on  the 
whales  near 
le  benefit  of 
d,  the  whale 
le  a  business 
Two  days 
g,  land  was 
|eing  a  thick 
rtherly,  and 
stood  away 
gues.     The 
Ihe  sails  and 
ith  ice.    In  a 


little  time  it  cleared  up,  and  Hudson  'A^as  able  to 
take  a  fair  view  of  the  land.  He  could  now  see 
it  stretching  in  a  northeasterly  direction  nine 
leagues  before  him.  "  The  land,"  he  says,  "  was 
very  high,  mostly  covered  with  snow.  At  the 
top  it  looked  reddish,  and  underneath  a  blackish 
clay,  with  much  ice  lying  about  it."  I  suppose 
this  reddish  appearance  was  what  is  sometimes 
called  red  snow.  In  those  countries  where  the 
snow  is  almost  perpetual,  there  is  a  small  plant 
of  a  reddish  hue  which  grows  upon  the  snow, 
and  rapidly  spreads  itself  all  over  it.*  In  those 
northern  regions,the  snow-capped  hills  often  have 
this  covering  of  red,  and  it  is  said,  it  is  sometimes 
seen  even  upon  the  Alps  and  the  Appenines.  He 
noticed  too,  great  quantities  of  fowl  upon  the 
coast,  and  was  near  enough  to  see  a  whale  close 
iby  the  shore.  There  was  a  man  of  the  crew 
named  James  Young,  and  I  presume  he  must 
have  been  the  first  to  have  observed  the  land,  as 
Hudson  called  the  head-land  before  them 
"  Young^s  Cape,**  Near  this  cape  he  saw  "  a 
high  mountain  like  a  round  castle,"  and  to  this 
he  gave  the  name  of  the  "  Mount  of  God* s  mer» 
cy**    These  were  on  the  coast  of  Greenland. 

*  This  plant  is  known  as  the  Protococcut  Nivalit,  < 


I 


24 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


Harassed  by  thick  fogs,  storms  of  ram  and 
snow,  driven  sometimes  before  a  gale  of  wind, 
and  at  other  times  becalmed,  Hudson  still  held 
on  in  a  northeasterly  course.  He  was  unwilling 
to  be  driven  from  it,  being  anxious  to  know 
whether  the  land  that  he  had  seen  was  an  island 
or  a  part  of  Greenland  :  and  hoping,  above  all 
other  things,  that  he  might  find  Greenland  to  be 
an  island,  and  pass  easily  around  it.  The  fog, 
however,  continued  so  thick  and  heavy,  day  after 
day,  that  he  could  not  see  the  land,  until  at  last, 
discouraged  in  this  direction,  he  resolved  to  steer 
more  easterly,  hoping  to  fall  in  with  an  island 
which  he  calls  Newland,  the  same  island  that  is 
marked  upon  our  maps  and  charts  as  Spitzber- 
gen. 

Having  sailed  some  sixteen  leagues  on  this  new 
course,  land  was  again  seen  on  the  left  hand,  (or 
larboard  side  of  the  ship,  as  sailors  say,)  stretch- 
ing southwest  and  northeast.  Hudson  thought 
that  he  was  within  four  leagues  of  the  land. 
He  observed  birds  flying  over  it,  but  different 
from  those  he  had  seen  before.  These  had 
**  black  backs  and  white  bellies,  in  form  much 
like  a  duck."  Many  floating  pieces  of  ice,  too, 
were  in  the  neighborhood  of  his  ship :  so  that  he 
had  to  move  carefully.    To  increase  his  anxiety, 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


25 


the  fog  again  came  on,  and  he  began  to  fear  that 
his  ship  would  be  fastened  amid  these  blocks  of 
ice.  Still  keeping  a  lookout  as  well  as  he  could 
through  the  darkness,  for  the  point  where  the 
land  ended  eastwardly,  he  steered  northeast 
five  or  six  leagues,  and  then  turned  to  the  south. 
Again  he  was  unwilling  to  turn  aside  from  his 
purpose.  As  soon  therefore,  as  the  weather 
cleared  up,  he  stood  again  northeast,  and  in  a 
little  time  land  was  again  seen,  as  he  supposed, 
twelve  leagues  distant  from  him.  He  then  took 
an  observation,  and  found  this  land  to  be  in  72 
degrees  38  minutes  north  latitude.  This  land, 
too,  was  very  different  from  that  which  he  had 
seen  at  Young's  Cape  :  it  was  a  high  land,  not 
at  all  covered  with  snow,  and  the  southern  part 
rolled  away  into  very  high  mountains,  but  no 
snow  rested  upon  these.  To  his  surprise,  he 
found  the  weather  here  not  so  severe,  but  on  the 
contrary,  temperate  and  ple?.sant.  He  did 
not,  however,  explore  this  land  farther.  "  The 
many  fogs  and  calms,  with  contrary  winds,  and 
much  ice  near  the  shore,  held  us,"  (as  he  says,) 
"  from  farther  discovery  of  it."  As  he  knew  no 
name,  however,  as  yet  given  to  the  land,  (for 
his  charts  did  not  point  it  out,)  he  called  it  the 
land  of  Hold  vnth  Hope. 
W/  3' 


26 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


Hudson's  employers  had  desired  him  to  find 
the  passage  directly  across  the  Pole,  and  he  seems 
to  have  feared  that  his  time  might  be  thought 
wasted,  in  some  degree,  upon  the  coast  of 
Greenland.  In  his  journal,  therefore,  he  gives 
the  reason  for  this  delay.  "  The  chief  cause" 
(says  he)  "  that  moved  us  thereunto,  was  our  de- 
sire to  see  that  part  of  Greenland  which  (for  aught 
that  we  knew)  was  to  any  Christian  unknown: 
and  we  thought  it  might  as  well  have  been  open 
sea  as  land,  and  by  that  means  our  passage 
should  have  been  the  larger  to  the  Pole  :  and  the 
hope  of  having  a  westerly  wind,  which  would  be 
to  us  a  landerly  wind  if  we  found  land.  And, 
considering  we  found  land  contrary  to  that  which 
our  cards  make  mention  of,  we  accounted  our  la- 
bor so  much  the  more  worth.  And  for  aught 
that  we  could  see,  it  is  like  to  be  a  good  land, 
and  worth  the  seeing." 

He  now  held  his  course  northeastward  toward 
Newland  or  Spitzbergen.'  In  two  or  three  days, 
one  of  the  crew  again  saw  high  land  to  the  lar- 
board, which  fell  away  to  the  west  the  farther 
they  moved  north.  /This  was  the  last  view  they 
had  of  Greenland/ 

Still  pressing  on,  Hudson  had  continued  strug- 
gles against  hard  winds  and  heavy  fogs,  until  at 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


27 


iim  to  find 
id  he  seems 
36  thought 

coast  of 
e,  he  gives 
lief  cause" 
was  our  de- 
[i  (for  aught 
unknown : 
e  been  open 
ur  passage 
le :  and  the 
ch  would  be 
md.     And, 
)  that  which 
mted  our  la- 
d  for  aught 

good  land, 

f^ard  toward 
:  three  days, 
1  to  the  lar- 
the  farther 
5t  view  they 

inuedstrug- 
ogs,  until  at 


lasl  he  reached  a  latitude  so  high,  that  the 
sun  was  above  the  horizon  the  whole  twenty- 
foui  hours.  Here,  then,  the  fogs  could  not  annoy 
him  so  much.  On  the  night  of  the  25lh,  he 
again  saw  birds  like  those  he  had  seen  upon  the 
coast  of  Greenland,  and  supposed  that  land  must 
be  near,  but  it  was  too  dark  for  him  to  discover 
it.  On  the  morning  of  the  26th,  he  again  saw 
birds  of  many  kinds  flying  about  his  ship,  and 
strained  his  eyes  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  land,  but 
the  heavy  fog  prevented.  The  next  morning 
the  fog  rolled  away  from  the  sea,  and  he  saw 
before  him  the  coast  of  Spitzbergen.  He  could 
not  see  it  very  plainly,  however,  or  approach  it 
very  closely,  for  "  the  land  was  covered  with 
fog  :  the  ice  lying  very  thick  all  along  the  shore 
for  fifteen  or  sixteen  leagues."  He  coasted  along 
the  shore  through  the  day,  catching  occasional 
glimpses  of  the  land,  and  was  able  to  make  an 
observation,  by  which  he  found  himself  to  be  in 
the  78th  degree  of  latitude.  He  was  not  certain, 
but  supposed  that  he  was  now  near  a  point  on 
the  western  coast  of  Spitzbergen  known  by  the 
name  of  Vogel  Hooke  or  Vogelhoek,  He  was 
again  surprised  to  find  this  region  mild  and 
temperate  compared  with  that  about  Young's 
Cape. 


mm 


28 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


His  effort  was  now  to  make  his  passage  by 
the  north  side  of  the  island,  and  he  kept  his  course, 
as  well  as  he  cou^d,  almost  due  north.  I  say  as 
well  as  he  could,  for  he  met  here,  perhaps,  great- 
er difficulties  than  in  any  former  part  of  the  voy- 
age. He  was  surrounded  by  ice,  fearing  almost 
every  moment  that  his  ship  would  be  dashed  to 
pieces  against  the  floating  masses — head  winds 
prevailed  against  him,  forcing  him  almost  daily 
to  change  his  course,  and  storms  were  his  con- 
stant companions  for  more  than  a  fortnight.  Still, 
in  spite  of  all  these  trials,  he  worked  his  course 
northward,  noticing,  in  his  way,  large  num- 
bers of  morses,  seals,  and  sometimes  bears,  until 
he  began  to  fear  that  the  ice  would  not  allow 
him  to  make  the  passage  on  this  side  of  the  isl- 
and. It  would  seem  that  some  of  his  men  found 
time  to  attack  the  bears,  for  several  of  them,  he 
tells  us,  were  made  sick  by  eating  bears'  flesh. 
During  this  fortnight,  he  observed  one  thing 
which  was  curious :  the  sea  was  at  times  blue, 
green,  and  black,  and  the  green  sea  he  found  to 
be  freest  from  ice,  while  the  blue  sea  was  almost 
always  crowded  with  it. 

On  the  morning  of  the  14th,  it  was  calm  with 
fog.  Yet  they  were  able  to  see  a  bay  open 
toward  the  west,  enclosed  by  high  and  ragged 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


29 


land.  The  northerly  point  of  this  land,  which 
was  very  high  and  bleak,  was  first  seen  by  Wil- 
liam Collins,  the  boatswain,  and  they  instantly 
gave  it  the  name  of  Collins  Cape,  On  the  south 
side  of  the  bay,  they  discovered  three  or  four 
small  islands  or  rocks.  Great  numbers  of  whales 
were  sporting  in  the  bay,  and  while  one  of  the 
men  was  amusing  himself  with  a  hook  and  line 
overboard  to  try  for  fish,  one  of  these  whales 
passed  under  the  keel  of  the  ship,  and  "  made 
her  held."  They  were  greatly  alarmed,  and  very 
grateful  when  the  danger  was  over.  "  By  God's 
mercy,"  (says  Hudson,)  "  we  had  no  harm  but 
the  loss  of  the  hook  and  three  parts  of  the  line." 
They  found  the  weather  hot,  though  the  swamps 
and  valleys  near  the  shore  were  filled  with  snow. 
John  Colman,  the  mate,  and  Collins,  the  boat- 
swain, went  ashore  here  with  two  others,  and 
found  a  pair  of  morse's  teeth  in  the  jaw,  quanti- 
ties of  whale's  bones,  and  some  dozen  or  more 
deer's  horns.  They  saw  too,  the  tracks  of  ani- 
mals on  the  shore.  The  weather  was  so  hot 
that  they  Were  glad  to  find  two  or  three  streams 
of  fresh  water  rolling  into  the  bay,  where  they 
quenched  their  thirst.  The  men  returned,  and 
the  wind  being  in  their  favor,  they  again  steered 
north-east. 

3* 


*^ 


30 


HENRY  HXJDSON. 


On  the  16th  the  weather  was  clear,  the  wind 
north,  and  Hudson  found  himself  surrounded  by 
ice  in  every  direction.  He  could  see  the  land 
and  ice  extending  north-east  far  into  the  82d 
degree  of  latitude,  and  seemingly  much  farther, 
and  he  was  now  convinced  that  he  could  not 
make  his  way  through  the  ice  on  the  north  side 
of  the  island.  The  wind,  too,  was  fair  just  at 
the  moment,  and  he  determined  now  to  sail 
round  the  southern  point  of  the  island,  and  press 
his  course  north-east,  hoping  to  make  the  passage 
on  that  side.  He  continued  his  course  south  for 
more  than  a  week,  coasting  along  the  shores  of 
Spitzbergen,  w^hen,  on  the  25th,  he  saw  the  land 
bearing  north.  But  then  he  was  discouraged 
from  turning  the  point,  and  moving  toward  the 
north-east — for  by  this  time  he  had  observed  the 
general  prevalence  of  the  winds  on  the  coast, 
and  found  that  it  would  be  impossible.  This 
plan,  therefore,  he  was  forced  to  abandon,  and 
now  he  resolved  once  more  "  to  prove  his  for- 
tunes" by  the  west.  His  aim  was  nothing  less 
than  to  pass  round  the  north  of  Greenland,  (sup- 
posing it  to  be  an  island,)  and  return  by  Davis' 
Straits  to  England.  With  a  heart  fulJ  of  hope, 
he  now  shaped  his  course  westward. 

Two  days  after  this,  while  nearly  becalmed, 


# 


'iW 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


31 


iar,  the  wind 
iirrounded  by 
see  the  land 
into  the  82d 
much  farther, 
le  could  not 
he  north  side 
s  fair  just  at 
now  to  sail 
,nd,  and  press 
le  the  passage 
urse  south  for 
the  shores  of 
saw  the  land 
s  d:.' couraged 
ig  toward  the 
observed  the 
on  the  coast, 
)ssible.     This 
abandon,  and 
prove  his  for- 
nothing  less 
senland,  (sup- 
urn  by  Davis' 
full  of  hope, 
d. 
rly  becalmed, 


they  were  suddenly  startled  by  a  tremendous 
noise,  made  by  the  ice  and  the  sea.  Immense 
mountains  of  floating  ice  surrounded  them,  and 
the  waves,  rolling  high,  were  heaving  the  ship 
continually  westward  toward  them.  In  their 
fright,  they  lowered  their  boat,  in  the  hope  of 
turning  the  ship  away  from  the  ice ;  but  in  this 
they  failed,  the  waves  rolling  so  high  that  the 
boat,  more  than  once,  came  near  being  swamped. 
"In  this  extremity,"  (says  Hudson,)  "it  pleased 
God  to  give  us  a  small  gale,  at  north-w^est  and 
by  west.  We  steered  away  south-east  four 
leagues,  till  noon.  Here  we  had  finished  our 
discovery,  if  the  wind  had  continued  that  brought 
us  hither,  or  if  it  had  continued  calm ;  but  it 
pleased  God  to  make  this  north-west  and  by 
west  wind  the  'means  of  our  deliverance ;  which 
wind,  we  had  not  found  common  in  this  voyage. 
God  give  us  thankful  hearts  for  so  great  deliver- 


ance. 


j> 


The  w^eather  cleared  up  at  noon,  and  they 
saw  the  ice  reflected  by  the  sky,  bearing  from 
south-west  to  north-east.  As  they  approached 
still  nearer  to  Greenland,  the  sky  reflected  the 
ice  still  farther  and  farther,  until  Hudson  was 
satisfied  that  he  could  find  no  passage  around 
the  north  of  Greenland.  A  westerly  wind  spring- 


m 


r 


32 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


Ml   I 


ing  up,  therefore,  he  altered  his  course,  and 
steered  south-east.  He  now  began  to  think  of 
making  his  way  back  to  England.  The  thick 
fogs  still  annoyed  him ;  his  ship  stores  were  be- 
ginning to  fail ;  the  season,  too,  was  far  advanc- 
ed, and  it  was  well-nigh  certain  that  he  could 
not  make  the  passage  this  year.  Keeping  a 
southerly  course,  he  again  passed  the  southern 
coast  of  Spitzbergen — ^the  land  being,  as  he  says, 
"  not  ragged,  as  all  the  rest  we  had  seen  this 
voyage" — came  in  sight  of  Cheries  Island,  for 
which  he  was  keeping  a  lookout,  and  saw  the 
land  covered  with  cragged  rocks,  "like  hay- 
cocks." Still  pressing  south,  on  the  15th  of 
August,  he  put  into  what  he  calls  "  the  Isles  of 
Farre,"  (meaning,  I  suppose,  the  Faroe  Islands,) 
and  on  the  15th  of  September,  he  arrived  at 
Tilbury  Hope  on  the  Thames,* 

Thus  you  will  perceive,  that  after  a  hard  voy- 
age of  four  months  and  a  half,  Hudson  returned 
without  success.  Yet  his  employers  were  suffi- 
ciently pleased,  as  we  shall  soon  see,  to  trust 
him  with  their  second  adventure.  And  though 
he  failed  in  the  main  enterprise,  his  voyage  was 
far  from  being  useless. 

♦  The  journal  of  this  voyage,  made  in  1607,  will  be  found  in 
"  Purchas  his  Pilgrims^*'  written  partly  by  ^enry  Hudson, 
and  partly  by  John  Pleyce,  one  of  his  men. 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


33 


He  advanced  farther  north  than  any  naviga- 
tor had  been  known  to  proceed  before :  his  voy- 
age opened  the  commerce  of  the  whale  fishery 
to  his  countrymen ;  and  some  have  said  that  he 
was  the  discoverer  of  Spitzbergen.*  This  last 
supposition,  however,  is  a  mistake.  While  we 
are  anxious  to  give  full  credit  to  Hudson  for 
whatever  he  may  have  done,  we  should  be  un- 
willing to  detract  from  the  fair  fame  of  another 
man.  That  island  was  first  discovered  in  the 
year  1596,  by  William  Barentz,  a  Dutch  navi- 
gator. It  received  from  him  the  name  of  Spitz- 
bergen,  from  its  mountainous  appearance,  and 
the  quantities  of  ice  and  snow  that  lay  around  it 
The  remarkable  headland  which  had  been  seen 
by  Hudson,  Barentz  had  called  Vogelhoeky  from 
the  number  of  birds  that  he  saw  there..  After 
this,  the  island  was  sometimes,  by  the  Hollanders, 
called  Newland.  It  is  strange  that  any  one 
should  have  thought  Hudson  the  discoverer  of 
Spitzbergen,  since  he  himself,  in  his  journal, 
speaks  of  the  island  as  Newland,  evidently  know- 
ing where  it  was,  and  also  of  the  promontory 
Vogelhoeky  which  I  presume  was  laid  down  in 
his  charts. 

*  Forster's  Voyages ;  Yates  and  Moulton's  History  of  New 
York  ;  Belknap's  American  Biography  ;  Rev.  Dr.  Miller,  in  a 
itscourse  before  the  New  York  Historical  Society  in  1809. 


I.^l 


'■.i  I 


34 


HENRY  HXJDSON. 


!lh 


i 


The  most  that  can  be  said  is,  that  Hudson 
rediscovered  Spitzbergen,  and  this  has  been 
said  ;*  but  it  is  scarcely  true.  Hudson's  speak- 
ing so  plainly  of  the  island,  contradicts  this  state- 
ment also. 

All  that  we  claim  for  him,  therefore,  in  this 
voyage  is,  that  with  unwavering  fortitude,  amid 
constant  trials,  he  pressed  his  way  farther  north 
than  any  other  navigator  had  been  before,  and 
opened  a  new  and  extensive  field  of  commerce 
to  the  English  people. 

*  Scoresby,  in  his  account  of  the  Arctic  Regions, 


i! 


CHAPTER  IL 


i': 


Henry  Hudson  makes  his  second  voyage^  in 
search  of  a  J^orth' eastern  Passage  to  India — 
Reaches  the  north  side  of  JVova  Zemhla^  and  is 
stopped  by  the  Ice — Hopes  to  make  his  passage 
on  the  south  side  by  the  Vaygatz  Straits — Find' 
inga  large  River  or  Sound  in  J^ova  Zembla,  is 
induced  to  try  that  for  his  passage — Sails  up 
this — Resolves  to  return — Searches  for  WiU 
loughby*s  Land — Jltrives  in  England  after  an 
absence  of  four  months  and  four  days. 

As  soon  as  the  spring  was  fairly  opened  the 
next  year,  Hudson  commenced  making  his  pre- 
parations for  a  second  voyage.  This  time  he 
was  to  seek  his  passage  for  the  East  Indies  in 
the  north-east,  by  passing  between  Spitzbergen 
and  Nova  Zembla. 

With  a  crew  consisting,  in  all,  of  fifteen  ;^er 


■  f- 


^i     »!   , 


Ill 


Hi!  il! 


36 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


€ons,*  (among  whom  again  was  his  son  John 
Hudson,)  he  set  sail  from  London  on  the  22d  of 
April.  The  wind  was  fair,  and  so  continued  day 
after  day ;  but  as  he  sailed  north,  heavy  fogs 
again  met  him,  so  that  it  was  the  24th  of  May 
before  he  found  himself  off  the  coast  of  Norway 
The  weather  now  cleared  up,  and  the  cold,  which 
had  been  increasing  for  some  days,  became  so 
severe  that  several  of  the  men  were  taken  sick. 
PhiUp  Stacie,  the  carpenter,  seems  to  have  suf- 
fered most.  Improving  this  clear  weather,  he 
pressed  north-ehst  as  rapidly  as  he  could.  On 
the  29th  he  had  reached  a  latitude  so  high  that 
"  the  sun  was  on  the  meridian  above  the  horizon 
five  degrees,"  and  he  was  able  to  take  an  obser- 
vation at  midnight.  In  two  days  more  his  fine 
weather  passed  away;  for,  on  the  1st  of  June, 
he  had  a  hard  north-easterly  gale  with  snow. 
For  two  days  he  struggled  against  the  storm, 
and  on  the  morning  of  thd  3d  he  saw  the  J^orth 
CapCy  about  eight  leagues  distant,  as  he  suppos- 

•The  names  of  these  persons,  as  given  in  the  Journal  of  this 
voyage  of  1608,  were  as  follows:  "Henry  Hudson,  master 
and  pilot ;  Robert  Juet,  mate ;  Ludlow  Arnall,  John  Cooke, 
boatswain ;  Philip  Stacie,  carpenter ;  John  Barns,  John 
Braunch,  cook ;  John  Adrey^  James  Strutton,  Michael 
Feirce,  Thomas  Hilles,  Richard  Tomson,  Robert  Raynor 
Mumfrey  Gilby,  and  John  Hudson.'* 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


37 


ed,  and  discovered  several  Norway  fishermen  in 
sio'ht.  Keeping  his  course  north-east,  on  the  9th 
of  June,  in  the  latitude  of  75  degrees,  he  fell  in 
with  ice,  the  first  he  had  seen  on  the  voyage. 
Hoping  to  pass  through,  he  stood  into  it,  loos- 
ening some  of  it,  and  bearing  away  from  the 
larger  masses  until  he  had  passed  into  it  four  or 
five  leagues.  Here  he  found  the  ice  so  thick  and 
firm  ahead,  that  he  began  to  fear  he  had  pro- 
ceeded too  far,  and  might  be  fastened.  This 
forced  him  to  return  by  the  same  way  he  went 
in,  fortunately  suffering  no  damage  (as  he  says) 
except  "  a  few  rubs  of  the  ship  against  the  ice." 
For  more  than  a  fortnight  he  still  pressed  east- 
ward, struggling  with  the  ice,  but  failed  to  reach 
a  higher  latitude.  At  one  time  he  would  meet 
large  quantities  of  drift-wood  driving  by  the  ship, 
then  he  would  see  large  numbers  of  whales  and 
porpoises,  and  the  sea  seemed  almost  cover- 
ed with  birds  floating  over  it.  Then  again  he 
would  see  numbers  of  seals  lying  upon  the  ice, 
and  hear  ihe  bears  roaring.  It  was  during  this 
fortnight,  that  two  of  his  men  declared  they  saw 
something  stranger  than  all  this.  Thomas  Hilles 
and  Robert  Raynor  positively  asserted,  that 
on  the  morning  of  the  15th  they  saw  a  mermaid 
close  by  the  ship's  side,  looking  earnestly  at 


m 


38 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


them.  A  sea  soon  came  and  overturned  her ; 
but  they  saw  her  distinctly.  Her  body  was  as 
large  as  a  man's,  her  back  and  breast  were  like 
a  woman's,  her  skin  very  white,  and  she  had  long 
black  hair  hanging  down  behind.  As  she  went 
down  they  saw  her  tail,  which  was  like  the  tail 
of  a  porpoise,  and  speckled  like  a  mackerel. 
-  On  the  25th,  being  still  hemmed  in  with  ice, 
while  head  winds  w^ere  still  prevailing,  he  found 
that,  in  spite  of  every  effort,  he  was  drifting  to- 
ward the  south.  He  was  now  convinced  that 
he  could  not  proceed  farther  on  the  north  side  of 
Nova  Zembla,  and  resolved  to  seek  his  passage 
on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  by  the  straits 
known  as  "  the  Vaygatz ;  to  pass  by  the  mouth 
of  the  River  06,  and  to  double  that  way  the 
North  Cape  of  Tartaria."  These  straits  are  be- 
t>^een  the  southernmost  parts  of  Nova  Zembla, 
and  the  northern  coast  of  Russia.  He  now  shaped 
his  course  south,  and  the  next  day,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  four  or  five  leagues,  saw  that  part  of 
Nova  Zembla,  known  by  the  Hollanders  as 
Swart  Cliffe,  Being  only  two  miles  from  the 
land,  he  sent  six  of  his  men  ashore  to  take  a 
survey  of  the  country,  and  fill  the  casks  with 
water.  They  found  tlie  shore  covered  with 
grass  \  the  land  was  marshy,  and  several  streams, 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


39 


ned  hex ; 
ly  was  as 
were  like 
>  had  long 
s  she  went 
\^e  the  tail 
jkerel. 
n  with  ice, 
y,  he  found 
drifting  to- 
vinced  that 
lorth  side  of 
his  passage 
f  the  straits 
the  mouth 
lat  way  the 
aits  are  he- 
iva  Zembla, 
now  shaped 
at  the  dis- 
|hat  part  of 
►llanders  as 
5S  from  the 
to  take  a 
casks  with 
►vered   with 
;ral  sireamsi 


made  by  the  melting  snow,  were  rolling  through 
it.  In  looking  around,  they  saw  the  tracks  of 
bears,  deers,  and  foxes ;  and  after  picking  up 
some  whales'  fins  and  deer's  horns,  they  returned 
to  the  ship.  The  sea  was  calm  as  they  came 
back,  and  they  saw  two  or  three  herds  of  morses 
swimming  near  the  ship.  Hudson  now  sent 
seven  other  men  ashore  to  the  place  where  he 
thought  the  morses  might  come  in;  but  they 
failed  in  taking  one  of  them.  These  -men  found 
a  cross  standing  on  the  shore,  quantities  of  drift- 
wood, and  signs  of  fires  that  had  been  recently 
kindled  there.  Gathering  some  moss,  and  such 
flowers  as  grew  in  that  cold  latitude,  and  taking 
two  pieces  of  the  cross,  they  also  returned  to 
the  ship. 

On  the  29th,  they  again  saw  large  numbers 
of  morses  in  the  water ;  and  in  the  hope  of  fol- 
lowing them,  and  finding  where  they  would  land, 
they  hoisted  sail,  and  got  out  the  boat  to  tow 
the  ship  along.  The  chase  proved  fruitless :  but 
it  brought  them  to  the  mouth  of  a  broad  river  or 
sound,  where  they  anchored  near  a  small  island. 
The  ice  vas  running  lapidly  down  the  stream, 
and  they  were  foiced  to  weigh  au'^-hor  twice  in 
the  night,  and  stand  out  to  free  themselves  from 
danger.     In  the  morning  he  again  came  to  his 


i 


i: 


■  ^r: 


1 II ' 


l¥ 


iii 


'ijji 


40 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


old  anchorage  near  the  island.  On  a  small  rock 
near  by,  he  saw  forty  or  fifty  morses  lying  asleep. 
He  sent  all  his  crew  after  them,  except  his  son 
John ;  but  they  succeeded  in  killing  only  one  of 
them,  the  rest  plunging  rapidly  in  the  water. 
Before  they  came  aboard,  however,  they  landed 
on  the  island,  where  they  killed  some  fowls  and 
found  some  eggs. 

The  thought  now  struck  Hudson,  that  instead 
of  trying  his  passage  by  the  Vaygatz  Straits,  he 
would  attempt  to  make  his  way  through  this 
broad  stream  before  him.  He  hoped  that  in 
this  way  he  might  reach  the  east  side  of  Nova 
Zembla.  Then,  too,  the  morses  invited  him,  for 
he  hoped  by  taking  them  to  pay  the  expenses 
of  the  voyage.  "  Being  here,"  (he  says,)  "  and 
hoping,  by  the  plenty  of  morses  we  saw  here,  to 
uefiay  the  charge  of  our  voyage ;  and  also  that 
this  sound  might,  for  some  reasons,  be  a  better 
passage  to  the  east  of  Nova  Zembla  than  the 
Vaygatz,  if  it  held,  according  to  my  hope,  con- 
ceived by  the  likeness  it  gave :  for  whereas  we 
had  a  flood  come  from  the  northward,  yet  this 
sound  or  river  did  run  so  strong,  that  ice  with 
the  stream  of  this  river  was  carried  away,  or  any- 
thing else  against  the  flood :  so  that  both  in  flood 
and  ebbj  the  stream  doth  hold  a  strong  coui'se : 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


41 


g  asleep, 
his  son 
ly  one  of 
be  water, 
ey  landed 
fowls  and 

lat  instead 
Straits,  he 
rough  this 
ed  that  in 
le  of  Nova 
ed  him,  for 
,e  expenses 
|ays,)  "  and 
,w  here,  to 
id  also  that 
|he  a  better 
►la  than  the 
hope,  con- 
hereas  we 
»rd,  yet  this 
at  ice  with 
ay,  or  any- 
>th  in  flood 
ing  course : 


and  it  floweth  from  the  north  three  hours  and 
ebbeth  nine." 

He  now  sent  the  raate,  with  several  of  the  men, 
to  explore  the  mouth  of  this  river.  The  next 
day  they  came  back,  having  their  boat  laden 
with  drift-wood,  and  bringing  with  them  a  large 
deer's  horn,  a  lock  of  white  hair,  and  great 
quantities  of  fowl.  They  had  a  very  good  story 
to  tell.  They  had  seen  a  herd  of  ten  white  deer, 
much  drift-wood  lying  on  the  shore,  many  good 
bays,  and  one  fine  river  on  the  north  shore,  which 
looked  like  a  good  place  for  morses — though 
they  saw  none  there.  They  saw  signs  that  the 
morses  had  been  in  the  bay.  As  for  the  particu- 
lar river  which  they  were  to  explore,  they  had 
found  it  two  or  three  leagues  broad,  and  no 
ground  at  twenty  fathoms— the  water  was  of  the 
color  of  the  sea,  very  salt,  and  the  stream  set 
strongly  eut  of  it. 

This  report  was  so  encouraging  that  Hudson 
soon  hoisted  sail,  and  steered  up  the  river.  In  a 
little  time  he  pass<3d  a  reef,  where  he  found  only 
five  or  six  fathoms'  depth,  and  was  then  in  thirty- 
four  fathoms  water.  He  continued  b^s  course  for 
nine  leagues,  still  finding  the  water  deep,  until 
the  wind  coming  out  ahead,  and  the  stream  run- 
ning too  strongly  against  him,  he  was  forced  to 

4* 


N-i: 


u 


im 


42 


HENRY   HUDSON, 


I.  i 


cast  anchor.  He  now  rigged  up  the  boat  with 
a  sail,  and  furnishing  Juet  the  mate,  and  five  of 
the  crew,  with  provisions  and  weapons,  sent 
them  up  the  river  to  take  soundings.  They  were 
to  continue  their  course,  provided  the  water  con- 
tinued deep,  until  they  found  the  stream  bending 
to  the  east  or  southward.  The  ship  was  to  fol- 
low them  as  soon  as  a  favorable  wind  offered. 
About  the  middle  of  the  next  day  the  men  re- 
turned very  tired,  bringing  a  very  unfavorable 
report.  They  had  been  up  the  river  six  or  seven 
leagues,  sounding  it  all  the  way,  until  at  last 
thcj  found  only  four  feet  of  water.  They  knew 
that  the  ship  could  not  pass  this  point :  so  they 
did  not  explore  farther,  but  after  landing,  gather- 
ing some  flowers,  and  seeing  greal  numbers  of 
deer,  they  returned  to  the  ship. 

All  that  remained  for  him  now  was  to  return. 
Setting  sail,  therefore,  he  passed  dowiv  the  river 
much  disappointed,  or,  as  he  himself  says  in  the 
Journal, "  with  sorrow  that  our  labor  w^as  in 
vain ;  for,  had  this  sotind  held  as  it  did  make 
show  of,  for  breadth,  depth,  safeness  of  harbor, 
and  good  anchor-ground,  it  might  have  yielded 
an  excellent  passage  to  a  more  easterly  sea."  It 
was  here,  too,  that  he  seems  to  have  been  par- 
ticularly pleased  with  the  appearance  of  Nova 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


43 


Zembla,  under  its  arctic  midsummer ;  for  he  says, 
"  it  was  to  a  man's  eye  a  pleasant  land  ;  much 
main  high  land,  with  no  snow  on  it,  looking  in 
some  places  green,  and  deer  feeding  thereon." 
In  the  evening  he  sent  five  of  his  men  ashore, 
hoping  again  that  they  might  find  morses ;  but 
they  found  none,  though  they  saw  many  good  land- 
ing places  for  them.  They  discovered  signs  of  a 
fire  thpf  had  been  made  on  shore,  and  returned, 
bringing  with  them  a  hundred  fowls,  called 
«  Wellocks." 

It  was  now  the  6th  of  July,  and  Hudson  knew 
it  was  too  late  to  attempt  his  passage  by  the 
Vaygatz.  He  therefore  shaped  his  course  west- 
ward, hoping  to  visit  by  the  way  Willonghhy^s 
Land*  that  he  might  see  if  it  was  correctly  laid 
down  in  his  chart.  Still  intent  upon  defrayin[;, 
if  possible,  the  expenses  of  his  voyage,  he  thought 
if  he  should  find  this  land  he  would  discover 
there  abundance  of  morses,  driven  down  by  the 
ice  from  Nova  Zembla.  But,  unfortunately,  he 
did  not  come  in  sight  of  that  land.  He  was  yet 
in  the  region  of  the  ice,  and  discovered,  as  in  the 
last  voyage,  that  in  the  green  sea  he  was  most 
free  from  it,  while  in  the  blue  sea  he  was  almost 

♦  Some  have  supposed  that  Willoughby^s  Land  is  the  same 
as  Spitzbergen,  but  this  is  a  mistake. 


44 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


sure  to  be  troubled  with  it.  Keeping  his  west- 
erly course,  in  ten  days  he  saw  the  promontory 
of  Wardhuys  off  the  coast  of  Lapland,  and  in  a 
little  time  passed  the  JSTorth  Cape,  Being  now 
off  the  coast  of  Norway,  the  nights  had  again 
become  so  dark  that  he  was  forced  to  use  a  can- 
dle in  the  binacle,  which  thing  he  had  not  before 
found  necessary  since  the  19th  of  May. 

Hudson's  heart  still  leaned  toward  the  experi- 
ment of  sailing  north  of  Greenland,  and  he  would 
willingly  have  moved  in  that  direction,  but  the 
season  was  now  too  far  advanced ;  and  he  thought 
it  his  duty  "  to  save  victuall,  wages,  and  tackle, 
and  not  by  foolish  rashness,  the  time  being  wast- 
ed, to  lay  more  charge  upon  the  action  than 
necessity  should  compel."  He  kept  his  course, 
therefore,  for  England,  and  arrived  at  Gravesend 
on  the  26th  of  August,  having  been  absent,  this 
time,  four  months  and  four  days.* 

♦  The  Jotirnal  of  this  voyage,  made  in  1608,  \nritten  by  Hen- 
ry Hudson  himself  will  also  be  found  in  "  Purchag  his  Pil' 
grima.'* 


»    >!:'■'■  . 


CHAPTER  m. 


Henry  Hudson's  employers  disappointed — He 
now  passes  over  to  Holland^  and  seeks  employ* 
ment  from  the  Dutch  East  India  Company-^ 
Leaves  Amsterdam  on  his  third  voyage^  in  the 
ship  Half  Moon,  in  the  spring  of  1609 — Fails 
in  making  his  passage  through  the  Vaygatz — 
Sails  westwan^,  reaches  the  coast  of  America — 
Enters  Penobscot  Bay — His  intercourse  with 
the  Indians — Passes  Cape  Cod,  and  sails  south 
beyond  Chesapeake  Bay — Turns  north  again 
— Discovers  Delaware  Bay  y  and,  passing  on, 
drops  anchor  within  Sandy  Hook — After  a 
week  spe7it  in  exploring  below,  passes  theJVar^ 
rows  and  anchors  in  J^ew  York  Bay,  > 

Upon  Hudson's  return,  the  company  that  had 
employed  him  were  greatly  disappointed,  and 
unwilling  at  present  to  make  any  farther  effort. 
But  Hudson's  heart  was  still  bent  upon  the  great 
purpose  for  which  he  had  been  laboring.  Un- 
willing therefore  to  wait,  he  passed  over  to  Hol- 
land to  offer  his  services  to  the  Dutch  East  India 


11 


^1 

i 


i! 


Ill 


46 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


Company.  His  fame  had  gone  there  before  him ; 
they  all  knew  him  as  "  the  bold  Englishman, 
the  expert  pilot,  and  the  famous  navigator." 
There  was  one  man  of  this  company,  Balthazor 
Moucheron,  who  had  made  large  and  unsuccess- 
ful adventures  in  Arctic  voyages,  and  was  there- 
fore opposed  to  another  effort,  even  under  Henry 
Hudson.  But  the  company,  without  overcoming 
his  objections,  still  met  the  views  of  Hudson ; 
accordingly  the  small  ship  (or  as  some  say  the 
yacht)  Half  Moon  was  soon  equipped,  and  the 
command  intrusted  to  him.  With  a  crew  con- 
sisting of  twenty  Englishmen  and  Dutchmen,  or, 
as  some  say,  only  sixteen,*  among  whom  was 
Robert  Juet,  who  had  served  as  mate  in  his  last 
voyage,  he  was  now  ready  to  brave  again  the 
ice  and  storms  of  the  Arctic  seas. 

His  object  was  now  to  try  his  passage  once 
more  by  the  north  side  of  Nova  Zenibla,  or  on 
the  south  through  the  Vaygatz  Straits.  He  de- 
parted from  Amsterdam  on  the  25th  of  March, 
and  on  the  27th,  left  the  Texel.  In  little  more 
than  a  month  he  doubled  the  North  Cape,  and 
pressing  on,  was  ere  long  upon  the  coast  of  No- 
va Zembla.  Head  winds,  ice,  and  fog  here  met 
him  again,  and  after  more  than  a  fortnight's 

*  Lambrechtsen  says,  16  men,  Englishmen  and  HoUanden. 


•.*»» 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


47 


struggle  against  them,  he  gave  up  the  hope  of 
reaching  India  by  the  Vaygatz,  or  indeed  by 
any  north-eastern  route.  In  this  time  of  disap- 
pointment, he  was  not  discouraged,  but  seems 
to  have  had  many  plans.  He  had  heard  of 
America  and  the  vast  discoveries  made  there  5 
and  he  thought,  by  sailing  westerly,  that  he 
too  might  make  some  discovery  which  w^ould 
repay  his  employers  for  his  failure.  Moreover, 
he  had  with  him  some  maps  which  had  been 
given  to  him  by  his  old  frieiid.  Captain  John 
Smith,  on  which  a  strait  was  marked  south  of 
Virginia,  offering  a  passage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean 
or  great  South  Sea,  as  it  was  then  called — and 
by  this  passage  he  might  hope  to  reach  the  East 
Indies.  Then  too,  he  thought  of  his  former  plan ; 
a  passage  by  the  north-west,  through  Davis's 
Straits.  He  now  proposed  to  his  crew,  either  to 
seek  a  passage  south  through  the  strait  laid  down 
by  Smith,  or  to  sail  for  the  north-west.  Many 
of  his  men  had  been  trained  in  the  East  India  ser- 
vice, were  accustomed  to  sailing  in  warm  tropical 
climates,  and  chose  therefore,  to  sail  south  rather 
than  meet  the  severities  of  the  northern  seas. 
Now  then,  he  steered  his  course  westerly,  soon 
doubled  the  North  Cape  again,  and  by  the  last 
of  May,  reached  one  of  the  Faroe  Islands. 


:  \m 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


He  remained  here  twenty-four  hours,  and  had 
his  casks  filled  with  fresh  water.  They  then 
hoisted  sail  and  steered  south-west,  hoping  to 
reach  Buss  Mand,  which  had  been  discovered  in 
1578,  by  Martin  Frolisher.  The  island  was  in- 
correctly laid  down  in  his  chart,  and  he  did  not 
find  it.  He  next  shaped  his  course  for  JVeW' 
foundland.  For  more  than  three  weeks  he 
now  encountered  storms  and  constant  gales  of 
wind,  until  at  last  his  foremast  was  carried 
away.  He  rigged  up  what  sailors  call  a  jury- 
mast,  but  the  gales  continuing,  his  foresail  was 
split.  Notwithstanding  the  tempests,  he  man- 
aged to  run  down  as  far  as  the  forty-fifth  degree 
of  latitude.  Here  he  met  a  heavy  gale  from  the 
south-east,  but  still  kept  on  his  course.  Three 
days  after  this  he  saw  n  sail  standing  to  the  east, 
and  hoping  "  to  speak  her,"  he  turned  from  his 
course  and  gave  chase ;  but  finding,  as  night  came 
on,  that  he  could  not  overtake  her,  he  again 
turned  westerly.  Early  in  July,  he  found  him- 
self off  the  coast  of  JSTewfoundland,  ^nd  saw  a 
great  fleet  of  Frenchmen  fishing  on  the  banks. 
Finding  himself  here  becalmed  several  days,  he 
Bent  his  crew  to  the  banks  to  try  their  luck  at 
fishing.  In  this  they  proved  very  successful — 
taking  in  one  day  one  hundred  and  thirty  cod- 


(( 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


49 


and  had 
ley  then 
3ping  to 
Dvered  in 

I  was  in- 
e  did  not 
or  JVew?- 
jveeks  he 
gales  of 
s  carried 

II  a  jury- 
resail  was 

he  man- 

^h  degree 

from  the 

Three 

0  the  east, 
from  his 

ight  came 
he  again 
lund  him- 
nd  saw  a 
"be  banks, 
days,  he 
ir  luck  at 
Icessful— 
irty  cod- 


fish. The  wind  again  springing  up,  they  sailed 
westerly.  On  the  9th,  they  spoke  a  Frenchman 
who  lay  fishing  at  Sable  Island  bank.  They 
soon  cleared  the  banks,  passed  the  shore  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  12th,  saw  the 
coast  of  North  America  before  them.  The  fog 
was  now  so  thick  that  for  several  days  they  were 
afraid  to  approach  the  land ;  but  on  the  morn- 
ing of  the  18th,  the  weather  cleared  up,  and 
they  ran  into  a  "  good  harbor"  at  the  mouth  of 
a  large  river,  in  the  latitude  of  forty-four  degrees. 
This  was  Penobscot  Bay,  on  the  coast  of  Maine.* 
Hudson  had  already  seen  some  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  this  new  country ;  for  on  the  morning 
of  the  19th,  while  they  were  standing  off,  unable 
to  enter  the  harbor,  two  boats  came  off  to  him, 
with  six  of  the  natives  of  the  country,  who 
"  seemed  very  glad  at  his  coming."  He  gave 
them  some  trifling  presents,  and  thty  ate  and 
drank  with  him.  They  told  him  that  there  were 
gold,  silver,  and  copper  mines  near  by,  and  that 
the  French  people  were  in  the  habit  of  trading 
with  them.  One  of  them  he  found  could  speak 
a  little  French. 

•  Rev.  Dr.  Miller,  in  his  lecture  delirered  before  the  New 
York  Historical  Society,  in  1809,  thinks  the  place  of  their  a^ 
rival  was  at  or  near  Portland^  in  the  State  of  Maine. 


nm 


I  t 


\% 


tl 


H  . 


50 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


He  now  made  his  observation  of  the  harbor. 
He  describes  it  as  lying  north  and  south  a  mile; 
he  could  see  the  river  a  great  way  up,  and  found 
that  he  was  in  four  fathoms  of  water.  The  first 
thing  to  be  done,  w^as  to  rig  up  a  new  foremast, 
and  mend  the  sails.  Some  went  to  work  at  the 
sails,  and  others  went  ashore  to  cut  the  mast. 
They  needed  a  fresh  supply  of  water  also,  and 
some  went  in  search  of  that,  while  others  amused 
themselves  in  catching  lobsters.  In  the  mean  time, 
the  people  of  the  country  came  aboard  in  great 
numbers.  They  were  very  friendly,  and  seem 
not  to  have  been  at  all  afraid  of  Hudson's  men, 
while  the  men  were  afraid  of  them,  all  the  time 
saying  "  they  could  not  be  trusted."  Two  French 
shallops  came  to  the  ship,  filled  with  Indians 
bringing  beaver-skins  and  fine  furs,  which  they 
wished,  like  Indians,  to  trade  for  articles  of  dress, 
knives,  hatchets,  kettles,  trinkets,  beads,  and 
other  trifles. 

Hudson's  men  could  not  overcome  their  fool- 
ish distrust  of  these  Indians.  They  were  so  very 
suspicious,  that  every  night  they  kept  a  strict 
watch  from  the  ship,  to  see  where  their  shallops 
were  laid.  At  last,  their  mast  being  ready  and 
their  sails  mended,  the  day  before  they  started, 
they  manned  "  the  scute"  with  six  men  and  four 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


51 


muskeis,  took  one  of  the  shallops,  and  brought 
it  on  board.  This  was  base  enough  ;  but  they 
no  V  proceeded  to  a  more  disgraceful  action. 
They  "  manned  their  bodt  and  *scute'  with  twelve 
men  and  muskets,  and  two  stone  pieces  or  mur- 
derers, and  drove  the  savages  from  their  houses, 
and  took  the  spoil  of  them."  It  seems  that  the 
poor  natives  had  never  done  them  the  least  harm; 
their  only  excuse  for  this  cowardly  meanness, 
being  that  they  supposed  they  wished  to  do 
them  harm-  >  opposition  without  any  founda- 
tion, proceec  .  ^  only  from  their  own  idle  fears 
It  is  to  the  disgrace  of  Hudson,  that  this  thing 
was  permitted ;  and  the  only  excuse  that  can  be 
offered  for  him  is,  that  he  probably  had  under 
his  command  a  wild  and  ungovernable  set  of 
men.  It  is  said  that  they  had  many  quarrels 
with  the  natives,  and  perhaps,  in  the  exaspera- 
tion of  their  feelings,  Hudson  found  it  impossible 
to  control  them.  Even  this,  however,  is  a  poor 
excuse  for  him;  for  he  was  a  man  in  the  habit  of 
ruling  his  men  rather  than  being  ruled  by  them. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  he  did  not  willingly  allow 
this  cruelty  to  proceed. 

On  the  next  morning  (July  26)  he  set  sail, 
steering  southward  along  the  coast  of  America. 
In  a  little  time  he  came  within  sight  of  Cape 


ir 


iM 


r.^ 


i 


«i 


r>'\ 


\^:;i[  ^f 


62 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


Cod.  Ai.  .ious  to  double  this  headland,  and 
afraid  to  approach  a  coast  of  which  he  was  ig- 
norant, he  s  '.  five  men  in  the  boat  to  sound 
along  shore,  hey  found  the  water  "  five  fathoms 
deep  within  bow-shot  of  the  shore ;"  wenl  on  the 
land  and  discovered  *•  goodly  grapes  ind  rose- 
tiees,"  which  they  brought  on  board  the  ship. 
He  now  moved  toward  the  shore,  and  anchored 
near  the  north  end  of  the  headland.  Here  he 
heard  the  voices  of  men  calling  to  him  from  the 
shore ;  and,  thinking  they  might  be  the  cries  of  some 
poor  sailors  who  had  been  left  there,  he  immediate- 
ly sent  a  part  of  the  crew  in  the  boat  to  the  land. 
Upon  landing,  they  found  that  the  voices  were 
those  of  the  Indians,  who  were  greatly  rejoiced  to 
see  them.  They  returned,  bringing  one  of  these 
Indians  aboard  with  them.  After  giving  him  some- 
thing to  eat,  and  making  him  a  present  of  a  few 
glass  buttons,  Hudson  sent  him  ashore  again  in 
the  boat.  When  he  reached  the  land,  he  gave 
every  sign  of  joy,  dancing,  and  leaping,  and 
throwing  up  his  hands.  These  Indians  were 
great  smokers :  they  had  abundance  of  green 
tobacco  and  pipes,  "  the  bowls  of  which  were 
made  of  earth,  and  the  stems  of  red  copper." 

After  striving  to  pass  west  of  this  headland, 
and  move  into  the  bay,  which  the  wind  prevent- 


!^-" 


W 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


53 


ed — he  steered  south-east,  and  the  next  day  feL 
in  with  the  southern  point  of  Cape  Cod.  He 
kuv^^w  this  to  be  the  headland  which  Bartholomew 
Gosnold  had  discovered  in  the  year  1602,  seven 
years  before.  He  passed  Nantucket  and  Mar- 
tha's Vineyard,  and  kept  his  course  still  south, 
until  the  I8th  of  August,  when  he  found  himself 
at  the  entrance  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  Here  he 
was  near  the  mouth  of  "  the  King's  River*  in  Vir- 
ginia," upon  which  many  of  his  countrymen 
were  settled ;  and  among  these  countrymen  was 
his  early  friend  Captain  John  Smith. 

Two  years  before  this,  the  first  English  settle- 
ment had  been  made  in  America.  In  the  year 
1607,  two  ships  and  a  bark  under  the  command 
of  Christopher  Newport,  bringing  one  hundred 
and  five  persons,  had  passed  up  the  James  River. 
Among  these  men  were  John  Smith,  Gosnold, 
Wingfield,  and  Ratcliffe,  the  leaders  of  the  new 
enterprise;  and  after  hard  sufferings  and  some 
hair-breadth  escapes,  they  had  succeeded  in  set- 
tling a  colony  at  Jamestown.  It  would  have 
been  delightful  to  Hudson  to  have  passed  up 
that  river,  and  seen  his  countrymen,  and  particu- 
larly an  old  friend  in  the  wild  forests  of  America. 

*  The  James  River,  named  in  honor  of  King  James,  is  her« 
alluded  to. 

5* 


!j't     ;!;ii!'      l8 


\i\& 


a 


■■^1^ 


■..#■■ 


(34 


%■. 


■  .i-l-i'-^ 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


He  would  have  heard  from  that  friend  manv  a 
story  of  matchless  adventure,  ho^"  he  had  lived 
through  the  treachery  of  the  Indian  King  Powha' 
tan,  and  been  savpd  by  the  noble  friendship  of 
the  Princess  Po  hontas.  But  the  wind  was 
blowing  a  gale ;  and  besides  this,  he  felt  himself 
bound  to  serve  the  main  purpose  of  his  employ- 
ers, and  consequently  passed  on.         .      .   i*^ 

He  proceeded  south  still,  until  he  reached  the 
thirty-fifth  degree  of  latitude,  and  then  changed 
his  course  to  the  north.  We  are  not  told  in  the 
Journal  of  this  voyage,  what  induced  Hudson  to 
change  his  course,  but  we  can  readily  understand 
the  cause.  He  had  gone  far  enough  south  to 
learn  that  his  friend  Smith  was  mistaken  about 
his  passage  into  the  South  Pacific  Ocean ;  and 
his  desire  was  now  to  waste  no  more  time  in  this? 
fruitless  search,  but  to  make  some  discovery 
which  might  prove  profitable  to  his  einployers. 

Retracing  his  course,  he  found  himself  occa- 
sionally in  shallow  water  as  he  passed  the  shores 
of  Maryland,  and  on  the  28th,  discovered  the 
great  bay,  since  known  as  Delaware  Bay,  He 
examined  here  the  soundings,  currents,  and  the 
appearance  of  the  land,  but  did  not  go  ashore. 
For  nearly  a  week  he  now.  coasted  northward, 
*'  passing  along  a  low  marshy  coast^  skirted  with 


P 

g 

S( 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


5& 


nanv  a 
id  lived 
Powha- 
Iship  of 
nd  was 
himself 
employ- 

jhed  the 
changed 
Id  in  the 
udson  to 
derstand 
south  to 
n  about 
n;  and 
e  in  thii> 


broken  islands,"  when  on  the  2d  of  September, 
he  spied  the  highlands  of  Neversink.  The  sight 
pleased  him  greatly,  for  he  says,  "  it  is  a  very 
good  land  to  fall  in  with,  and  a  pleasant  land  to 
see."  On  the  morning  of  the  3d,  the  weather 
proved  dark  and  misty,  but  Hudson,  ha\ing  pas- 
sed Long  Branch,  sent  his  boat  up  to  sound. 
The  men  returning  with  a  favorable  report,  in 
the  afternoon  he  brought  the  Half  Moon  within 
Sandy  Hook,  and  cast  anchor  in  five  fathoms  of 
water.  The  next  morning,  seeing  that  there 
was  "  good  anchorage  and  a  safe  harbor,"  he 
passed  farther  up  and  anchored  within  Sandy 
Hook  Bay,  at  the  distance  of  two  cable  lengths 
from  the  shore. 

Having  marked  great  quantities  of  fish  ("  sal- 
mon, mullet,  and  rays")  in  the  water,  he  now 
sent  his  men  ashore  with  a  net.  It  is  said  that 
they  first  landed  on  Coney  Island,  (now  a  part 
of  Kings  County  in  ^his  State.)  They  found  the 
soil  to  be  mostly  white  sand,  and  on  the  island 
were  plum-tre'^s  loaded  with  fruit,  and  embower- 
ed with  grape-vines;  while  snipes  and  other 
birds  were  floating  over  the  shore.  The  fishing 
too,  proved  good,  for  they  took  "  ten  mullets  a 
foot  and  a  half  long  apiece,  and  a  ray  as  great 
as  four  men  could  haul  into  the  ship  " 


1!  m  '    \i 


56 


HENRT  HUDSON. 


While  the  ship  lay  at  anchor,  Indians  from 
the  Jersey  shore  came  on  hoard,  and  seemed 
greatly  delighted  to  see  their  rew  visiters.  They 
were  dressed  in  deer-skins,  well  cured,  which 
hung  loosely  over  their  shoulders,  and  had 
copper  ornaments  and  pipes.  They  seemed  to 
have  an  abundance  of  food,  for  their  land  yield- 
ed a  fine  harvest  of  maize,  or  Indian  corn,  from 
which  they  made  good  bread ;  but  they  had 
come,  bringing  green  tobacco,  which  they  wished 
to  exchange  for  beads,  knives,  and  other  trinkets. 

In  the  course  of  the  night  a  gale  sprang  up, 
and  the  ship  was  driven  ashore.  Fortunately, 
she  was  not  injured, "  the  bottom  being  soft  sand 
and  oozy,"  and  when  the  flood  tide  returned  in 
the  morning,  she  was  easily  got  off.  The  boat 
was  now  lowered,  and  the  men  were  sent  to  sound 
the  bay.  The  shores  were  lined  with  men,  wo- 
men, and  children,  attracted  by  curiosity,  and 
the  boat's  men  immediately  went  to  the  land,  where 
they  were  treated  with  great  kindness.  It  was  the 
Jersey  shore  which  they  now  reached,  and  the 
kindness  of  the  natives  was  such,  that  they  went 
unmolested  far  back  into  the  woods  of  what  is 
now  known  as  Monmouth  County.  In  this  ram- 
ble, they  weie  particularly  pleased  with  the 
beautiful  oaks  of  the  country.    The  natives  fol- 


'^/:^ "" 


HENEY  HUDSON. 


57 


wmy^ 


from 

eemed 

They 

which 

d  had 

med  to 

I  yield- 

n,  from 

ley  had 

wished 

;rinkets. 

ang  up, 

unately, 

soft  sand 

irned  in 

'he  boat 

to  sound 
en,  wo- 
ity,  and 
,  where 
was  the 
land  the 
icy  went 
what  is 
lis  ram- 
rith  the 
ives  fol- 


lowed them  with  their  kindness,  giving  them  pre- 
sents of  green  tobacco  and  dried  currants.  They 
observed  that  some  of  these  natives  were  dressed 
more  richly  than  those  seen  before.  These  had 
ornaments  of  copper  around  the  neck,  and  wore 
mantles  made  of  fine  furs  or  feathers.  Notwith- 
standing all  the  kindness  of  these  Indians,  like 
the  poor  natives  at  Penobscot,  they  were  still 
"  suspected,  though  friendly." 

Hudson,  in  making  his  observations,  had  dis- 
covered, as  he  thought,  that  the  bay  in  which  he 
lay,  seemed  to  be  the  entrance  to  a  large  river, 
four  leagues  distant ;  and  the  boat  having  re- 
turned, he  now  sent  five  men  in  her  to  ^nake 
soundings  in  that  direction.  What  he  saw  was 
probably  the  strait  between  Long  and  Staten 
Islands,  now  known  as  the  Narrows.  They  pas- 
sed through  the  Narrows,  sounding  as  they  went, 
and  discovered  the  hills  between  Staten  Island 
and  Bergen  Neck.  They  found  the  land  as  they 
passed,  covered  with  trees,  grass,  and  flowers,  the 
fragrance  of  which  was  delightful;  and  after 
going  six  miles  into  the  bay  of  New  York,  turn- 
ed back.  On  their  return  to  the  ship,  when  it 
was  nearly  dark,  they  were  attacked  by  two 
canoes,  containing  twenty-six  Indians.  It  was 
raining  hard,  and  their  match  was  extinguishedi 


1.!  .jM 


t  ■ 


t- 


i;  I  I'    '1 


M^  !l» 


58 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


SO  that  they  could  only  trust  to  their  oars  to 
make  their  escape.  Unfortunatdy,  one  of  the 
men  (John  Colraan,  who  had  been  with  Hudson 
in  his  first  hard  voyage)  was  killed  by  an  arrow 
that  struck  him  in  the  neck,  and  two  others  were 
slightly  wounded.  It  was  now  very  dark,  and 
they  lost  their  way,  wandering  to  and  fro  all 
night,  unable  to  find  the  ship.  It  is  said  that  but 
for  the  darkness,  they  w^ould  all  have  been  mur- 
dered, but  this  I  can  hardly  believe.  Notwith- 
standing this  attack,  I  do  not  think  the  Indians 
had  any  wicked  intentions  toward  these  men ; 
for  it  is  strange,  if  they  had,  that  they  did  not 
pursue  them,  and  at  least  take  the  wounded  men 
in  the  boat.  It  is  probable,  that  in  the  darkness, 
the  Indians  were  themselves  surprised  and  fright- 
ened at  meeting  the  boat ;  shot  at  her,  and  moved 
away  as  fast  as  possible.  The  next  day  the 
boat  returned,  bringing  the  dead  body  of  Col- 
man.  Hudson  ordered  it  to  be  taken  ashore  and 
buried  at  Sandy  Hook,  and  in  memory  of  the 
poor  fellow  who  had  met  so  sad  a  fate,  called 
the  place  Colman's  Point 

When  the  men  returned  from  this  sad  duty, 
the  boat  was  hoisted  in,  and  they  immediately 
commenced  erecting  bulwarks  on  the  sides  of 
the  ship  ',  and  when  night  came  on,  they  kept  a 


^^.. 


t 

t] 


eir  oars  to 
•ne  of  the 
th  Hudson 
an  arrow 
thers  were 
dark,  and 
id  fro  all 
d  that  but 
)een  mur- 
Notwith- 
e  Indians 
'Se  men; 
y  did  not 
ided  men 
larkness, 
d  fright- 
d  moved 
day  the 

r  of  Col. 

hore  and 
f  of  the 
s,  called 

id  duty, 

ediately 

iides  of 

kept  a 


HENRY  HUDSON.  eg 

^t:tr^:^rr'"^ -attack  fro.  the  na. 

natives  s^rJtZreTT"' ^^  ''''■  ^he 
»g  them;  ri "exf.  thought  of  attack- 
came  on  board  L!k  •'''^' ^"""^  °^  them  again 

the  sailors.     Thev  L      .  '  *°  ^'"''^  ^'* 

^'--y  thing  j/4;tr-- to  kno. 

»«  *e  ship,  th  :„efi S  if  •=^"°-  <=->«  off 
bows  and  arrows   th.   1         "'"  '™^<'  ^i* 
of  trading  SThlm     u7  ""''"  *^^  r'^^tence 
allow  Jo  of  them  to  ,f"*°"r^  ^o«W  only 
tept,  and  dresseiTh  ^^f  °V°"'' '  '^^^  ^e 
^est  returned  to  the  l?f '"'*'•    ^"  the 
other  canoe  apllelJ  b?        "  ^""""^  ^"- 
He  thought  nrttt  tor'^*""'"^"- 
caution ;  so  he  took  oTe  ofTh U  '^"^  ^'^ 

Fobably,  to  keep  hi  witi  ;,T"' T"^^^^^ 

feju»ped^u:^eaSl::;rar^^^ 

ward«  fK^      X        '""^"*ngj  he  went  over  « fn 
^ards  the  ea.t  sand-bank,  found  it  shaC,  aid 


il  ,^!' 


«..;   ^'''      I J 


60 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


again  anchored."  The  day  after,  (it  being  the 
11th  of  September,)  having  spent  a  week  in 
exploring  south  of  *he  Narrows,  he  passed 
through  them  into  the  Bay  of  New  York,  and 
finding  it  "  an  excellent  harbor  for  all  winds," 
once  more  cast  anchor.  Here  he  remained  until 
the  next  day :  the  people  of  the  country  (as  he 
says)  again  coming  to  see  him,  "  making  great 
show  of  love,  giving  tobacco  and  Indian  wheat, 
but  we  could  not  trust  them." 


y.^L. 


'.'.^f^i, -.y^/^ff^-i,^  ■.■r'.'^^  • 


'^■^^^r  -  ■  '  '^ 


wjriT     "  ""gw^W-w^lT-^Hj^W 


being  the 
week  in 
le  passed 
STork,  and 
1  winds," 
ined  until 
ty  (as  he 
ng  great 
in  wheat, 


CHAPTER  IV. 


TAe  Indian  tradition  oftho4i      ,  

of  Pennsylvania.  "'^"""'''S  '^«  I^ian» 

It  was  the  12th  of  SeDt^-mJ, 
^as  ready  to  „ove  up  tt"t;  ""^  ^"*°" 
opened  before  him      TUc.       ^T    '""*'"  ^'''ch 

cou..e,however,lrftr;f''" '•''"•"''- 
[egards  «  his  fe  aS  JC^t"?  *"'''^°"  ^ 
before  you      Snm.       i?'       "'*'''  ^  wish  to  1=7 

fte  Je.ey  sh^re,  wMe  .S!'!;  ^f^'  "^^^  °« 
Manhattan  Island,  7ndor      ''''''  '*  ^'^  <>« 

»y-    It  is  imposJible  ptlT  "^  r  •''•- 
was,  and  as  far  as  tJ,»  T     ?  '   "  ^^^  where  it 

te«  but  little, Sf  t^!j?  '^.*=°"'=-"«J  't  mat. 

^»^nghaveCwhSttr^^^'^^*« 
^^  tradition  is  ..,  ,„i.,,^^^^  ^^^ 


1 1'    s '3!|i5 


:,-iEii,:.fc- 


,^,1  <, 


-"~ip-^:t  ■"■■;- ■'■"*»?';-i 


*;*''^1^-."^V>^-!'^:>T  '; 


62 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


been  originally  given  by  the  Indians  themselves 
to  tne  Rev.  John  Heckewelder,  for  many  years  a 
Moravian  missionary  to  the  Indians  in  Pennsyl- 
vania.    It  runs  as  follows : — 

"  A  long  time  ago,  when  there  was  no  such 
thing  known  to  the  Indians  as  people  with  a 
white  skin,  some  Indians  who  had  been  out  a 
fishing,  and  where  the  sea  widens,  espied  at  a 
great  distance,  something  remarkably  large,  swim- 
ming or  floating  on  the  water,  and  such  as  they 
had  never  seen  before.  They  immediately  re- 
turnin  y  to  the  shore,  told  their  countrymen  of 
what  ihey  had  Sv-^en,  and  pressed  them  to  go  out 
with  them,  and  discern  w^hat  it  might  be.  These 
together  hurried  out,  and  saw  to  their  great  sur- 
prise the  phenomenon,  but  could  not  agree  what 
it  might  be,  some  concluding  it  to  be  an  uncom- 
monly large  fish  or  other  animal,  while  others 
were  of  opinion  it  must  be  some  very  large 
house.  It  was  at  length  agreed  among  them, 
that  as  this  phenomenon  moved  toward  the  land, 
whether  it  was  an  animal  or  not,  it  would  be 
well  to  inform  all  the  Indians  of  what  they  had 
seen,  and  put  them  on  their  guard.  Accordingly 
they  sent  runners  to  carry  the  news  to  their  scat- 
tered chiefs,  that  they  might  send  off  in  every 
direction  for  the  warriors  to  come  in.     These 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


6S 


mselves 
years  a 
*ennsyl- 

no  such 
I  with  a 
en  out  a 
ied  at  a 
re,swiin- 
L  as  they 
ately  re- 
ymen  of 
o  go  out 
le.  These 
reat  sur- 
ree  what 
uncom- 
,e  others 
•y  large 
g  them, 
fhe  land, 
ould  be 
|hey  had 
rdingly 
leir  scat- 
every 
These 


now  came  in  numbers,  and  seeing  the  strange 
appearance,  and  that  it  was  actually  moving 
forward,  concluded  that  it  was  a  large  canoe 
or  house,  in  which  the  Great  Manitto*  himself 
was,  and  that  he  probably  was  coming  to  visit 
them.  By  this  time  the  chiefs  of  the  different 
tribes  were  assembled  on  York  Island,  and  were 
counselling  as  to  the  manner  in  which  they 
should  receive  the  Manitto  on  his  arrival.  They 
now  provided  plenty  of  meat  for  a  sacrifice ;  the 
women  were  required  to  prepare  the  best  of 
victuals ;  their  idols  or  images  were  examined 
and  put  in  order ;  and  a  grand  dance  was  sup- 
posed not  only  to  be  an  agreeable  entertainment 
for  the  Manitto,  but  might,  with  the  addition  of 
a  sacrifice,  contribute  toward  appeasing  him  in 
case  he  was  angry.  The  conjurers  were  also 
set  to  wock  to  determine  what  the  meaning  of 
this  phenomenon  was,  and  what  the  result  would 
be.  To  these,  and  to  the  chiefs  and  wise  men  of 
the  nation,  men,  women,  and  children  were  look- 
ing up  for  advice  and  protection.  Being  at  a 
loss  what  to  do,  between  hope  and  fear,  and  in 
confusion,  a  dance  commenced.  In  the  mean 
timei  fresh  runners  arrived,  declaring  it  to  be  a 

*  Their  name  for  the  Supreme  Being. 


'.I*'-;; 


II 


-fi     ::..^ 


Si  , 


hn\ 


\\ 


64 


HENRY   HTTDSON. 


great  house  of  various  colors  that  was  coming, 
and  filled  with  living  creatures.  It  now  appeared 
certain  that  it  was  their  Manitto  coming,  bringing 
probably  some  new  kind  of  game.  But  other 
runners  now  came  in,  declaring  that  it  was  a 
house  of  various  colors  and  filled  with  people, 
but  that  the  people  were  of  a  different  color  from 
themselves  ;  that  they  were  also  dressed  in  a  dif- 
ferent manner  from  them,  and  that  one  in  partic- 
ular appeared  altogether  red.  This  they  thought 
must  be  the  Manitto  himself.  They  were  now 
lost  in  admiration.  Presently  they  were  hailed 
from  the  vessel,  but  in  a  language  they  could 
not  understand,  and  were  able  to  answer  only  by 
a  yell.  Many  were  now  for  running  into  the 
woods,  while  others  pressed  them  to  stay,  in  or- 
der not  to  offend  their  visiters,  who  could  find 
them  out  and  might  easily  destroy  them.  The 
house  (or  large  canoe)  stopped,  and  a  smaller  ca- 
noe now  came  ashore,  bringing  the  red  man  and 
some  others  in  it.  Some  stayed  by  this  canoe  to 
guard  it.  The  chiels  and  wise  men  formed  a 
circle,  into  which  the  red  clothed  man  and  two 
others  approached.  He  saluted  them  with  a 
friendly  countenance,  and  they  returned  the  sa- 
lute after  their  manner.  They  were  amazed  at 
the  color  of  their  skin  and  their  dress,  particu- 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


65 


mmg, 
)eared 
nging 
other 
was  a 
leople, 
>r  from 
1  a  dif- 
partic- 
liought 
re  now 
hailed 
^  could 
)nly  by 
tito  the 
in  or- 
lia  find 
The 
ller  ca- 
in  and 
moe  to 
lined  a 
id  two 
Lvith  a 
[he  sa- 
Ized  at 
irticu- 


larly  at  the  red  man,  whose  clothes  glittered* 
with  something  they  could  not  account  for. 
He  must  be  the  great  Manitto,  they  thought,  but 
then  why  should  he  have  a  white  skin  ?  A  large 
elegant  Ilockhackf  was  brought  forward  by 
one  of  the  Manitto's  servants,  and  something 
poured  from  it  into  a  small  cup  or  glass,  and 
handed  to  the  Manitto,  He  drank  it,  had  the 
cup  refilled,  and  had  it  handed  to  the  chief  next 
to  him  for  him  to  drink.  The  chief  took  it, 
smelt  it,  and  passed  it  ^o  the  next,  who  did  the 
same.  The  cup  passed  in  this  way  round  the 
circle,  untasted,  and  was  about  to  be  returned  to 
the  red  clothed  man,  when  one  of  their  number, 
a  spirited  man  and  a  great  warrior,  jumped  up, 
and  harangued  the  multitude  on  the  impropriety 
of  returning  the  cup  unemptied.  '  It  was  handed 
to  them,'  he  said,  *  by  the  Manitto  to  drink  out 
of  as  he  had  done ;  that  to  follow  his  example 
would  please  him,  but  to  return  what  he  had 
given  them  might  provoke  him  and  cause  him 
to  destroy  them.  And  that  since  he  believed  it  to 
be  for  the  good  of  the  nation  that  the  contents 
offered  them  should  be  drunk,  if  no  one  else  was 
willing  to  drink,  he  would  try  it,  let  the  conse- 

*  This  was  probably  the  lace  and  buttons, 
f  Meaning  gourd,  or  bottle. 

6* 


l» 


my- 


i:msF- 


'■'wr- 


66 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


quence  be  what  it  would,  for  it  was  better  foi 
one  man  to  die,  than  that  a  whole  nation  should 
be  destroyed.  He  then  took  the  glass,  smelt  it, 
addressed  them  again,  and  bidding  them  all  fare- 
well, drank  it.  All  eye«?  were  now  fixed  upon 
him,  to  see  what  effect  this  would  have  upon  him. 
He  soon  began  to  stagger,  and  the  women  cried, 
supposing  that  he  had  fits.  Presently  he  rolled 
on  the  ground,  and  they  all  began  to  bemoan 
him,  supposing  him  to  be  dying.  Then  he  fell 
asleep,  and  they  thought  now  that  he  was  dead, 
but  presently  they  saw  that  he  was  still  breath- 
ing. In  a  little  time  he  awoke,  jumped  up,  and 
declared  that  he  never  felt  himself  before  so  hap- 
py, as  after  he  had  drunk  the  cup.  He  asked 
for  more,  which  was  given  to  him,  and  the  whole 
assembly  soon  joined  him,  and  all  became  intox- 
icated.' 

"  While  the  intoxication  lasted,  the  white  men 
kept  themselves  in  their  vessel,  and  when  it  was 
over,  the  man  with  the  red  clothes  again  return- 
ed to  them,  bringing  them  presents  of  beads, 
axes,  hoes,  and  stockings.  They  soon  now  be- 
came familiar,  and  talked  by  making  signs.  The 
whites  made  them  understand  that  they  should 
now  return  home,  but  the  next  year  they  should 
visit  them  again  v^ith  presents,  and  stay  with 


*s.   »-•'•» 


r-  VS^r» 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


67 


tter  foi 
should 
melt  it, 
\\\  fare- 
d  upon 
»on  him. 
n  cried, 
e  rolled 
bemoan 
I  he  fell 
as  dead, 
breath- 


upj 


and 


I  so  hap- 
e  asked 
e  whole 
e  intox- 

lite  men 
it  was 
return- 
beads, 
low  be- 
is.  The 
should 
should 
with 


them  a  while.  But  as  they  could  not  live  with- 
out eating,  they  should  then  w^ant  a  little  land 
to  sow  seeds,  in  order  to  raise  herbs  to  put  into 
their  broth.  Accordingly  a  vessel  arrived  the 
next  season,*  when  they  were  much  rejoiced  to 
see  each  other  —  but  the  white  men  laughed 
at  them  when  they  saw  the  axes  and  hoes  hang- 
ing to  their  breasts  as  ornaments,  and  the  stock- 
ings used  for  tobacco  pouches.  The  whites  now 
put  handles  or  helves  in  the  former,  and  cut  down 
trees  and  dug  the  ground  before  their  eyes,  and 
showed  them  the  use  of  the  stockings.  Then  all 
the  Indians  laughed,  to  think  that  they  had  been 
ignorant  of  the  use  of  these  things  so  long,  and 
had  carried  these  heavy  articles  hung  around 
their  necks.  They  took  every  white  man  they 
saw  for  a  Manitto,  yet  inferior  to  the  Supreme 
Manitto  ;  to  wit,  to  the  one  who  wore  the  shin- 
ing red  clothes.  They  now  became  more  famil- 
iar, and  the  whites  now  reminded  them  that  they 
wanted  some  land  ;  and  asked  if  they  might  have 
as  much  land  as  the  hide  of  a  bullock  spread 
before  them  would  cover  (or  encompass.)  Their 
request  was  readily  granted      The  white  men 

•  It  will  be  remembered  that  another  ship  was  sent  out 
by  the  Dutch  the  next  year,  after  the  discovery  of  Henry 
Hudson. 


^..(-^'V 


%.«.. 


*»„ 


m^ 


68 


HENRY  HCDSON. 


j|  then  took  a  knife,  and  beginning  at  one  place  on 
the  hide,  cut  it  up  into  a  rope  not  thicker  than 
the  finger  of  a  httle  child,  so  that  by  the  time 
this  hide  was  cut  up,  there  was  a  great  heap« 
They  then  took  the  rope  and  drew  it  gontly  along 
(to  keep  it  from  breaking)  in  a  circ  ular  form, 
and  took  in  a  large  piece  of  ground.  The  In- 
dians were  surprised  at  the  superior  wit  of  the 
whites,  but  did  not  wish  to  contend  witli  them 
about  a  little  hnd,  as  they  had  enough.  They 
lived  contentedly  together  for  a  long  time  :  the 
whites  from  t'me  to  time  asking  for  more  land, 
which  was  readily  granted  to  them.  And  thus 
they  gradually  went  higher  and  higher  up  the 
Mahicannituck  River*  until  they  begai\  to  be- 
lieve they  would  soon  want  all  their  country, 
which  proved  at  last  to  be  the  case."f 

This  tradition  is  remarkably  confirmed  by  a 
Dutch  historian,!  who  wrote  his  history  only 
forty-three  yeara  after  ihe  discovery  of  Henry 
Hudson.    He  says,  "  that  the  Indians  or  natives 

•  One  of  the  Indian  names  for  the  Hudson. 

t  This  tradition  will  be  found  in  Yates  and  Moultnn's  His- 
tory of  New  York— in  the  first  volume  of  Hist,  and  Lit.  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Philosophical  Society— and  again  in 
the  New  York  Historical  Collection,  vol.  i.,  New  Series. 

X  Adrian  Van  de r  Donck,  in  his  description  of  the  NefT 
Netherlands. 


of 
wi 
be 


,  «^*.*"w*'^.*  ,'^  <^" 


._JW.;;jk-.. 


ice  on 
•  than 
;  time 
hea\>* 
along 
form, 
lie  In- 
Df  the 
( them 
They 
5 :  the 
i  land, 
d  tljus 
up  the 
to  be- 
untry, 

by  a 

only 

lenry 

atives 


I's  Hia- 
I  Trans- 
[gain  in 

New 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


69 


of  the  land,  many  of  whom  are  still  living,  and 
with  whom  I  have  conversed,  declare  freely  that 
before  the  arrival^  the  Lowland  ship,  the  Half 
?VToon,  in  the  year  1609,  they,  the  natives,  did 
not  know  that  there  were  any  other  people  in 
the  world,  than  those  who  were  like  themselves, 
1)  lUch  less,  any  people  who  differed  so  much  in 
I  appearance  from  them  as  we  did.    When  some 

of  them  first  saw  our  ship  approaching  at  a  dis- 
tance, they  did  not  know  what  to  think  about 
her,  but  stood  in  deep  and  solemn  amazement, 
wondering  whether  it  were  a  ghost  or  apparition, 
coming  down  from  heaven,  or  from  hell.  Others 
of  them  supposed  her  to  be  a  strange  fish  or  sea 
monster.  When  they  discovered  men  on  board, 
they  supposed  them  to  be  more  like  devils  than 
human  beings.  Thus  they  differed  about  the 
ship  and  men.  A  strange  report  was  spread 
about  the  country  concerning  the  ship  and  visit, 
which  created  great  astonishment  and  surprise 
among  the  Indians." 

There  is  another  story  told  to  the  same  pur- 
pose in  a  history  of  these  times  written  only 
forty-one  years  after  Hudson's  discovery.  "  In 
1609,  (as  the  story  reads,)  the  privileged  East 
India  Company,  by  the  ship  the  Half  Moon,  the 
Captain  whereof  was  Henrick  Hulson,  discover- 


r 
I 


•  1 1 

tf 
'•1 


i 


J»C>-»^. 


m- 


*■■■•* 


70 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


cd  first  the  country  which  oitr  people  call  New 
Netherlands:  insomuch  that  even  now  inhabi* 
tants  of  the  country  remember  it,  and  witness, 
that  when  the  Dutch  ships  came  hither  first  and 
were  seen  by  them,  they  did  not  know  whether 
they  came  from  heaven  or  were  devils.  Others 
thought  them  to  be  sea  monsters  or  fishes.*  They 
knew  before  nothing  of  other  sort  of  men :  a 
strange  t^e  thereof  rm  through  their  country 

now."t 

It  is  said  that  the  tribe  of  Delaware  Indians, 
even  to  this  day,  call  New  York  Mannahatta' 
ninkf  meaning  thereby,  the  Island  or  place  of 
general  intoocication,^ 

*  It  is  remarked  by  Yates  and  Moulton  in  their  history,  that 
the  same  fright  seized  the  minds  of  the  Indians  bordering  on 
Detroit  river,  at  the  time  the  Lake  Erie  steamboat  "  Walk-in 
the- Water"  made  her  first  appearance  in  that  river,  advancing 
against  wind  and  tide,  and  sending  forth  volumes  of  flame 
and  smoke. 

t  MS.  in  the  New  York  Historical  Society,  cited  in  Yates 
and  Moulton's  History  of  New  York,  Part  I.  page  257. 
*  :|: "  The  Mahicanni  or  Mohicans  call  it  by  the  same  name 
PS  the  Delawares,  but  think  the  name  was  given  in  consequence 
of  a  kind  of  wood  which  grew  there,  of  which  the  Indians 
used  to  make  their  bows  and  arrows. 

"  The  name  the  Monseys  have  for  New  York  is  Laapha* 
wachking,  meaning  the  place  of  stringing  wampum  beads. 
They  say  this  name  was  given  in  consequence  of  the  distribu- 
tion of  beads  among  them  by  Europeans,  and  that  after  the 
European  vessel  returned,  wherever  one  looked,  the  Indians 
were  seen  stringing  the  beads  and  wampum  that  the  whites 
gsve  them.''— Yo/es  and  Moulton* 


•W 


varr 


I  New 
tihabi- 
itness, 
st  and 
[lether 
Others 
They 
len :  a 
ountry 

idians, 
ihatta' 
ace  of 

)ry,  that 
sring  on 
iValk.in 
vancing 
f  flame 

Yates 

!  name 
quence 
ndians 

[aapha* 

I  htdds* 

Utribu- 

IX  the 

idiani 

whites 


,iu^' 


m' 


».. 


CHAPTER  V. 

Hudwn  explores  the  river  since  called  by  his 
name — Escape  of  the  two  Indians — Strange 
experiment  of  Hudson  to  learn  the  treachery 
of  the  natives — The  Half  Moon  reaches  as  far  as 
the  present  site  of  Albany — The  boat  ascends 
to  Waterford — Hudson  returns  down  the  river 
— Battle  with  the  natives  at  the  head  of  Man- 
hattan  Island — Sails  from  the  bay,  and 
reaches  England,  after  an  absence  of  seven 
months  from  Europe,  "^M- 

V/e  left  Hudson  in  his  little  ship  the  Half 
Moon,  resting  quietly  upon  the  waters  of  New 
York  Bay,,  and  we  will  now  trace  him  in  his 
course  up  the  beautiful  stream  which  since  bears 
his  name.  What  must  have  been  the  feelings  of 
the  great  navigator  as  he  looked  upon  the  waters 
of  that  stream  as  they  came  rolling  to  the  sea !  It 
was  certain  that  he  had  discovered  a  new  and 


.■i'^-j 


72 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


unknown  region  which  might  in  some  degree 
repay  his  employers;  and  then,  who  could 
tell  but  that  the  river  before  him,  coming  far 
from  the  north,  might  prove  the  long  desired 
passage  to  the  gems  and  spices  of  the  East 
Indies. 

On  the  morninsc  of  the  12th,  while  he  was 
still  at  his  anchorage,  twenty-eight  canoes,  filled 
with  men,  women,  and  children,  came  off  to  see 
him,  bringing  oysters  and  clams  to  trade  for  tri- 
fles. These  Indians  had  "  great  tobacco  pipes  of 
yellow  copper,  and  pots  of  earth  to  dress  their 
meat  in."  Hudson's  men  seem,  as  usual,  to  have 
been  suspicious  of  them,  and  though  they  traded 
with  them,  none  of  them  were  allowed  to  come 
on  board. 

About  noon,  with  a  heart  full  of  hope,  he 
weighed  anchor,  and  moved  into  the  river.  The 
wind  was  not  fair ;  so  that  he  made  only  two 
leagues,  and  again  anchored  for  the  night.  The 
place  off  which  he  lay  is  supposed  to  have  been 
what  is  now  Manhattanville.  The  next  day,  the 
wind  being  ahead,  he  managed,  by  the  help  of 
the  flood  tide,  to  pass  up  only  eleven  miles  high- 
er. This  brought  him  to  what  is  now  known  as 
T'^onkers,  and  again  he  cast  anchor.  In  the  course 
of  this  day,  he  was  again  visited  by  Indians, 


\m 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


73 


legrec 
could 
ig  far 
lesired 
East 

e  was 
,  filled 
•  to  see 
for  tri- 
ipes  of 
ss  their 
to  have 
traded 
0  come 


>pe, 


he 


ir.  The 
ily  two 
The 
re  been 
lay,  the 
[elp  of 
high- 
)wnas 
I  course 
idiansi 


bringing  provisions,  and  they  seemed  very  friend- 
ly 5'  but*  his  crew  suspected  these  also,  and  none 
of  them  came  on  board  the  ship. 

The  day  following  the  weather  was  fair,  and 
a  fine  breeze  springing  up  from  the  south-east, 
he  passed  up  through  Tappan  and  Haverstraw 
bays,  "  the  river"  (as  the  journal  says)  "  being 
a  mile  wide,  and  anchored  at  night  about  thir- 
ty-six miles  higher,  in  a  region  where  the  land 
was  very  high  and  mountainous."  He  was  now 
evidently  in  the  neighborhood  of  "  the  High- 
lands," and  his  anchorage  was  probably  near 
West  Point. 

Hudson  and  his  men  seem  to  have  been  struck 
with  the  wild  and  beautiful  appearance  of  the 
country  :  and  strange  must  have  been  his  feel- 
ings, when  in  his  little  "  yacht,"  moored  beneath 
the  Highlands,  the  shadows  of  night  fell  over 
him.  He  had  braved  the  tempests  of  the  north, 
and  seen  the  monsters  of  the  ocean,  but  all  now 
was  a  new  world  around  him.  A  wild  and  beau- 
tiful wilderness  hung  over  him.  Perhaps  in 
the  distance  he  might  see  the  camp  fires  of 
straggling  Indians :  then  he  might  hear  the 
screechings  of  the  owls,  and  the  scream  of  pan- 
thers in  the  wilderness  above  him,  or  perhaps 

7 


n 


HENRY  HUDSON 


be  startled  by  the  strange  and  tremendous  roar 
of  the  "  Naked  Bear"  of  the  Indians.* 

•  "  YageshOj  or  Naked  J5cor."— In  anote  to  Yates  and  Moul- 
ton's  History  of  New  York,  there  is  a  singular  Indian  tradition 
of  a  remarkable  animal  that  lived  in  the  northern  parts  of 
New  York  about  two  centuries  ago.  The  note  cites  the  man- 
uscript of  Mr.  Heckewelder  for  the  truth  of  it.  The  story,  as 
given  in  the  note,  is  the  following  :  — 

*•  The  Yagesho  was  an  animal  much  superior  to  the  largest 
hear,  remarkably  long  bodied,  broad  down  by  its  shoulders, 
but  thin  or  narrow  just  at  its  hind  legs,  (or  where  the  body  ter- 
minated.) It  had  a  large  head  and  fearful  look.  Its  legs 
were  short  and  thick.  Its  paws  (to  the  toes  of  which  were 
nails  or  claws,  nearly  as  long  as  an  Indian's  finger)  spread 
very  wide.  It  was  almost  bare  of  hair,  except  the  head  and 
on  the  hinder  parts  of  its  legs,  in  which  places  the  hair 
was  very  long.  For  this  reason  the  Indians  gave  it  the  name  of 
*  Naked  Bear  J 

"  Several  of  these  animals  had  been  destroyed  by  the  In- 
dians, but  the  one  of  which  the  following  account  is  given  had 
escaped  them,  and  for  years  had  from  time  to  lime  destroyed 
many  Indians,  particularly  women  and  children,  when  they 
were  out  in  the  woods  gathering  nuts,  digging  roots,  or  at 
work  in  the  field.  Hunters,  when  overtaken  by  this  animal, 
had  no  way  of  escaping,  except  when  a  river  or  lake  was  at 
hand,  by  plunging  into  the  stream  and  swimming  out  or  down 
the  stream  to  a  great  distance.  When  this  was  the  case,  and 
the  beast  was  not  able  to  pursue  farther,  then  he  would  set  up 
such  a  roaring  noise,  that  every  Indian  hearing  it  would  trem- 
ble. The  animal  preyed  on  every  beast  it  could  lay  hold  of. 
It  would  catch  and  kill  the  largest  bears  and  devour  them. 
While  bears  were  plenty,  the  Indians  had  not  so  much  to  dread 
from  him,  but  when  this  was  not  the  case,  it  would  run 
mbo'Jt  the  woods,  searching  for  the  track  or  scent  of  hunters, 
and  foUow  them  up.    The  women  were  so  afraid  of  going  out 


T 

er  a 

up 

and 

ware 

h»^h 

to  woi 


g 


kdlin 

ways 

the  otl 

which 

provide 

On  a  ] 

climbin 

drawinj 

taken  u 

and  crif 

childrer 

days  wi 

from  th« 

beast  ha 

them,  y( 

came  to 

his  mou 

would  te 

up.    Dm 

discharg( 

His  head 

lage  or  s< 

pole  for  \ 

ing  tribes 

yict0i-i:i:^ 

honor  of 


lown 
I,  and 

jtup 
Irem- 
Idof. 

lem. 

[read 
run 

Iters, 
out 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


75 


The  next  morning  a  mist  hung  over  the  riv- 
er and  mountains  until  sunrise,  when  it  cleared 
up  with  a  fair  wind.  Just  as  he  was  weighing 
anchor,  a.  circumstance  happened,  which  after- 
ward gave  him  trouble.  The  two  Indians  whom 
ht^  held  as  hostages  made  their  escape  throujgh 

to  work,  that  the  men  assembled  to  consider  on  some  plan  for 
killing  him.     At  or  near  a  lake  where  the  water  flowed  two 
ways,  or  has  two  different  outlets,  one  on  the  northerly  and 
the  other  on  the  southerly  end,  this  beast  had  his  residence,  of 
which  the  Indians  were  well  informed.  A  resolute  party,  well 
provided  with  bows,  arrows,  and  spears,  made  toward  the  lake. 
On  a  high  perpendicular  rock  they  stationed  themselves, 
climbmg  up  this  rock  by  means  of  Indian  ladders,  and  then 
drawing  these  after  them.    After  being  well  fixed,  and  having 
taken  up  a  number  of  stones,  they  began  to  imitate  the  voices 
and  cries  of  the  various  beasts  of  the  wood,  and  even  that  of 
children^  in  order  to  decoy  him  thither.     Having  spent  some 
days  without  success,  a  party  took  a  stroll  to  some  distance 
from  the  rock.    Before  they  had  reached  the  rock  again,  this 
beast  had  got  the  scent  of  them,  and  was  in  full  pursuit  of 
them,  yet  they  reached  the  rock  before  he  arrived.  When  he 
came  to  the  rock  he  was  in  great  anger,  sprang  against  it  with 
his  mouth  wide  open,,  grinning  and  seizing  the  rock  as  if  he 
would  tear  it  to  pieces.    He  had  several  times  sprung  nearly 
up.    During  all  this  time,  nuuibers  of  arrows  and  stones  were 
discharged  at  him,  and  at  last  he  dropped  down  and  expired. 
His  head  bcmg  cut  off,  it  was  carried  in  triumph  to  their  vil- 
lage or  settlement  on  the  North  River,  and  there  set  up  on  a 
pole  for  view:  and  the  report  spreading  among  the  neighbor- 
ing tribes,  numbers  came  to  view  the  same,  and  to  exalt  the 
▼icto/iN  :s  for  this  warlike  deed.    The  Mahieanni  cl&im  ih9 
honor  of  this  act." 


m 


76 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


the  port-holes  of  the  ship  and  swam  to  the  shore, 
and  as  soon  as  the  ship  was  under  way,  they 
were  seen  standing  on  the  shore  making  loud  and 
angry  cries,  and  looking  at  them  "  with  scornful 
looks."  They  now  moved  up  the  river, "  passing 
by  the  high  mountains,"  until,  having  sailed  fifty 
miles,  they  came  at  night  in  sight  of  "  other 
mountains  which  lie  from  the  river  side."  Here 
they  found  (as  the  journal  says)  "  very  loving 
people  and  very  old  men,"  who  treated  them  very 
kindly.  Having  cast  anchor  here,  (which  was 
probably  near  wnat  is  now  Catskill  Landing,) 
Hudson  sent  the  boat  olf,  and  the  men  caught 
large  quantities  of  fine  fish.  * 

It  was  here,  perhaps,  that  the  pleasant  inter- 
view happened  (of  which  we  read  in  an  old  his- 
tory of  the  times*)  between  Hudson  and  an  old 
chief  of  the  Indians.  The  story  is,  that  he  went 
on  shore  in  one  of  their  canoes  with  an  old  man, 
who  was  the  chief  of  forty  men  and  seventeen 
women.  These  he  saw  in  a  large  circular  ho  jse 
made  of  oak  bark.  In  the  house,  he  discoveied 
a  large  (juantity  of  maize  or  Indian  corn,  and 
beans  of  the  last  year's  growth,  and  near  the 
bouse,  for  the  purpose  of  drying,  there  lay  enough 
to  load  their  shi[),  besides  what  was  growing 

•  De  Ldcl's  Now  World. 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


77 


ore, 
they 
and 
:nful 
»smg 

fifty 

)ther 
Here 
jving 
I  very 
1  was 

aught 

iiiter- 
Id  his- 
in  old 
went 
man, 
nteen 
ho  jse 
l)vered 
ti,  and 
lir  the 
iiough 
•wing 


in  the  fields.  Upon  his  entering  the  house,  two 
mats  were  immediately  spread  out  to  sit  upon, 
and  food  was  brought  forward  in  large  red  bowls 
made  of  wood.  In  the  mean  time,  two  men 
were  despatched  with  bows  and  arrows  in  search 
of  game.  Soon  after,  they  returned  with  a  pair 
of  pigeons;  then  they  killed  a  fat  dog,  and 
skinned  it  in  great  haste  for  their  guest,  with 
shells  which  they  had  got  out  of  the  water. 
After  the  feast,  they  supposed  that  Hudson  would 
remain  all  night  with  them.  But  upon  his  shew- 
ing signs  of  departure,  the  hospitable  old  man 
became  very  uneasy — and  his  people,  supposing 
that  the  guest  might  be  leaving  because  he  was 
afraid  of  them,  took  all  their  arrows,  and  break- 
ing them  in  pieces,  cast  them  into  the  fire. 

The  quantities  of  fish  taken  the  evening  before, 
now  induced  Hudson  (the  next  morning  beinfj 
warm  and  fair)  to  send  some  of  the  nen  out 
upon  another  fishing  part) .  This  time,  however, 
they  were  not  so  successful ;  for  the  natives  had 
been  there  all  night  in  their  canoes.  In  the 
mean  time,  the  Indians  flocked  on  board  the  ship, 
bringing  Indian  corn,  pumpkins,  and  tobacco. 
The  whole  day  was  con.  anied  in  trading  with 
these  friendly  people,  and  filling  the  water  casks 
with  fresh  water.     Towards  night,  he  again  set 

7* 


78 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


sail,  and  passing  some  six  miles  higher  up,  found 
the  water  shoal  and  cast  anchor.  He  was  now 
probably  near  the  spot  where  the  city  bearing 
his  name  has  since  grown  up.  The  w^eather  w^as 
warm,  and  Hudson  determined  to  take  advantajjje 
of  the  cool  hours  of  the  morning.  At  dawn, 
therefore,  the  next  day  he  weighed  anchor,  and 
ran  up  the  river  "  six  leagues  higher" — but  find- 
ing shoals  and  small  islands  in  the  middle  of  the 
river,  he  once  more  stopped.  As  night  came  on, 
the  vessel  drifted  near  tiie  shore  and  grounded ; 
but  they  "  layed  out  there  small  anchor  and 
heaved  her  of}'  again."  In  a  little  time,  she  was 
aground  again  in  tlie  channel ;  but  when  the 
flood-tide  rose  she  iloated  olF,  and  then  they  an- 
chored for  the  night.  This  anchorage,  it  is 
thought,  was  somewhere  near  Castleton. 

The  next  day  was  fair,  and  he  "  rode  still"  all 
day.  In  the  afternoon,  he  went  ashore  with 
"an  old  savage,  a  governor  of  the  country,  who 
carried  him  to  his  house,  and  made  liim  good 
cheer."*  With  the  flood  tide,  about  noon  on 
the  following  day,  he  ran  up  "  two  leagues  above 
the  shoals,"  and  cast  anchor  again  in  eight 
fathoms  of  water.     The  natives  now  came  on 


♦  Pdssibly  it  was  here  UvAt  llio  scene  described  hy  De  Laet 
occurrel. 


und 

lOW 

ring 
was 
tage 
awn, 
,  and 
find- 
)f  the 
le  on, 
[ided ; 
r  and 
le  was 
)n  the 
iy  an- 
it  is 

111"  all 
with 
I ,  who 
good 
Ion  on 
I  above 
eight 
lae  on 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


79 


board  in  crowds,  bringing  grapes,  pumpkins, 
beaver  and  other  skins,  for  which  the  sailors 
readily  gave  them  beads,  knives,  and  hatchets. 

Here  Hudson  seems  to  have  had  some  misgiv- 
ings as  to  the  depth  of  the  river  above  him.  He 
liad  now  been  seven  or  eight  days  in  reaching 
this  point,  and  his  ship  had  been  aground,  and 
his  soundings  shallow,  more  than  once  in  the 
last  three  days.  The  next  day,  therefore,  (the 
morning  of  the  20th,)  he  sent  the  mate  with  four 
men  in  the  boat  to  explore  the  river  and  take 
soundings.  They  were  gone  nearly  the  whole 
day,  and  returned  with  the  report  that  "  the 
channel  was  very  narrow ;"  that  two  leagues 
above,  they  found  only  two  fathoms'  water, 
though  in  some  places  there  was  a  better  de[>th. 
The  next  morning  they  were  about  staifirg 
again,  to  explore  the  depth  and  breadth  of  the 
stream,  (for  the  wind  was  fair,  and  Ihulson  was 
anxious  to  move  up  with  the  ship,)  Uat  were 
prevented  by  the  great  crowds  of  Indians  that 
came  flocking  on  board.  They  seem  again  to 
have  been  afraid  of  these  men,  and  unwilling  to 
leave  the  ship  while  they  were  there.  Finding 
that  he  was  not  likely  to  make  any  progress  on 
tha<^  day,  Hudson  sent  the  carpenter  ashore  to 
make  a  new  foreyard  lor  the  ship,  and  deterrain- 


80 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


ed  with  his  men,  in  the  mean  time,  to  make  an 
experiment  with  some  of  these  Indians,  that  he 
might  learn  if  they  were  treacherous. 

This  experiment  was  a  strange  one ;  it  was' 
neither  more  nor  less  than  intoxicating  some  of 
the  Indian  chiefs,  and  thereby  throwing  them 
"  off  their  guard."  He  therefore  took  several  of 
them  down  into  the  cabin,  and  gave  them  plenty 
of  wine  and  brandy,  until  they  were  all  merry. 
The  poor  women  looked  innocently  on,  for  we 
are  told  particularly  of  the  wife  of  one  of  these 
merry  chiefs,  who  "  sate  in  the  cabin  as  modest- 
ly as  any  of  our  countrywomen  would  do  in  a 
strange  place."  The  men  drank  plentifully,  and 
presently  one  of  them  became  so  drunk  that  he 
fell  asleep.  The  rest  were  now  frightened,  sup- 
posing him  to  be  poisoned,  and  immediately  took 
to  their  canoes  and  pushed  for  the  shore.  They 
did  not,  however,  forget  the  poor  man  on  board ; 
for  some  of  them  soon  returned,  bringing  long 
strings  of  beads,  which  they  hoped  the  whites 
would  accept,  and  release  their  poor  country- 
man. 

!  The  poor  Indian  slept  soundly  all  night,  and 
the  next  day,  when  his  countrymen  came  to  see 
him,  they  were  rejoiced  to  find  him  well.  They 
returned  to  the  shore,  and  about  three  o'clock 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


81 


sup- 
took 
They 
ard ; 
long 
hites 
ntry- 

and 

see 

'hey 

2lock 


came  again,  bringing  beads  and  tobacco,  which 
they  gave  to  Hudson.  One  of  them  made  a  long 
oration,  and  shewed  him  all  the  country  round 
about.  Anxious  still  farther  to  shew  him  their 
gratitude,  they  now  sent  one  of  their  number 
ashore,  who  presenly  returned  with  a  large  plat- 
ter of  venison,  dressed  in  their  own  style,  and 
placed  it  before  Hudson,  that  he  might  eat  with 
them.  After  this,  they  all "  made  him  reverence" 
and  departed. 

In  the  morning  before  all  this  scene  took  place, 
Hudson  had  again  started  the  mate  with  the  four 
men  to  sound  the  river.  At  ten  o'clock  at  night 
he  came  back  in  a  hard  shower  of  rain,  bringing 
a  bad  report  once  more.  He  had  ascended  the 
river  eight  or  nine  leagues,  and  found  only  seven 
feet  water  and  very  irregular  soundings. 

Disappointed  in  not  finding  this  the  passage  to 
the  East,  Hudson  was  cheered  by  the  reflection 
that  he  had  passed  up  this  noble  stream  nearly 
one  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  and  discovered  a 
beautiful  and  fertile  region,  for  the  future  enter- 
prise v}f  his  employers.  He  now  prepared  for 
his  return.* 

♦  How  far  did  friulson  ascend  the  river?    Tlic  Rev.  Dr.  Mil 
ler  (in  his  lecture  before  the  New  York  Historical  Soeiety  in 
JS09)  thinks  that  tlm  ship  Hulf  iMoon  reached  a  little  above 
where  iho  city  of  Hudson  now  stands,  while  the  boat  which 


^  i 


I  n 

''A 


82 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


About  mid-day  on  the  23dj  he  commenced  re- 
tracing his  way,  and  went  down  the  river  only 
six  miles,  the  wind  being  ahead.  On  the  24th, 
he  ran  down  twenty-four  miles  farther  and 
anchored,  (it  is  supposed  between  Athens  and 
Hudson.)  Here  he  was  detained  four  days  by 
Yiehd  vvinds,  but  the  time  was  spent  pleasantly 
and  profitably  in  surveying  the  country.  Some 
of  UiC  men  went  on  shore  gathering  chestnuts, 
aud  others  strolled  along  the  bank  making  their 
ob.  itions.  They  found  "  good  ground  for 
corn  and  other  garden  herbs,  with  good  store  of 
goodly  oaks  and  walnut-trees  and  chestnut-trees, 
yew-trees  and  trees  of  sweet  wood,  in  great  abun- 
dance, and  great  store  of  slate  for  houses  and 
other  good  stonas."  While  they  lay  at  this  an- 
chorage, they  had  a  visit  from  one  who  consid- 
ered himself  at  least  an  old  friend.  On  the 
morning  of  the  26tli,  two  canoes  came  up  from 
the  place  where  they  met  "  the  loving  people," 

was  sent  to  pxplore  and  take  snuniun(?s^  went  as  fur  as  the 
eile  oC  the  city  of  Albany.  Other  writers,  ho  jver,  disagree 
with  him.  After  exiunining  carefully  th<  journal  of  this  voy- 
age, calculating  the  (listances  run,  with  other  circumstances, 
and  especially  bearing  in  mind  that  the  sm;; '1  yacht,  the  Half 
Moon,  was  probiibly  not  so  hir'j^e  as  many  o(  the  sloo|)s  now 
iailiiigon  the  North  River,  they  seem  fairly  to  concluie  that 
the  Half  Moon  went  nearly  as  high  as  thevpot  where  Albany 
now  iitauU^,  while  the  bout  passed  up  a»  far  as  Waterford. 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


83 


[lances, 
Ite  Half 

|ts  now 
lie  that 

[Albany 

)rd. 


(Calskill  Landing,)  and  in  one  of  them  was  the 
old  chief  who  had  been  made  drunk  above,  and 
given  so  much  alarm  to  his  countrymen.  The 
friendship  of  this  old  m^n  must  have  been  strong, 
for  he  seems  to  have  followed  them  even  to 
the  Calskill  mountains.  He  brought  now  anoth- 
er old  chief  with  him,  who  presented  strings  of 
beads  to  Hudson,  and  "  showed  him  all  the 
country  thereabout,  as  though  it  were  at  his 
command."  The  old  man's  wife  was  along, 
with  three  other  Indian  women.  Hudson  was  very 
kind  to  tbem,  invited  them  all  to  dine  with  him, 
after  dinner  gave  them  presents,  and  they  de- 
parted begging  that  he  would  visit  them  as 
he  passed  by,  for  the  place  where  they  lived 
was  only  two  leagues  off. 

The  wind  being  north  on  the  morning  of  the 
27th,  they  set  sail  and  moved  onward.  As  they 
passed  the  old  man's  home,  (Catskill  Landing,) 
he  came  off  again,  hoping  they  would  cast  anchor, 
and  go  ashore  and  eat  with  him.  The  wind  was 
too  fair  and  inviting,  for  them  to  listen  to  his  in- 
vitation, and  he  left  them,  "  being  very  sorrowful 
for  their  departure."  Toward  night  they  reach- 
ed the  neighborhood  of  what  is  known  as  Red 
Hook  Landing,  and  there  had  tine  tishing.  For 
the  two  next  days  his  progress  was  very  slow, 


w 


i 


84 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


for  on  the  morning  of  the  30th,  we  are  told,  his 
ship  was  anchored  off  "  the  northernmost  of  the 
mountains,"  meaning,  I  suppose,  the  head  of  the 
highlands.  Here  again,  the  natives  came  on  board 
in  a  friendly  manner.  Detained  for  a  day  by  head 
winds,  he  observed  the  country  closely.  The 
description  of  the  land  near  them  is  very  minute, 
and  the  town  of  Newburgh  has  arisen,  perhaps, 
upon  the  very  spot  of  which  the  journal  speaks. 
''  This"  (says  the  journal)  "  is  a  very  pleasant 
place  to  build  a  town  on.  The  road  is  very  near, 
and  very  good  for  all  winds,  save  an  east-north- 
east wind."  Here,  too,  they  were  struck  with 
the  strange  appearance  of  some  of  the  mountains. 
"  The  mountains  look  as  if  some  metal  Ox^  min- 
eral were  in  thera.  For  the  trees  that  grow  on 
them  were  all  blasted,  and  some  of  them  barren, 
with  few  or  no  trees  on  them.  The  people  brought 
a  stone  aboard  like  to  emery,  (a  stone  used  by 
glaziers  to  cut  glass ;)  it  would  cut  iron  or  Steele, 
yet  being  bruised  small  and  water  put  to  it,  it 
made  a  color  like  black  lead,  gliste»'ing.  It  is 
also  good  for  painters'  colors."  On  the  1st  of 
October,  with  a  fair  wind  he  sailed  through  the 
highland^,  and  reached  as  far  as  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Stony  Point,  when  being  becalmed  he 
oast  anchor. 


No 

were  ( 

miring 

with  si 

they  d 

prompi 

under 

cabin 

articles 

moved 

him. 

to  thei; 

stream. 

and  seni 

easily  o] 

of  the  ] 

took  he 

The  co< 

blow  cu 

to  the  b 

returnee 

ly,  and  I 

near  dai 

the  entri 

The  1 

twenty-( 

them  so 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


85 


No  sooner  had  they  anchored,  than  the  natives 
were  crowding  aboard,  astonished  at,  and  ad- 
miring everything  they  saw.   They  came  trading 
with  skins,  but  these  could  not  procure  all  that 
they  desired.      One  poor  fellow,  therefore,  was 
prompted  to  steal.     He  swept  his  canoe  lightly 
under  the  stern,  crawled  up  the  rudder  into  the 
cabin  window,  and  stole  a   pillow   with  some 
articles  of  clothing.      The  mate  saw  him  as  he 
moved  off  with  his  canoe,  shot  at  him  and  killed 
him.     The  rest  now  fled  in  terror,  some  taking 
to  their  canoes,  and   some  plunging   into  the 
stream.      The  ship's  boat  was  manned  at  once, 
and  sent  to  secure  the  stolen  articles.    These  were 
easily  obtained  ;  but  as  the  boat  came  back,  one 
of  the  Indians  who  was  swimming  in  the  water 
took  hold  of  her,  endeavoring  to  overturn  her. 
The  cook   now  drew  a  sword,  and  with  one 
blow  cut  off  his  hand.     The  poor  creature  sank 
to  the  bottom — never  to  rise  again.     They  now 
returned  to  the  ship,  got  under  way  immediate- 
ly, and  passing  down  six  miles  farther,  anchored, 
near  dark,  off  the  mouth  of  Croton  river,  near 
the  entrance  into  Tappan  Sea. 

The  next  day,  with  a  fair  wind,  they  sailed 
twenty-one  miles,  which  must  have  brought 
them  somewhere  near  the  head  of  Manhattan 


#1 


Im 


.,1111 

f  '  Ml 


tl 


I 


k 

If 


i 


,i~. , ,  ^. 


86 


HENRY    HUDSON. 


Island.  Here  they  soon  found  themselves  in 
trouble.  The  two  Indian  who  had  escaped  from 
the  ship  on  their  way  up,  angry  and  indignant 
at  their  captivity,  had  roused  a  number  of  their 
countrymen  along  the  shores  of  the  river,  and 
they  were  now  assembled  near  this  point  to 
attack  Hudson  on  his  return.  A  canoe  ap- 
peared, in  which  was  one  of  those  who  had 
escaped,  and  many  others  armed  w  ith  bows  and 
arrows.  Hudson  suspected  something  from  their 
appearance,  and  none  of  them  were  allowed  to 
come  on  board.  Presently,  two  canoes  filled 
with  armed  men  dropped  under  the  stern,  and 
the  attack  was  coramenced  with  their  bows  and 
arrows  —  six  rAuskdts  w^ere  fired  from  the  ship, 
and  three  Indians  fell  dead.  The  Indians  on  the 
land,  marking  what  was  done,  w^ere  now  exas- 
perated the  more :  they  moved  down  to  the 
shore  in  a  solid  body,  ("  about  one  hundred  of 
them,")  and  made  ready  with  their  bows  as  the 
ship  passed  slowly  on.  A  cannon  was  now  fired 
from  the  ship  upon  them,  and  two  more  Indians 
fell.  The  rest  fled  for  the  woods,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  nine  or  ten  desperate  men,  who  were 
resolved  upon  revenge.  These  jumped  into  a 
canoe,  and  advanced  to  meet  the  ship.  The 
cannon  was  again  disc)  arged,  the  canoe  "shot 


age, 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


87 


re 

la 
le 
)t 


through,"  and  another  man  killed  —  at  the  same 
time  the  men  fired  again  with  their  muskets  and 
killed  three  or  four  men.  Thus  the  fight  ended  with 
the  loss  of  nine  Indians.  The  ship  now  moved 
on  her  way,  and  at  the  distance  of  "  tvo  leagues" 
dropped  anchor  under  the  shores  o^  at  is  now 
known  as  Hoboken.    The  next  da^  v\  r-my ; 

but  the  morning  of  the  4th  dawnet.  apoa  them 
with  a  fair  wind.  Hudson  again  weighed  an- 
chor, passed  through  the  bay,  and  with  all  sails 
set,  put  out  to  sea  once  more* 

It  is  said,  that  Hudson's  crew  had  more  than 
once  been  dissatisfied  at  the  length  of  this  voy- 
age, and  at  one  time  even  threatened  an  open 
mutiny.  He  thought  it  best,  therefore,  to  learn 
of  them  now  what  they  desired  to  do ;  whether 
to  return  to  Holland,  or  steer  north  again.  One 
man  (the  mate)  was  in  favor  of  wintering  in 
Newfoundland,  and  seeking  a  passage  to  the 
East  by  Davis'  Straits.  But  Hudson,  perceiving 
the  mutinous  spirit  of  the  men,  opposed  this,  giv- 
ing as  his  reason,  the  privations  and  sorrows  of 
a  northern  winter  in  a  strange  land.  He  kept 
his  course,  therefore,  homeward,  and  on  the  7th 

•  The  author  has  followed  Hudson  very  minutely  in  his 
voyage  on  the  River,  because  he  supposed  this  part  of  his 
career  had  more  than  an  ordinary  interest  for  his  young  coua 
trymen  and  especially  those  of  the  State  of  New  York. 


^, 


^  ^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


■tt  Uii   12.2 
L°    12.0 


ut 


'AIL 


FhotDgraphic 

Sderices 

Corporation 


4^ 


m^.- 


^ 


'/.. 


^ 


^. 


^. 


\. 


1%  WIST  MAIN  ITMIT 

WIUTH.N.Y.  M9M 

(71«>)  •73-4903 


i\ 


!« 


o 


.** 


Si 


88 


:if^ 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


<^ 


of  November,  after  an  absence  of  little  more 
than  seven  months  from  Amsterdam,  he  arrived 
safely  at  Dartmouth  in  England.  The  crew, 
you  will  remember,  was  composed  partly  of 
English,  partly  of  Dutch  sailors;  and  when  off 
the  coast  of  England,  the  English  (it  is  said) 
mutinied,  and  forced  him  to  put  into  an  English 
harbor.* 

The  Dutch  historians  declare  that  Hudsot 
was  not  allowed  to  go  over  to  Holland,  thf 
English  king  being  jealous  of  their  bold  mari- 
time enterprises.  Be  this  as  it  may,  certain  it  is, 
that  he  remembered  his  duty  to  his  employers. 
He  sent  them  at  once  the  journal  and  chart  of 
his  discoveries,  pointing  them  with  pride  to  what 
he  called  "  the  Great  River  of  the  Mountains, ^^-f 
and  the  next  year  the  Dutch  were  reaping  the 
fruits  of  his  arduous  enterprise. 

The  journal  of  this  voyagej  would  seem  to 
cast  two  stains  upon  the  fair  character  of  Henry 
Hudson  :  first,  that  of  cruelty  toward  the  ^ndians, 

•  Lambrechtsen. 

t  The  Indian  names  for  the  river  were  Cahohatatta 
Mahackaneghtue,  and  sometimes  Shatemuck.  It  was  early 
called  by  the  Dutch  the  North  Riverj  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  Delaware  or  South  River. 

I  The  journal  of  this  voyage  in  I6dd,  written  by  Robert 
Jttet,  will  b«  found  in  Purchat  his  Pilgrima, 


and 


mg 


.jj.: 


^'ir-5p? 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


89 


to 

|m 

Irt 


and  secondly,  that  of  want  of  principle  in  caus- 
ing the  general  intoxication  on  the  river. 

As  regards  the  first,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind 
that  Hudson  had  under  his  command  a  mutinous 
body  of  men,  and  he  may  have  found  it  impossi- 
ble to  control  their  refractory  and  ungovernable 
tempers.  He  seems  not  even  to  have  thought  of 
revenging  the  death  of  poor  Colman,  at  Sandy 
Hook :  the  mate  was  the  man  who  shot  the  poor 
Indian  for  the  comparatively  small  crime  of 
stealing  the  pillow  and  clothing,  and  the  death 
of  the  nine  Indians  killed  at  the  head  of  Man- 
hattan Island,  may  be  said  to  have  been  caused 
in  a  war  of  self-defence. 

In  reference  to  the  second,  it  can  only  be  ac- 
counted for,  by  supposing  that  Hudson  was,  like 
his  men,  suspicious  and  alarmed,  and  therefore 
determined  to  learn  the  honesty  or  treachery 
of  the  Indians  by  any  means  whatsoever. 

8* 


'\' 


% 


CHAPTER  VL 


Hudson  starts  on  his  fourth  voyage^  having 
command  of  the  ship  Discovery,  in  the  serrnce 
once  more  of  th "  London  Company — His  aim 
is  to  find  a  JSorth-West  Passage  to  India — 
Reaches  Iceland,  and  witnesses  an  eruption  of 
Mount  Hecla — Disturbance  among  his  crew — 
Steers  westward,  encountering  great  quantities 
of  ice — Discovers  and  explores  Hudson's  Bay, 
and  resolves  to  winter  there. 

It  is  said  that  Hudson  made  new  proposals  for 
a  farther  voyage  to  the  Dutch  East  India  Com- 
pany, and  that  these  proposals  wei  eclined.* 
His  plan  was  to  set  sail  (with  a  crew  of  twenty 
men)  from  Dartmouth,  on  the  first  of  March, 
"  spend  the  month  of  April  and  half  of  May  in 
killing  whales  and  other  creatures  near  the  Isl- 
and of  Panar  :  after  that,  sail  to  the  north-west 
and  stay  there  till  the  middle  of  Septemher,  and 
at  ?ast  return  to  Holland  by  the  north-east  of 
Scotland." 

*  Forster's  Northern  Voyages. 


w 

is  thi 

Anotl 

andth 

the  s{ 

emplo 

'8)  na 

They  c 

west  I 

Americ 

Straits, 

might 

Early  i 

Discov^ 

with  tw 

to  Hem 

One  ( 

who  hac 

son  Johi 

whose  h 

is  to  act 

Henrj 

of  respei 

nexions- 

habits  h( 

was  noM 

Hudson  i 


L^aat-;-  „t. 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


91 


Whether  this  story  be  true  or  false,  certain  it 
is  that  he  was  not  long  seeking  employment. 
Another  voyage  had  given  him  a  greater  name, 
and  the  story  of  his  discoveries  roused  once  more 
the  spirit  of  the  London  Company.  His  old 
employers  (who  had  sent  him  out  in  1607  and 
'8)  now  called  him  again  into  their  own  service. 
They  determined  to  make  an  effort  for  a  north- 
west passage  by  examining  the  inlets  of  the 
American  continent — and  more  especially  Davis' 
Straits,  through  which  it  was  supposed  a  channel 
might  be  found  into  the  "  Great  South  Sea." 
Early  in  the  spring  of  1610,  therefore,  the  ship 
Discovery,of  fifty-five  tons,  was  equipped,  manned 
with  twenty-three  men,  and  the  command  given 
to  Henry  Hudson. 

One  of  these  twenty-three  was  Robert  Juet, 
who  had  sailed  with  Hudson  before,  another,  his 
son  John  Hudson,  and  another,  Henry  Green, 
whose  history  I  will  briefly  relate  to  you,  as  he 
is  to  act  a  conspicuous  part  in  this  voyage. 

Henry,  Green  was  a  young  Englishman,  born 
of  respectable  parents,  and  had  respectable  con- 
nexions— ^but  by  his  extravagant  and  wicked 
habits  he  had  forced  them  to  cast  him  off,  and 
was  now  almost  a  beggar.  In  this  condition, 
Hudson  fell  in  with  him ;  and  having  pity  for  his 


I  ii 


f< 


m 


92 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


youth,  and  a  desire  to  reclaim  him  from  his  worth- 
less ways,  he  clothed  and  fed  him,  hoping  to  gain 
the  young  man's  love  and  gratitude.  The  thought 
now  struck  him  that  he  would  take  Green  out 
on  this  voyage.  His  name  was  not  entered  as 
one  of  the  crew :  he  was  only  the  companion 
of  the  master.  Yet  to  rouse  his  ambition  and 
prompt  him  to  that  which  was  good,  Hudson 
promised  him  wages :  and  to  awaken  his  pride 
the  more,  encouraged  him  to  hope  that  he  should 
be  made  upon  his  return  one  of  the  "  Prince's 
Guards."  Through  Hudson's  persuasion,  a  friend 
went  to  the  mother  of  Green,  and  asked  for  enough 
money  to  purchase  some  clothes  for  the  voyage. 
Yet  she  knew  the  madness  and  profligacy  of  her  son 
so  well,  that  she  hesitated  long  before  she  would 
advance  even  five  pounds,  and  then  it  was  bestow- 
ed on  the  express  condition  that  it  should  not  be 
given  to  the  young  man,  but  expended  for  him. 
On  the  17th  of  April,  1610,  the  Discovery 
dropped  down  the  Thames.  It  seems  that  the 
London  Company  had  insisted  upon  placing 
aboard  an  experienced  seaman  by  the  name  of 
Coleburne  to  make  this  voyage  with  Hudson. 
Whether  he  supposed  that  this  cast  a  reflection 
upon  his  own  skill,  or  from  some  other  cause, 
Hudson  was  displeased  with  it ;  and  ere  the  ship 


lefltl 
vessel 
It  is  s 
this,  s 
ployer 
He 
May,] 
Orkney 
northej 
8th,  he 
>»'as  up 
ing  alor 
tance  M 
and  aft( 
against 
30th,  m 
island, 
and  raise 
He  found 
abounds 
scald  a  f 
in  the  wa 
er  that  h( 
satisfied  n 
had  been 
couraging 
confidence 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


■f^• 


93 


be 

im. 

ery 

the 

ing 

of 
ton. 
lion 

ise, 
Ibip 


left  the  river,  he  put  this  man  aboard  another 
vessel  bound  up  to  London  and  sent  him  back. 
It  is  strange  that  we  do  not  know  his  motives  for 
this,  since  he  sent  by  the  man  a  letter  to  his  em- 
ployers containing  the  reasons  for  his  conduct. 

He  now  kept  on  his  voyage.  On  the  6th  of 
May,  he  passed  the  north  of  Scotland  and  the 
Orkneys,  which  he  says  he  found  to  be  "  not  so 
northerly  as  is  commonly  set  down."  On  the 
8th,  he  saw  the  Faroe  Islands,  and  on  the  11th 
was  upon  the  eastern  shores  of  Iceland.  Coast- 
ing along  its  southern  shore,  he  beheld  in  the  dis- 
tance Mount  Hecla  casting  forth  its  flames  of  fire : 
and  after  struggling  for  mere  than  a  fortnight 
against  head  winds  and  icebergs,  at  length,  on  the 
30th,  made  a  harbor  in  the  western  part  of  the 
island.  The  natives  of  this  island  were  poor 
and  miserable,  but  they  treated  him  very  kindly. 
He  found  upon  going  ashore  a  hot  spring,  (Iceland 
abounds  in  these  springs,)  so  hot  that  "  it  would 
scald  a  fowl" — yet  we  are  told  the  men  bathed 
in  the  water  freely.  Here  Hudson  began  to  discov- 
er that  he  unfortunately  had  about  him  some  dis- 
satisfied men.  It  was  run^ored  that  Juet  the  mate 
had  been  speaking  lightly  of  the  enterprise,  dis- 
couraging the  men,  and  trying  to  destroy  their 
confidence  in  Hudson,  calling  up  their  fears  by 


"lJill,U.IIJ«l||«)ll^ll,!|,..  .1,    , 


94 


p<. 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


telling  them  of  the  hazards  of  the  voyage :  thai 
he  had  even  urged  two  of  the  men  "  to  keep  their 
muskets  charged  and  swords  ready  in  their  cabins, 
for  there  would  be  blood  shed  before  the  voyage 
ended,"  and  had  talked  boldly  about  turning  the 
head  of  the  ship  homeward.  While  the  ship  lay 
here  at  anchor,  a  circumstance  occurred,  which 
gave  Juet  the  chance  of  making  new  mischief. 
The  surgeon  and  Henry  Green  got  into  a  quarrel, 
and  Juet  took  part  in  it.  The  whole  story  is  told 
by  Habakkuk  Pricket,  one  of  the  sailors  and  an 
eye-witness,  in  the  following  words :  "  At  Ice- 
land, the  surgeon  and  he  (Henry  Green)  fell  out 
m  Dutch,  and  he  beat  him  ashore  in  English, 
which  set  all  the  company  in  a  rage,  so  that  we 
had  much  ado  to  get  the  surgeon  aboard.  I 
told  the  master  of  it,  but  he  bade  me  let  it  alone : 
for,  said  he,  the  surgeon  had  a  tongue  that  would 
wrong  the  best  friend  he  had.  But  Robert  Juet, 
the  master's  mate,  would  needs  burn  his  finger  in 
the  embers,  and  told  the  carpenter  a  long  tale 
when  he  was  drunk,  that  our  master  had  brought 
in  Green  to  crack  his  credit  that  should  displease 
him :  which  word  was  carried  to  the  master's  ears, 
who  when  he  understood  it,  would  have  gone 
back  to  Iceland,  when  he  was  forty  leagues  from 
thence,  to  have  sent  home  his  mate  Robert  Juet 


/na  f] 
all  w{ 
and  V( 
viceal 
religio 
on  he 
Oni 
land, 
he  saM 
4th,  tha 
very  mi 
sugar  1 
lay  so 
not  atte 
diately 
age  nov 
came  cl 
under  t 
done,  fo 
ling  the 
in  sight 
a  "  grea 
his  couri 
nent. 

continua 

*  It  seem 
'Sraorant  of 


€ 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


95 


iU  a  fisherman.  But  being  otherwise  persuaded, 
all  was  well.  So  Henry  Green  stood  upright 
and  very  inward  with  the  master,  and  was  a  ser- 
viceable man  every  way  for  manhood :  but  for 
religion  he  would  say,  he  was  clean  paper  where- 
on he  might  write  what  he  would."* 

On  the  1st  of  June,  Hudson  sailed  from  Ice- 
land. Deceived  by  a  fog-bank,  he  fancied  that 
he  saw  land  in  the  west,  but  it  was  not  till  the 
4th,  that  he  beheld  the  coast  of  Greenland  "  rising 
very  mountainous,  and  full  of  round  hills  like  to 
sugar  loaves  covered  with  snow."  The  ice 
lay  so  thick  along  the  shore,  that  Hudson  did 
not  attempt  to  make  a  landing,  but  stood  imme- 
diately for  the  south  of  Greenland.  In  his  voy- 
age now  he  met  great  numbers  of  whales.  Some 
came  close  alongside,  and  one  passed  dir  cily 
under  the  ship,  but  fortunately  no  harm  was 
done,  for  which  they  were  very  thankful.  Doub- 
ling the  southern  point  of  Greenland,  he  passed 
in  sight  of  Desolation  Island,  near  which  he  saw 
a  "  great  island  or  mountain  of  ice,"  and  kept 
his  course  north-west,  for  the  American  conti- 
nent. As  he  passed  on,  across  Davis'  Straits,  he 
continually  met  these  floating  ice  mountains,  al- 

*  It  seems  from  this,  that  when  Hudson  left  Iceland  he  was 
ignorant  of  the  extent  of  Juet's  insolence. 


,M 


96 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


ways  endangering  and  sometimes  obstructmg  his 
progress.      One  of  these  overturned  once  near 
the  ship,  and  taught  him  to  keep  farther  from 
them :    but  while  strugghng  to  avoid  one,  he 
would  meet  another,  and  the  farther  he  went  they 
seemed  to  him  to  grow  more ''  numerous  and  ter- 
rifying."    Still,  by  perseverance  and  skill,  he 
managed  to  reach  a  bay,  (supposed  to  be  near 
the  great  strait  which  now  bears  his  name,)  when 
a  storm  overtook  him.     The  ice  was  now  driving 
so  rapidly  against  the  ship,  that  Hudson  was 
forced  as  his  only  chance  for  escape,  to  run  her 
into  the  thickest  of  it,  and  there  leave  her.  Some 
of  the  men  were  now  dismayed  and  sick,  or,  as 
the  journal  says,  "  some  of  our  men  fell  sick :  I 
will  not  say  it  was  of  fear,  although  I  saw  small 
sign  of  other  grief."  When  the  storm  ceased  they 
went  to  work  to  extricate  themselves.      It  was 
a  sad  prospect,  for  as  far  as  the  eye  could  see, 
the  waters  were  covered  with  the  huore  masses 
of  floating  ice.    They  stood  now  for  one  clear 
sea,  and  then  for  another,  but  were  still  hemmed 
in  by  the  ice  in  every  direction.    After  trying  to 
make  their  way  through  north,  north-west,  west, 
and  south-west,  they  at  last  laid  the  ship's  course 
to  the  south.     Yet  the  more  they  labored,  the 
worse  their  situation  became,  until  at  last  they 


could 

sicken 

upon  1 

bility  I 

thougl 

men  t] 

was  d 

crew, 

he  can 

were  d 

He  J 

the  me 

passed 

Englis] 

their  cl 

back. 

some  \ 

One  m 

pounds, 

at  horn 

courag 

he  wou 

but  woi 

he  ever 

leave  o] 

not  car 

Qoly  cl 


,^ENEY  HUDSON. 


97 


could  proceed  no  farther.  Hudson's  heart  now 
sickened,  for  as  he  cast  his  eyes  again  and  again 
upon  the  desolate  scene,  there  seemed  no  possi- 
bility of  escape.  Yet  his  courage  failed  not,  al- 
though he  afterwards  confessed  to  one  of  the 
men  that  he  feared  he  should  never  escape,  but 
was  doomed  to  perish  there  in  the  ice.  His 
crew,  however,  saw  no  sign  of  fear  in  him,  for 
he  carried  a  cheerful  countenance,  while  they 
were  dismayed  and  broken  spirited. 

He  now  brought  out  his  chart,  and  calling  all 
the  men  around  him,  shewed  them  that  they  had 
passed  three  hundred  miles  farther  than  any 
Englishman  had  been  before,  and  gave  them 
their  choice,  whether  they  would  proceed  or  turn 
back.  The  mei^  could  come  to  no  decision: 
some  were  for  proceeding,  some  for  returning. 
One  man  said  that  ^'if  he  had  one  hundred 
pounds,  he  would  give  four  score  and  ten  to  be 
at  home ;" — ^while  the  carpenter,  who  had  some 
courage,  said  "that  if  he  had  a  hundred 
he  would  not  give  ten  upon  any  such  condition : 
but  would  think  it  to  be  as  good  money  as  any 
he  ever  had,  and  to  bring  it  as  well  home  by  the 
leave  of  God."  The  great  majority  of  them  did 
not  care  where  they  went,  provided  they  were 
oely  clear  of  the  ice,  and  some  spoke  angry 


98 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


words  against  the  master.  This  was  precisely 
what  Hudson  expected.  He  knew  that  he  had 
a  mutinous  set  of  men,  and  that  they  themselves 
scarcely  knew  what  they  desired.  Yet  this  waj 
no  time  to  resent  their  words  and  punish  them 
His  object  was  to  pacify  them.  He  therefore 
reasoned  with  them,  trying  to  allay  their  fears, 
rouse  their  hopes,  and  inspire  them  with  courage, 
until  at  length,  they  all  again  set  resolutely  at  work 
to  bring  the  ship  from  the  ice,  and  save  them- 
selves. After  much  labor  they  succeeded  in 
turning  her  round.  They  now  worked  their 
way  by  little  and  little,  until  at  length  they  found 
themselves  in  a  clear  sea,  and  kept  on  their 
course  north-west. 

There  is  no  scene  in  the  life  of  Hudson  shew- 
ing greater  firmness  and  presence  of  mind  than 
this.  With  his  little  ship  hemmed  in  by  moun- 
tains of  ice,  and  a  murmuring  and  desperate 
crew  on  board,  he  might  naturally  have  exhibit- 
ed some  symptoms  of  fear,  both  as  to  the  dan- 
gers without,  and  the  danger  within  the  ship. 
There  can  be  few  situations  more  perilous,  yet 
he  is  calm.  His  mind  rises  with  the  occasion . 
he  brings  around  him  these  desperate  sailors, 
calms  then:  fears,  and  inspires  them  with  new 
courage.  Overcoming  these,  he  now  overcomes 
(he  storm  without,  and  presses  on  his  voyage. 


HENRT  HUDSON. 


99 


On  the  8th  of  July,  he  again  saw  the  land 
bearing  south-west,  but  it  was  all  covered  with 
snow,  and  he  gave  it  the  name  of  Desire  PrO' 
voked.  Having  now  entered  the  straits  which 
bear  his  name,  he  kept  his  course  west,  and 
spent  nearly  the  whole  month  of  July  in  passing 
through  them.  This  was  a  new  world  around 
them,  and  as  he  passed  on,  he  gave  names  to  the 
new  bays,  capes,  and  islands,  which  fell  under 
his  observation.  The  main  land  he  called 
"  Magna  Bntan7iia"  To  some  rocky  islands 
near  which  he  anchored  as  a  shelter  from  a 
storm,  he  gave  the  name  of  the  "  Isles  of  God^s 
Mercies y'^  and  to  a  high  point  of  land  which  he 
passed,  the  name  of  "  Hold  with  Hope.''  To 
other  places  he  gave  the  names  of  Prince  Hen* 
ry's  Cape,  King  James's  Cape,  and  Queen  Ann's 
Cape.  They  were  still  occasionally  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  ice,  but  the  men  seem  now  to  have 
become  familiar  with  this  sort  of  danger,  and 
even  from  time  to  time  to  have  amused  them- 
selves  by  chasing  bears  that  were  seen  upon  the 
floating  pieces.  The  last  point  of  land  which 
he  seems  to  have  marked  upon  this  course,  was 
a  bold  headland  upon  the  northern  shore,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name  of  Salisbury's  Fore-' 
land.    From  this  point,  he  stood  south-west,  and 


100 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


'^^ 


running  about  fourteen  leagues,  entered  a  strait 
about  two  leagues  broad.  In  honor  of  two  of 
the  company  that  had  employed  him,  he  named 
the  cape  on  the  south  side  of  the  strait.  Cape 
Worsenholme,  and  that  on  the  north.  Cape 
Digges,  This  strait,  you  will  find,  was  but  the 
passage  way  to  the  great  bay,  v^ich  now  bears 
his  name. 

Full  of  hope,  now  that  the  long-sought  pas- 
sage to  the  East  was  clear  before  him,  he  sent 
a  number  of  the  men  on  shore  at  Cape  Digges, 
that  they  might  climb  the  hills,  and  see  the  great 
ocean  beyond  the  straits.  As  the  men  wander- 
ed on  the  land,  which  was  covered  with  grass, 
^  (among  which  was  much  sorrel  and  scurvy 
grass,)  they  saw  herds  of  deer :  at  one  time  as 
many  as  sixteen  in  a  herd,  and  abundance  of 
fowls  flying  over  their  heads.  Still  pressing  to- 
ward the  hills,  which  seemed  to  grow  farther  as 
they  advanced,  they  met  with  strange  piles  of 
stones.  These  they  thought  must  be  the  work 
of  some  civilized  people,  but  on  coming  near 
and  lifting  up  one  of  the  stones,  they  found  the 
piles  were  hollow,  and  filled  inside  with  fowls 
hung  by  the  neck.  A  thunder  storm  now  came 
on,  and  prevented  their  exploring  farther.  With 
some  difficulty  they  reached  the  ship,  for  a  fog 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


101 


had  risen  upon  I'^e  water,  and  Hudson  found 
it  necessary  to  fire  two  guns,  that  they  might 
know  where  he  was.  They  told  of  what  sup- 
plies they  had  found,  and  when  the  storm  was 
over,  tried  to  persuade  the  master  to  remain  here 
a  day  or  two,  while  they  went  ashore  again,  and 
provisioned  the  ship.  But  Hudson  would  listen 
to  no  such  request.  He  could  suffer  no  delay, 
for  he  felt  almost  certain  that  his  way  was  clear 
before  him,  and  he  burned  to  press  onward.  He 
weighed  anchor  immediately,  and  keeping  the 
main  land  on  the  left,  touched  the  rocks  among 
the  Sleepers,  encountered  a  storm,  and  passing 
south-east,  soon  discovered  two  points  of  land 
before  him.  He  now  sent  some  of  the  men 
ashore  again,  to  notice  if  they  could  see  the  ocean 
beyond.  They  returned,  reporting  that  the  sea 
was  open  to  the  south.  Pressing  immediately 
between  these  points  he  entered  the  sea,  and 
continuing  his  course  south,  (stopping  only  once 
to  take  in  ballast  and  water,)  was  ere  long  at  the 
southern  extremity  of  it.  It  proved  to  be  only 
a  part  of  the  great  inland  sea  (Hudson's  Bay) 
upon  which  he  was  voyaging ;  and  disappointed 
that  he  could  proceed  no  farther  in  this  direction, 
with  a  sad  heart  he  prepared  to  retrace  his 
course  northward.     Here  he  began  to  hear  once 

9* 


*J 


? 


102 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


more,  the  murmurings  of  his  mutinous  crew.  He 
had  borne  with  their  complaints  patiently  be- 
fore, but  now  he  would  endure  them  no  longer. 
Robert  Juet  the  mate,  and  Francis  Clement  the 
boatswain,  were  suspected  of  making  the  trouble, 
and  Juet,  like  most  guilty  men,  endeavored  to 
make  a  show  of  innocence  by  demanding  that  the 
charges  against  him  should  be  investigated.  A 
court  of  inquiry  was  therefore  appointed  to  try 
him.  It  was  proved  that  before  they  reached 
Iceland,  Juet  had  tried  to  dishearten  the  men 
and  shake  their  confidence  in  the  commander : 
his  insolence  as  regards  the  quarrel  between 
Green  and  the  surgeon,  and  his  wicked  advice 
to  some  of  the  men  to  keep  their  arms  loaded  by 
them,  were  also  sworn  to :  and  there  were  wit- 
nesses to  shew  that  ever  since  the  ship  left  Cape 
DiggeSy  he  had  been  endeavoring  to  plot  mis- 
chief. Hudson  decided,  therefore,  that  he  should 
no  longer  be  the  mate,  and  Robert  Bylot  was 
appointed  in  his  place.  The  boatswain  was 
found  guilty  of  conduct  almost  as  bad,  and  his 
place  was  given  to  William  Wilson.  Hudson 
seems  to  have  felt  sorry  that  he  found  these  acts 
necessary,  for  he  admonished  both  Juet  and 
Clement  kindly,  and  promised  that  if  they 
would  behave  well  for  the  future  he  would  not 


IP 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


103 


only  forget  past  injuries,  but  be  the  means  of 
doing  them  good. 

It  was  now  the  10th  of  September,  and  Hud- 
son, moving  north  again,  spent  the  whole  of  this 
and  the  next  month  in  exploring  the  great  bay, 
still  longing  for  his  eastern  passage.  From  time 
to  time  tempests  would  strike  the  ship,  and  he 
would  make  a  harbor  where  he  could.  During 
one  storm  they  were  forced  to  cut  their  cable, 
and  thereby  lost  their  anchor.  At  another  time 
the  ship  ran  upon  rocks,  and  stuck  fast  for 
twelve  hours,  but  fortunately  got  off  without 
much  injury.  At  length,  the  end  of  October  was 
at  hand ;  '^  the  nights  long  and  cold,  the  land 
covered  with  snow"  wherever  it  was  seen,  and 
it  was  evident  that  the  season  for  navigation  was 
well  nigh  past.  Hudson  now  ran  the  ship  into 
a  small  bay,  and  sent  Habakkuk  Pricket,  one 
of  the  sailors,  and  Philip  Staffe,  the  carpenter, 
off  in  the  boat,  to  search  for  a  proper  place 
where  they  might  shelter  themselves  for  the  win- 
ter. In  a  little  time  they  found  what  they 
thought  a  suitcible  position,  the  ship  was  brought 
there,  and  hauled  aground.  It  was  now  the  first 
day  of  November ;  and  by  the  tenth  they  found 
themselves  shut  up  foi  the  season :  hard  freezing 
weather  had  set  in,  and  the  ship  was  completely 
fastened  in  the  ice. 


.  I 


104 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


.* 


Some  have  found  fault  with  this  attempt  ol 
the  commander  to  winter  in  this  northern  bay. 
It  is  said  "  that  Hudson,  on  finding,  instead  of  the 
India  passage,  that  he  was  emhayed,  became 
distracted,  and  committed  many  errors,  especially 
in  resolving  to  winter  in  that  desolate  region."* 
It  is  easy  to  find  fault  with  a  man,  when  we  do 
not  understand  the  difficulties  of  his  position, 
and  especially  when  he  proves  in  the  end  unfor- 
tunate. He  had  enough  to  distract  him :  but  we 
can  hardly  call  him  distracted,  who  bore  him- 
self again  and  again  so  firmly  and  calmly  against 
his  mutinous  crew,  and  met  so  resolutely  tempest 
after  tempest  in  that  great  bay,  which  the  jour- 
nal speaks  of  as  "  a  labyrinth  without  end." 


*  Purchas. 


CHAPTER  Vn. 


The  dreary  prospect  of  the  winter — Disturbances 
among  the  crew — Unexpected  supply  of  wild 
fowl  and  fish — Distress  from  hunger — Hud' 
son  sails  from  his  winter  quarters — Green, 
Juet,  and  Wilson  stir  the  crew  up  to  mutiny 
— Hudson  is  seized,  bound,  and  thrown  into 
the  shallop^  with  others — the  shallop  set  adrift 
— Fate  of  the  mutineers — The  ship  arrives  in 
Jlngland, 

A  LONG  and  dreary  winter  was  now  set  in. 
1  ^o  harsdhips  were  distinctly  before  them,  the 
'  igors  of  a  northern  winter,  and  a  scanty  supply 
if  provisions ;  for  the  ship  had  been  victualled 
)nly  for  six  months.  Their  only  hope,  therefore, 
was  to  take  care  of  what  they  had,  to  get  what 
they  could  in  the  neighborhood,  and  have  patience 
till  the  spring,  when  they  might  reach  Cape  Dig" 
ges,  and  then  probably  obtain  supplies. 

Hudson  prudently  commenced  at  once  putting 
the  men  on  an  allowance,  and  then,  to  encourage 


106 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


them  to  industry  in  procuring  other  provisions, 
offered  a  reward  to  every  man  who  should  kill  a 
"  Beast,  Fish,  or  Fowl."  In  about  a  fortnight, 
one  of  their  number  (John  Williams,  the  gunner) 
died  :*  and  in  addition  to  the  sorrow  of  losing  a 
companion,  another  difficulty  attended  this  mis- 
fortune. 

It  seems  it  was  customary,  when  a  man  died  at 
sea,  after  his  burial,  to  bring  his  clothes  to  the 
main-mast,  and  there  sell  them  to  the  highest 
bidder  among  the  sailors.  The  poor  gunner  had, 
among  other  garments,  left  an  old  gray  cloth 
gown,  which  Henry  Green  desired,  and  begged 
the  commander  that  he  would  favor  him  and  al- 
low him  to  have  it.  Upon  his  agreeing  to  pay 
as  much  as  any  other  man  would,  Hudson  impru- 
dently promised  it  should  be  his.  This  dissatis- 
fied the  crew,  for  it  evidently  showed  that  Green 
was  a  favorite. 

Finding  his  winter  quarters  not  so  comforta- 
ble as  they  might  be,  he  now  ordered  the  car- 
penter to  go  ashore  and  build  a  house,  for  the 
better  accommodation  of  the  crew.  The  car- 
penter refused  to  obey,  saying,  that  the  frost  and 

*  Hudson  is  said  to  have  treated  this  man  cruelly,  but  no 
word  or  action  of  his  is  brought  forward  to  support  thii 
charge. 


HENRY     HUDSON. 


107 


snow  were  such,  that  he  could  not  do  it,  and 
moreover  that  it  was  no  work  of  his,  for  he  was 
only  the  ship  carpenter,  Hudson  now  became 
angry,  and  driving  him  out  of  the  cabin,  followed 
him  with  abusive  words,  and  even  threatened  to 
hang  him.  The  carpenter,  still  insolent,  replied, 
"  that  he  knew  what  belonged  to  his  place  better 
than  Hudson,  and  that  he  was  no  house  carpen- 
ter." The  carpenter,  though  insolent,  it  would 
seem,  was  right  enough  in  one  particular  :  it  was 
late  to  build  the  house  now ;  it  should  have  been 
attended  to  when  they  were  first  frozen  in,  and 
he  had  then  spoken  to  Hudson  about  it,  but  at 
that  time  he  refused  to  have  it  done.  In  this 
quarrel,  Henry  Green  sided  with  the  carpenter, 
and  this  displeased  Hudson  the  more.  The  diffi- 
culty being  ended,  the  carpenter  had  time  for 
reflection,  and  thinking  that  obedience  was  best, 
not  only  built  the  house,  (which,  however,  prov- 
ed of  little  advantage,)  but  was  ever  after  one 
of  the  warmest  friends  that  Hudson  had  in  the 
ship.    ' 

The  day  after  this,  the  carpenter  went  ashore 
with  his  gun,  taking  Green  along  with  him. 
Green  left  contrary  to  orders,  and  the  master  was 
again  displeased  with  him.  He  now  took  the 
cloth  gown  of  the  gunner  that  had  hmn  '  :r::i- 


'1  lii 
m 


08 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


ised  to  Green,  and  gave  it  to  Robert  Bylot,  the 
mate.  Upon  Green's  return,  he  was  angry,  and 
reminded  the  master  of  his  promise.  Hudson 
upon  this  spoke  harshly  to  Green,  telling  him 
"  that  all  his  friends  would  not  trust  him  with 
twenty  shillings,  and  therefore  why  should  he  ? 
As  for  his  wages  he  had  none,  nor  should  have, 
if  he  did  not  please  him  well."  These  words 
were  never  forgotten  by  Green,  but  sank  deeply 
in  his  heart.  He  seems  to  have  forgotten  all 
former  kindness  in  the  remembrance  of  them. 

As  the  season  now  advanced,  they  suffered  se- 
verely from  the  cold  :  most  of  the  men,  from  time 
to  time,  having  their  feet  frozen,  and  being  ren- 
dered thereby  lame.  But  in  the  way  of  provis- 
ions, they  fared  for  a  while  much  better  than  they 
had  even  expected.  For  three  months,  they  found 
abundance  of  white  partridges  around  them,  and 
killed  of  these  more  than  one  hundred  dozen. 
Other  birds  too,  were  sometimes  shot.  These 
afforded  supplies  through  "the  extreme  cold 
weather,"  and  when  spring  came,  they  were  vis- 
ited by  other  fowl,  such  as  swan,  geese,  and 
ducks.  These,  however,  were  taken  with  diffi- 
culty. Hudson  hoped,  when  they  first  made 
their  appearance,  that  they  came  to  this  region  to 
breed,  and  might  be  taken  easily,  but  he  found 


'# 


& 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


109 


s 


tliey  went  farther  north  for  that  purpose.  Before 
the  ice  broke  up,  these  too  began  to  fail,  and 
starvation  now  drove  them  to  sad  extremities. 
They  went  dimbingover  the  hills,  and  wandering 
through  the  valleys,  in  search  of  anything  that 
might  satisfy  hunger.  They  ate  the  moss  on 
the  ground,  and  every  frog  that  could  be  found 
It  was  a  great  comfort  to  them  when  Thomas 
Woodhouse,  one  of  their  company,  discovered 
in  his  wanderings  a  tree  bearing  certain  buds,  full 
of  "  turpentine  substance."  They  now,  from 
time  to  time,  ■Would  gather  these,  boil  them,  and 
make  a  palatable  drink.  These  buds,  too, 
answered  another  purpose.  When  steeped  hot, 
and  applied  by  the  surgeon  to  their  aching  limbs, 
they  gave  great  relief  to  the  sick.* 

About  the  time  that  the  ice  began  to  break  up, 
they  were  visited  by  a  savage,  (the  only  one 
they  had  seen  through  the  winter,)  and  they  were 
greatly  cheered  by  his  arrival.  Hudson  treated 
him  with  great  kindness,  made  him  a  present  of 
a  knife,  looking-glass,  and  some  buttons,  and 
the  man  made  signs  that  he  would  return  again. 
He  was  true  to  his  promise  this  time,  for  he  came 
back  before  a  great  while,  drawing  his  sled,  load- 

*  This  tree  is  supposed  by  Doctor  Belknap  to  be  the  "Pop 
mlut  Salaami/era." 

10 


»        f 


f<ll 


^    ^. 


110 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


'O'' 


ed  with  deer  and  beaver-skins.  He  was  rec^v- 
ed  again  very  kindly,  and  when  he  strangely 
returned  the  presents  he  had  received,  Hudson 
immediately  restored  them  to  him  again.  He 
then  traded  with  him  for  one  of  his  deer-skins, 
and  the  savage,  as  he  left  them  now,  made 
"  many  signs  of  people  to  the  north  and  to  the 
south,"  and  promised  that  after  so  many  sleeps, 
he  would  come  again.  Whether  (as  has  been 
said)  Hudson's  hard  bargain  for  ihe  deer-skin 
displeased  him,  or  whether  some  other  cause 
actuated  him,  certain  it  is  that  he  came  no  more, 
and  now  all  hopes  of  obtaining  provision  through 
him  were  at  an  end.  ^ 

Fortunately,  now  the  ice  was  so  far  broken 
up,  that  they  were  enabled  to  make  up  a  fishing 
party,  to  try  their  skill  with  the  net.  On  the  first 
day  they  were  very  successful :  they  took  five 
hundred  fish.  They  now  began  to  think  their 
sorrows  at  an  end,  so  far  as  food  was  concerned, 
but  they  were  doomed  to  disappointment,  ^  on 
no  day  after  did  they  take  "  a  quarter  of  that 
number."  At  this  time,  two  of  the  men  (Hen- 
ry Green  ond  William  Wilson)  were  so  dissat* 
isfied,  that  they  plotted  to  steal  the  boat,  push  off, 
and  shift  for  themselves.  But  Hudson  now  called 
for  the  boat  himself,  and  their  plot  proved  idl^ 


■■)li'-^  ' 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


Ill 


:en 


He  had  perceived  the  woods  on  fire  at  the  south 
for  some  time, -and  fancied  that  if  he  could  reach 
them,  he  might  find  some  of  the  people  and  ob- 
tain provisions.  Accordingly  he  made  ready  the 
boat,  took  in  eight  or  nine  days  provisions,  and 
leaving  orders  that  the  crew  should  take  in  wood, 
water,  and  ballast,  and  have  everything  in 
readiness  by  his  return,  he  departed.  His  voy- 
age too,  proved  profitless  —  ere  long  he  came 
back  disappointed  and  tired,  for  though  he  could 
come  near  enough  to  see  the  people  setting  the 
woods  on  fire,  he  could  never  reach  them.* 

The  men  had  obeyed  his  orders  during  his  ab- 
sence, and  were  now  prepared  to  depart  from 
their  cold  winter  quarters.  Before  he  weighed 
anchor,  Hudson,  with  a  sad  heart,  "  distributed 
among  the  crew  the  remnant  of  provisions," 

*  Hudson  is  said  to  have  acted  foolishly  in  leaving  the  men, 
and  not  prosecuting  the  fishing.  But  this  is  evidently  incor> 
rect,  for  he  took  the  boat  when  they  were  failing  in  this  effort, 
and  went  off  with  the  earnest  desire  of  doing  good  to  them 
all. 

Purchas  (in  his  pilgrimage)  says,  "  at  the  opening  of  the 
year  there  came  to  the  ship's  side  abundance  of  fish  of  all 
sorts,  that  they  might  therewith  have  fraught  themselves  for 
their  return,  if  Hudson  had  not  Coo  desperately  pursued  the 
voyage,  neglecting  this  opportunity  of  storing  themselves 
with  fish,  which  he  committed  to  the  care  of  certain  careless, 
dissolute  villains,  which  in  his  absence  conspired  against 
him— ia  a  £e\ir  days  the  fish  all  forsook  them." 


m 


112 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


about  a  pound  of  bread  to  each  man,  "  and 
knowing  their  wretched  condition,  and  the  un- 
certainty of  what  might  befall  them,  he  also  gave 
to  every  man  a  bill  of  return,  which  might  be 
showed  at  home,  if  it  pleased  God  that  they 
came  home,  and  he  wept  when  he  gave  it  to 
them." 

It  was  about  the  middle  of  June,  when  they 
hoisted  sail.  Unfortunately,  in  three  or  four 
days,  they  found  themselves  surrounded  by  ice, 
and  were  forced  to  cast  anchor.  Here  it  was 
discovered,  that  some  of  the  men  had  already 
ravenously  ate  up  all  their  bread ;  and  now  some 
cheese  was  found,  and  divided  among  them, 
*'  about  three  pounds  and  a  half  to  each  person." 
Some  of  the  more  prudent  part  of  the  crew  re- 
monstrated against  this,  saying,  "  that  if  all  the 
cheese  was  given  out,  some  of  the  men  would  de- 
vour their  share  at  once,  as  they  had  their  bread," 
and  they,  therefore,  advised  that  a  part  should  be 
kept  back.  But  as  some  of  the  cheese  was  bad, 
Hudson  determined  to  make  an  equal  diTi^d^n 
of  all  at  once,  and  thereby  prevent,  as  he  hoped, 
all  complaints.  :^ 

They  were  now  detained  at  their  anchorage 
anud  the  icf-  for  nearly  a  week,  and  it  was  dur- 
ing this  iime  that  signs  of  open  mutiny  began  to 


6( 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


113 


9> 


appear  among  the  crew.  Hudson,  it  seems,  said 
to  one  of  the  men,  (Nicholas  Simmes,)  that  there 
would  be  a  breaking  up  of  chests,  and  a  search 
for  bread,  and  told  him  if  he  had  any  to  bring 
it  to  him.  The  man  obeyed,  and  immediately 
brought  forward  a  bag,  containing  thirty  cakes. 
Others  of  the  crew  now  became  greatly  exasper- 
ated, and  at  once  commenced  their  plot  for  the 
destruction  of  their  commander. 

Green  and  Wilson  now  went  at  midnight  to 
Pricket,  who  was  lame  in  his  berth,  and  opened 
the  plan.  This  Pricket  had  been  a  servant  of 
Sir  Dudley  Digges,(one  of  the  company  who  had 
fitted  out  the  ship,)  and  the  mutineers  hoped  to 
secure  him  as  a  friend,  that  he  might  intercede 
for  pardon  in  their  behalf  with  his  old  master 
when  they  should  reach  England.  These  men 
complained  to  Pricket,  that  there  was  only  four- 
teen days  provision  in  the  ship,  that  the  master 
was  irresolute,  not  knowing  what  to  do,  that 
they  had  eaten  nothing  for  three  days,  and 
"  therefore,  were  determined  either  to  mend  or 
end,  and  what  they  had  begun  they  would  go 
through  with  it,  or  die."  Declaring  that  they  be- 
lieved their  only  hope  was  in  taking  command 
of  4^  ship  themselves,  they  expressed  themselves 
fuLy  resolve*!  to  do  so  at  all  hazards.     Their 

10» 


I 


-«^- 


114 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


plan  was,  to  take  the  master  and  all  the  sick, 
place  them  in  the  shallop,  set  it  adrift,  and  then 
shift  for  themselves. 

In  vain  did  Pricket  plead  with  them  of  the 
blackness  of  this  intended  crime.  He  reminded 
them  also,  of  their  wives,  their  children,  and  their 
country,  from  which  they  would  cut  themselves 
off  for  ever  by  the  deed,  but  all  to  no  purpose ; 
they  were  fully  bent  upon  it.  Green  told  him 
"  to  hold  his  peace,  for  he  knew  the  worst,  which 
was,  to  be  hanged  when  he  came  home,  and 
therefore,  of  the  two,  he  would  rather  be  hanged 
at  home  than  starved  abroad."  He  then  com- 
menced cursing,  and  threatened  to  have  Pricket 
put  in  the  shallop  with  the  rest.  Finding  his 
efforts  useless.  Pricket  now  begged  that  they 
would  delay  the  crime,  but  here  again  he  was 
unsuccessful,  they  declaring  that,  if  they  waited, 
the  plot  would  be  discovered,  and  sorrow  would 
fall  upon  themselves.  He  begged  foi  a  delay 
of  three  days,  of  two  clays,  of  even  twelve 
hours,  but  all  without  effect.  He  now  upbraided 
them,  telling  them  that  it  was  not  their  own 
safety  they  sought,  but  blood,  and  that  they  were 
actuated  by  feelings  of  revenge.  Upon  this, 
.Green  seized  a  Bible  before  him,  and  swore 
."  he  would  do  harm  to  no  man,  and  what  li€  did 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


115 


was  for  the  good  of  the  voyage,  and  nothing 
else."  Wilson  then  took  the  same  oath,  after- 
wards Juet,  Thomas,  Perce,  Moter,  and  Bennet 
came  in  and  swore  to  the  same  purpose.  The 
precise  words  of  their  oath  were  as  follows : 
"  You  shall  swear  truth  to  God,  your  Prince,  and 
Country  ;  you  shall  do  nothing  hut  to  the  glory 
of  God,  and  the  good  of  the  action  in  hand,  and 
harm  to  no  man.^^  Pricket  seems  to  have  brought 
them  to  this  positive  oath,  as  the  only  means  left 
for  restraining  them.  How  heartless  they  prov- 
ed, and  how  utterly  they  forgot  the  oath,  we 
shall  presently  see. 

Their  plan  was  now  arranged,  to  be  executed 
at  day-light,  and  in  the  mean  time,  the  wretch 
Green  hung  around  the  master  with  pretended 
love.  Besides  Hudson  and  the  sick,  they  had 
resolved  to  put  into  the  shallop  the  carpenter 
and  Henry  King.  They  pretended  to  be  dissat- 
isfied with  these,  because  of  some  injustice 
done  about  the  provisions ;  but  the  true  cause 
of  their  dislike  of  the  carpenter  was,  that  Hud- 
son loved  him,  and  after  leaving  their  winter 
quarters,  had  made  him  the  mate  in  place  of 
Robert  By  lot.  Pricket,  however,  urged  that 
they  could  not  do  without  the  carpenter,  and 
they  consented  that  he  should  remain.      It  hap- 


?! 

I? 


ss 


316 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


pened  that  King  and  the  carpenter  slept  upon 
deck  that  night,  and  at  day-break,  King  was  ob- 
served to  go  down  "  into  the  hold,"  as  Bennet, 
the  cook,  was  going  down  for  water.  Some  of 
the  mutineers  now  ran  and  closed  down  the 
hatches  on  him,  while  others  held  the  carpenter 
in  a  talk,  so  that  he  did  not  notice  what  was 
going  on.  Hudson  now  came  up  from  his  cabin, 
and  was  immediately  seized  by  Thomas  and 
Bennet,  who  held  him  fast,  while  Wilson  bound 
his  arms  behind  him.  "  He  asked  them  what 
they  meant?  they  told  him  he  should  know 
when  he  was  in  the  shallop."  In  the  mean 
time,  Juet  went  into  the  hold  to  attack  King. 
Here  there  was  a  sharp  conflict,  for  King  had 
got  a  sword,  and  not  only  kept  him  at  bay,  but 
would  have  killed  him,  had  not  others  who  heard 
the  noise  ran  down  to  Juet's  assistance.  Hud- 
son now  called  to  the  carpenter,  telling  him  that 
he  was  bound,  but  he  could  give  him  no  help. 
Lodlo  and  Bute  reproached  their  shipmates, 
telling  them  "  their  knavery  would  show  itself." 
The  boat  was  now  hastily  hauled  alongside,  and 
the  sick  and  lame  were  called  up  from  their 
berths,  to  get  into  the  shallop.  Hudson  now 
called  to  Pricket  to  come  to  the  hatch-way  to 
speak  with  him.    Pricket  crawled  up,  and  on 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


117 


his  knees  "  besought  them,  for  the  love  of  God, 
to  remember  themselves,  and  do  as  they  would 
be  done  unto."  Their  only  answer  was,  to  or- 
der him  back  to  his  berth,  and  they  would  not 
allow  him  one  word  with  the  commander.  He 
went  back,  Hudson  still  calling  to  him  at  "  the 
horn  which  gave  light  into  his  cabin,  and  telling 
him  that  Juet  would  overthrow  them  all." 
"  Nay,"  replied  Pricket,  "  it  is  that  villain, 
Henry  Green." 

Hudson,  thus  bound,  was  put  into  the  shal- 
lop, and  his  son  John  thrown  in  alongside  of 
him.  Then  came  the  sick  and  the  lame,  Arnold 
Lodlo,  Sidrack  Faner,  Thomas  Wydhouse,  Adam 
Moore,  Henry  King,  and  Michael  Bute.  Two 
others  were  to  have  been  put  in — Francis  Clem- 
ents, and  the  cooper ;  but  John  Thomas  was  a 
friend  to  Clements,  and  Bennet  to  the  cooper,  and 
while  Henry  Green  swore  they  should  go,  they 
swore  they  should  not,  and  at  last  they  were  al- 
lowed to  remain.  The  carpenter  was  now  free, 
and  they  desired  him  to  remain,  but  he  declared 
that  he  would  not  desert  his  commander,  or  stay 
with  such  villains.  He  asked  for  his  chest  of 
tools,  and  they  placed  it  in  the  shallop.  Before 
leaving,  he  went  below  to  talk  with  Pricket,  who 
begged  him  to  remain  and  use  his  influence  to 


m 


vit 


118 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


have  the  others  taken  back.  But  the  carpenter 
refused,  saying,  that  they  would  all  be  in  the 
ship  again,  for  there  was  no  one  on  board  who 
knew  enough  to  carry  her  home.  He  thought 
the  boat  would  be  kept  in  tow  only  for  a  time ; 
but  begged  Pricket,  if  they  should  be  parted, 
that  if  it  was  his  lot  first  to  reach  Cape  Digges, 
he  would  leave  some  token  there,  by  which  he 
might  know  it.  Promising  in  return  that  he 
would  do  the  same  thing,  if  he  had  the  good  for- 
tune to  be  first  there,  "  with  tears  in  their  eyes," 
they  parted.  The  carpenter,  now  taking  a  gun, 
some  powder  and  shot,  an  iron  pot,  a  small  quan- 
tity of  meal,  and  some  other  provisions,  leaped 
into  the  shallop.*  The  anchor  was  now  weigh- 
ed, the  sails  hoisted,  and  with  a  fair  wind 
they  stood  eastward,  dragging  the  shallop  at  the 

•  "  But  see  what  sincerity  can  do  in  the  most  desperate  trials. 
Philip  Stafie,  an  Ipswich  man,  who,  according  to  his  name,  had 
been  a  principal  staffe  and  stay  to  the  weaker  and  more  un« 
settled  courage  of  his  companions  in  llie  whole  action,  light, 
ening  and  enlightening  their  drooping,  darkened  spirits,  with 
sparks  from  his  own  resohition  ;  their  best  purveyor  with  his 
piece  on  shore,  and  both  a  skilful  carpenter  and  lusty  mari- 
ner on  board,  when  he  could  by  no  persuasions,  seasoned  with 
tears,  divert  them  from  their  devilish  designs,  notwithstanding 
Ihey  entreated  him  to  stay  with  them,  yet  chose  rather  to 
commit  himself  to  Cod's  mercy  in  the  forlorn  shallop,  than 
with  such  villains  to  accept  of  likelier  hopes."— Pwrcftfl*  hi» 
PilgritM. 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


119 


stern.  When  they  had  nearly  cleared  the  ice, 
they  cut  the  rope,  and  the  boat  was  adrift. 

Now  they  hoisted  their  topsails,  and  stood 
away  into  a  clear  sea.  In  a  little  time  they  low- 
ered their  topsails,  righted  helm,  and  commenced 
the  work  of  ransacking  the  ship.  Chests  and 
lockers  were  broken  open,  and  every  place  was 
pillaged.  In  the  cabin  they  found  some  biscuit 
and  a  but  of  beer ;  and  a  few  pieces  of  pork, 
some  meal,  and  a  small  quantity  of  peas  were 
found  in  the  hold.  While  they  were  busy  at 
this  work,  some  one  cried  out,  that  the  shallop 
was  in  sight.  Pricket  now  besought  them  to 
take  their  poor  comrades  on  board  again.  But 
this  they  refused  to  do.  Although  they  had  now 
obtained  all  the  provisions  to  themselves,  and 
might  at  least  have  taken  the  boat  in  tow  as  far 
as  Cape  Digges,  where  Hudson  and  his  compan- 
ions might  have  found  some  relief,  and  perhaps 
once  more  reached  Europe — they  positively  re- 
fused to  aid  them  in  any  way.  The  truth  is, 
these  mutineers  did  not  desire  that  they  should 
live  :  so  they  again  hoisted  sail,  and  stood  away 
from  the  boat "  as  from  an  enemy." 

A  more  outrageous  and  heartless  crime  than 
this,  committed  by  the  mutineers,  can  hardly  be 
thought  of.     It  wap  not  only  murder,  but  murder 


120 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


under  the  very  worst  circumstances.  Green,  the 
ringleader  in  it,  had  been  taken  by  Hudson, 
when  he  was  a  castaway  from  his  own  mother, 
and  treated  as  his  own  son.  He  repaid  the 
love  of  his  benefactor,  by  this  act  of  base  in- 
gratitude ;  and  his  conduct  serves  to  show  how 
early  profligacy  and  s'm  will  deaden  the  feelings 
of  the  heart,  and  steel  it  against  all  that  is  good. 
Juet,  another  conspirator,  had  sailed  with  the 
commander  on  former  voyages,  and  shared  all 
his  glories  and  his  perils.  Wilson,  another  of 
the  set,  had  been  selected  by  Hudson  as  a  good 
man,  and  appointed  the  boatswain.  This  was 
the  man  who,  more  than  any  other,  refused  to 
hearken  to  the  entreaty  of  Pricket,  that  the  men 
might  be  taken  aboard  —  and  these  were  the 
three  principal  men  who  had  plotted  this  mis- 
chief. 

To  make  the  crime  worse,  with  cold-blooded 
cruelty,  they  took  the  sick  and  the  lame,  and 
gave  these  suffering  men  to  the  rough  winds  and 
cold  waters  of  the  Northern  Sea,  with  scarcely 
a  morsel  to  subsist  upon.  It  would  have  been 
mercy,  indeed,  to  have  killed  them  all  at  once, 
but  their  cruelty  preferred  leaving  them  to  a  long, 
lingering,  and  horrible  death.  And  this  horrible 
death,  even  the  young  son  of  Hudson  was  to 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


121 


share,  though  his  tender  years  might  have  pleaded 
in  his  behalf. 

The  mutineers  now  kept  on  their  way  under 
Henry  Green,  who  was  appointed  their  com- 
mander. Their  aim  was  to  reach  Cape  Digges, 
but  it  was  more  than  a  month  before  this  was 
accomplished.  Green  was  utterly  ignorant  and 
unfit  to  command ;  Robert  Juet  thought  he  was 
wiser,  and  offered  his  counsels:  but  the  truth 
is,  Robert  Bylot  was  the  most  serviceable  man 
among  them,  and  but  for  him,  they  would  probably 
have  never  reached  the  Capes  at  any  time.  Du- 
ring this  month,  the  ship  seems  to  have  been 
tossed  about  at  the  mercy  of  the  winds,  and  their 
lives  were  more  than  once  endangered.  At  one 
time  they  were  for  a  fortnight  embayed  with  ice, 
which  stretched  for  miles  around  them,  and  feared 
they  should  never  escape.  Thrice  did  the  ship 
run  upon  rocks,  and  on  one  occasion  remained 
so  for  hours,  until  the  flood  tide  floated  her  off. 
Provisions,  too,  were  scanty ;  but  they  were  able 
to  make  landings  sometimes,  and  catch  a  few 
fish,  shoot  a  few  fowl,  and  gather  the  cockle- 
grass  which  spread  itself  along  the  shores. 
Guilt  will  make  a  coward  of  any  man,  and  so 
these  men  were  all  cowards :  while  they  feared 
the  perils  which  surrounded  them,  they  also 

11 


k 


TW 


122 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


feared  even  the  success  of  reaching  England. 
Cursing  and  swearing,  they  were  continually 
declaring  that  England  was  "  no  safe  place  for 
them ;"  and  Green  swore  that  the  ship  should 
keep  the  sea  until  he  had  the  king's  hand  and 
seal  for  his  pardon. 

At  length,  tc  their  great  comfort,  they  came 
in  sight  of  the  Capes,  where  they  hoped  for  sup- 
plies.    The  boat  was  immediately  sent  ashore  to 
obtain  provisions.     As  it  approached,  it  was  met 
by  seven  canoes  filled  with  the  natives.     The 
savages  were  at  first  alarmed,  and  drew  back ; 
but  presently  they  became  familiar,  and  hostages 
were   exchanged  between  the  parties.     After- 
wards they  all  went  ashore,  and  met  in  the  tents 
of  the  natives.     There  was  great  joy  among 
them.     The  savages  danced,   leaped,  stroked 
their  breasts,  and  offered  them  many  things,  so 
that  the  men  returned  to  the  ship  greatly  pleased, 
thhiking  they  had  found  a  kind  and  hospitable 
people.     Some  few  of  the  mutineers  were  sus- 
picious of  these  savages ;  but  most  of  them,  with 
Henry  Green  at  their  head,  had  all  confidence 
in  their  kindness. 

Accordingly,  the  next  day.  Green  ordered 
the  boat  to  be  made  ready,  and  with  Wilson, 
Thomas,  Peise,  Mbter,  and  Pricket,  started  for 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


123 


the  shore :  the  boat  was  laden  with  such  ariioles 
as  they  thought  of  trafficking,  and  Pricket,  being 
lame,  was  to  remain  in  the  boat,  and  guard  the 
articles  while  the  others  landed.    Green  foolishly 
went  unarmed,  though  some  of  his  companions 
advised  him   to  the  contrary.     As  they  came 
near,  they  saw  the  savages  upon  the  hills,  dancing 
and  leaping.     The  boat  touched  and  was  fast- 
ened ;  and  while  Green,  Wilson,  and  Thomas 
met  the  savages  on  the  beach,  who  came  down 
displaying   their  articles  of  traffic.  Perse  and 
.  Moter  went  up  on  the  hills  to  pick  sorrel;  Prick- 
et, in  the  mean  time,  remained  in  the  stern  of 
the  boat.     While  matters  were  going  on  thus, 
one  of  the  savages  stepped  into  the  boat ;  but 
Pricket,  bemg  suspicious,  ordered  him  out.     In 
the  mean  time,  another  stole  behind  Pricket,  un- 
observed, and  stabbed  him  twice  before  he  could 
reach  his  own  dagger  and  despatch  him.     Now 
there  was  a  general  conflict  on  shore.     Green, 
Perse,  Wilson,  and  Thomas  came  tumbling  into 
the  boat,  badly  wounded.     Moter,  seeing  the 
fight  from  the  hill,  leaped  from  the  rocks,  plunged 
into  the  sea,  and  held  fast  to  the  stern ;  Perse 
helped  him  in,  seized  a  hatchet,  laid  one  of  the 
savages  dead,  and  pushed  off  the  boat.     They 
were  followed  by  clouds  of  arrows :  Green  was 

■   % 


•     ! 
■    ! 


«i  -I  ♦ 


124 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


instantly  killed,  and  Perse  and  Pricket  again 
wounded  ;  still,  Perse  with  Meter  rowed  rapidly 
towards  the  ship,  until  Perse  fainted,  and  Moter 
was  left  to  manage  the  boat  alone.  Fortunately, 
the  savages  did  not  follow  them  with  their  boats. 
Moter  now  made  signals  to  the  ship,  (for  he 
could  not  reach  her,)  and  she  came  to  his  relief. 
The  body  of  Green  was  thrown  into  the  sea; 
Wilson  and  Thomas  died  the  same  day,  cursing 
and  raving  in  the  most  awful  manner ;  and  Perse 
died  two  days  afterward. 

The  wretched  crew  still  needed  supplies,  and 
it  was  necessary,  even  at  the  peril  of  their  lives, 
to  obtain  them.  A  party  was  therefore  formed, 
"who  went  along  the  shore  and  managed  to  kill 
a  quantity  of  fowl ;  and  now  they  hoisted  sail 
again,  glad  enough  to  depart  from  this  inhos- 
pitable region.  By  the  time  they  reached  the 
inlet  of  Hudson's  Straits,  their  provisions  again 
ran  so  low  that  they  were  obliged  to  live  on 
short  allowances,  and  devour  even  the  skins  of 
the  fowls.  Now  they  pressed  toward  the  Deso- 
lations, as  well  as  they  could.  Robert  Juet  urged 
them  to  steer  for  Newfoundland,  stating  that 
there  they  would  find  relief  from  some  of  their 
countrymen,  or,  if  they  failed  in  that,  would  at 
least  discover  some  supplies  left  behind  by  them. 


'■'•lpi*»-l^f* 


'■^?'^*'°^TTT^  ''■ 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


125 


Accordingly  they  altered  their  course ;  but,  for- 
tunately for  them,  as  it  turned  out,  the  wind 
changed,  and  they  now  determined  to  shape 
their  course  for  Ireland.  It  is  hardly  possible  to 
give  any  idea  of  the  sufferings  of  these  miserable 
men,  as  they  were  tossed  about  upon  the  ocean. 
Ignorant,  discontented,  and  sad,  they  lived  on, 
with  their  sorrows  increasing  from  day  to  day. 
All  their  meat  being  gone,  they  were  forced  to 
take  salt  broth  for  dinner,  and  half  a  fowl  for 
supper ;  then,  as  provisions  became  more  scanty, 
they  took  the  bones  of  the  fowls,  fried  them  in 
tallow,  and  ate  them  gladly.  Even  the  vinegar 
and  candles  were  now  divided  among  them  — 
about  a  pound  of  candles  to  each  man.  Yet 
they  Vv^ere  far  from  Ireland.  Exhausted  and 
weakened,  they  became  unable  to  stand  at  the 
helm,  but  sat  and  steered  the  ship.  Juet  died  in 
agony,  of  starvation,  and  the  rest  were  now 
in  despair :  they  had  lost  all  hope  of  reaching 
Ireland ;  they  cared  not  which  way  the  vessel 
went.  The  poor  wretches  "  would  sit  and  see 
the  foresail  or  mainsail  fly  Up  to  the  tops,  the 
sheets  being  either  flown  or  broken,  and  would  not 
help  it  themselves,  nor  call  to  others  for  help." 
At  length  it  pleased  God  to  bring  them  in  sight 
of  land.    They  raised  a  joyful  cry,  and  now 

11*  , 


.-(t^il^. 


sw 


'  "9i- 


•mf- 


126 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


strived  to  reach  the  coast.  This  they  could  not 
do,  but  now,  by  God's  mercy,  a  still  more  joyful 
cry  was  heard  —  "  A  sail !  a  sail !"  A  fishing 
bark  on  the  coast  had  marked  their  distress,  came 
off'  to  them,  and  took  them  safely  into  a  harbor 
in  Ireland.  Their  wants  were  now  supplied, 
and  through  the  kindness  of  the  commander  of 
the  bark,  and  the  sympathy  of  a  stranger,  they 
were  enabled  to  reach  Plymouth ;  thence  they 
proceeded  to  Gravesend,  and  ere  long  were  in 
London. 

Great  was  the  astonishment  of  Sir  Thomas 
Smith  (one  of  the  company  who  had  fitted  out 
this  ship)  when  these  men  appeared  before  him. 
He  had  not  heard  of  the  ship  for  nearly  eighteen 
months,  and  supposed,  of  course,  that  she  was 
lost.  Great,  too,  was  his  sorrow  and  the  sor- 
row of  all  England,  when  the  sad  story  of  their 
sufferings  and  sins  was  made  known ;  for  Hud- 
son had  ever  reflected  honor  upon  his  country, 
and  his  countrymen  loved  him  and  grieved  over 
him. 

Such  was  their  love,  that  the  London  Com- 
pany was  not  satisfied  till  it  had  made  an  effort 
to  save  him.    The  next  year,  hoping  that  they 

■  the  fate  of  Hudson, 


might 


learn 


lething 


and  possibly  relieve  him,  two  ships  (the  DiscO" 


very,  in 
Resoluti 
of  Captj 
along  as 
near  Ca 
coming 
tained  tl 
passage. 

The 
failed  m 
Hudson 
perseven 
was  ther 
perished 
swallow( 
that  is  ki 
ions  were 

What6 
behind  h 
reputatio] 
he  lived  j 
names  tc 
England 
countrym 
he  was  ] 
make  hir 
perform  ec 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


127 


very,  in  which  Hudson  had  last  sailed,  and  the 
Resolution)  were  sent  out,  under  the  command 
of  Captain  Thomas  Button.  Pricket  was  taken 
along  as  a  sort  of  guide ;  and  as  the  flood  tide 
near  Cape  Digges  was  represented  by  him  as 
coming  from  the  west,  a  faint  hope  was  enter- 
tained that  they  might  also  find  the  Northwest 
passage. 

The  ships  returned  the  next  year,  having 
failed  in  both  objects.  No  tidings  of  Henry 
Hudson  were  ever  more  received!  Whether  he 
persevered  until  he  reached  Cape  Digges,  and 
was  there  murdered  by  the  savages ;  whether  he 
perished  in  the  ice,  or  died  by  famine,  or  was 
swallowed  by  the  waves,  no  man  can  tell.  All 
that  is  known  is,  that  Hudson  and  his  compan- 
ions were  never  more  heard  of. 

Whatever  v/as  his  fate,  however,  he  has  left 
behind  him  a  bright  and  honorable  name.  His 
reputation  is  this ;  that  with  matchless  fortitude 
he  lived  amid  the  perils  of  the  seas,  still  giving 
names  to  strange  and  unknown  regions.  In 
England  they  mourned  for  him,  for  he  was  their 
countryman,  and  they  felt  his  loss.  Yet,  though 
he  was  no  native  of  our  land,  his  discoveries 
make  him  ours.  His  daring  adventures  were 
performed  in  this  New  World  where  we  dwell- 


I 


^1 


128 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


and  therefore  our  country  has  not  been  un- 
mindful of  perpetuating  his  memory.  She  has 
seized  his  name  as  something  which  belongs  to 
her ;  written  it  upon  one  of  her  fairest  streams ; 
and  graven  it  for  ever  upon  the  palisades  and 
the  hills  of  the  Hudson.  His  best  monument  is 
indeed  in  this  western  world ;  for  here  it  is,  upon 
the  continent  of  North  America,  that  a  bay,  a 
strait,  a  city,  and  a  river,  all  bear  the  name  of 
Hudson.* 


*  The  story  of  this  last  voyage  is  gathered  from  Hudson's 
own  journal,  the  journal  of  Habakkuk  Pricket,  and  a  note 
discovered  in  the  desk  of  Thomas  Wydhouse,  all  of  which 
may  be  seen  in  "  Purchas  his  Pilgrims.'* 

The  names  of  the  crew,  as  far  as  they  can  be  gathered, 
were  as  follows:  Henry  Hudson,  John  Hudson,  Robert  Juet, 
Henry  Green,  Habakkuk  Pricket,  Robert  By  lot,  William  Wil- 
son, John  Thomas,  Bennet  the  cook,  Andrew  Moter,  Michael 
Perso,  Philip  Stafie,  Arnold  Lodlo,  Francis  Clements,  Michael 
Bute,  Thomas  Wydhouse,  Sidrack  Faner,  Adrian  Moore,  John 
King,  Nicholas  Simmes,  John  Williams,  Matthews  and  tht 
oooper,— 23. 


CHAPTER  VIIL 


n' 


Claim  of  John  and  Sebastian  Cahot^  as  having 
seen  what  is  now  JsTew  York  in  1497  5  together 
with  the  claim  of  John  de  Verrazzano,  to  having 
entered  J^ew  York  Harbor  in  1524. 

Wk  have  now  followed  Henry  Hudson  in  his 
last  adventure.  The  whole  of  his  career  is  in- 
teresting, but  the  story  of  his  third  voyage  par- 
ticularly so  to  the  citizens  of  the  State  of  New 
York — as  it  sets  him  forth  as  the  discoverer  of 
this  portion  of  the  New  World ;  the  first  Euro- 
pean who  trod  upon  our  own  soil.  I  am  anxious, 
however,  to  do  him  no  more  than  justice,  and 
while  I  beheve  that  he  was  thus  the  discoverer 
of  what  is  now  New  York,  it  is  right  that  I 
should  tell  you,  that  some  have  supposed  that 
the  land  which  we  tread  was  possibly  seen, 
and  the  harbor  of  New  York  probably  entered, 
before  the  days  of  Henry  Hudson.  When  I 
shall  have  told  you  by  whom  it  is  thought  this 
was  done,  then  I  shall  have  fairly  finished. 


1'-' 


it 


i 


f 


130 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


The  names  of  John  and  Sebastian  Cabot  are, 
I  dare  say,  well  known  to  many  of  you.  If  not, 
you  will  remember  now  that  they  were  experien- 
ced navigators — natives  of  Venice,  who  lived  in 
England.  In  the  year  1497,  these  men,  under  the 
patronage  of  King  Henry  the  Seventh,  sailed 
from  England  in  search  of  a  North-West  passage 
to  India.  It  is  said,  they  passed  along  the  coast  of 
North  America,  from  the  67th  to  the  26th  degree 
of  north  latitude.  In  this  run,  they  must  have 
passed  what  is  now  known  as  the  State  of  New 
York,  and  it  is  supposed  that  they  must  have  seen 
the  land.  But  if  Ihcy  did,  certain  it  is,  that  they 
did  nothing  more  than  see  it,  and  even  this  is  un- 
certain. It  is  very  remarkable,  that  these  men 
seem  not  even  to  have  noticed  the  coasts  along 
which  they  passed.  At  least,  upon  their  return  to 
England,  they  had  no  satisfactory  knowledge  to 
give  farther  than  tliis,  that  there  was  a  western 
continent.  Intent,  probably,  upon  the  main  ob- 
ject of  their  voyage,  (a  passage  to  the  P^ast,)  and 
not  finding  it.  they  lost  sight  of  other  things.  But 
at  best,  it  is  only  claimed  that  they  saw  the  land ;  it 
is  not  pretended  that  they  landed  on  any  part  of  it. 

A  stronger  claim  is  set  up  in  behalf  of  a  Flor- 
entine, John  de  VerrazzanOjWho  was  engaged  in 
the  service  of  Francis  First,  king  of  Fi  ance.    It 


.?l 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


131 


seems  that  Verrazzano  had  been  trusted  by  his 
master,  for  some  time,  with  the  command  of  four 
ships,  to  cruise  against  the  Spaniards.  These 
ships  being  at  one  time  overtaken  by  a  storm 
and  separated,  Verrazzano  resolved  now  to  keep 
on  his  way  alone,  and  undertake  a  voyage  in 
search  of  new  regions.  The  world  was  then  fill- 
ed with  the  stories  of  maritime  adventures  and 
new  discoveries,  and  he  seems  to  have  thought 
an  effort  this  way  more  pleasant,  and  perhaps 
more  profitable,  than  chasing  the  Spaniards.  It 
was  on  the  7th  day  of  January,  in  the  year  1524, 
that  with  these  feelings,  he  set  sail  from  the  des- 
olate rocks  to  the  east  of  Madeira,  (known  by 
the  English  as  ^'  the  Deserters,")  and  kept  his 
course  westerly.  Nearly  two  months  passed 
away,  before  he  came  near  the  American  coast. 
He  then  reached  it  in  the  latitude  of  34  degrees 
north,  and  was  of  course  off  the  coast  of  North 
Carolina.  He  now  sailed  south  until  he  came 
(it  is  said)  to  the  region  of  Palm-trees,*  From 
this  point  he  turned  and  sailed  north,  as  far  as 
about  the  latitude  of  41  degrees  north,  where  he 


*-'*^- 


•  Rev.  Dr.  Miller,  in  his  lecture  before  the  New  York  Histor* 
icai  Society  in  1809,  thinks  this  must  have  been  as  far  as  the 
•outheru  part  of  the  State  of  Georgia,  as  the  Palm'tree  if 
not  found  north  of  that. 


132 


HENRY  HUDSON. 


entered  a  spacious  harbor.  Some  suppose  that 
this  was  the  harbor  of  Nev/  York.  They  reach 
this  conchisioDj  as  they  think,  by  noticing  Ver- 
razzano's  description  of  the  harbor  which  he  en- 
tered, together  with  some  other  circumstances. 
His  description  is  in  the  following  words  :  "  This 
land  is  situated  in  the  parallel  of  Rome,  in  for- 
ty-one degrees  and  two  terces;  but  somewhat 
more  cold  by  accidental  causes.  The  mouth  of 
the  haven  lieth  open  to  the  south,  half  a  league 
broad,  and  being  entered  within  it,  between  the 
east  and  the  north,  it  stretcheth  twelve  leagues, 
where  it  weareth  broader  and  broader,  and 
maketh  a  gulf  about  twenty  leagues  in  compass, 
wherein  are  five  small  islands,  verv  fi:uitful  and 
pleasant,  full  of  high  and  broad  trees,  among 
the  which  islands,  any  great  navy  may  ride  safe, 
without  any  fear  of  tempest  or  other  danger."* 
This  has  been  thought  a  tolerably  fair  descrip- 
tion of  New  York  harbor  by  some ;  while  one 
celebrated  historianf  has  concluded  that  it  *'•'  tr.,ust 
be  that  of  Kew  York,'*  Others  again  have  fan- 
cied, that  it  agreed  better  with  the  harbor  of 

*  Verrazzano's  letter  to  Francis  Frst,  in  Hakluyt's  Collection 
of  Voyages.  The  letter  will  be  given  entire  at  the  close  of 
this  volume. 

t  Dr.  Belknap. 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


133 


Newpoii,  in  Rliode  Island.  I  believe,  however, 
that  by  looking  closely  to  the  description,  it  will 
be  found  by  most  people,  difficult  to  apply  it  to 
either  of  those  harbors.* 

Verrazzano  remained  in  this  harbor  about  fif- 
teen days.  He  with  many  of  his  men  was 
frequently  on  shore,  trading  with  the  natives,  and 
he  describes  both  the  country  and  natives  fully. 
Here  again,  his  descriptions  of  the  persons,  dress, 
and  customs  of  the  savages,  are  supposed  to  bring 
before  us  the  same  people  that  were  seen  nearly 
a  century  afterward  by  Hudson.  It  must  be 
confessed  that  he  had  time  for  observation,  and 
while  his  descriptions  of  the  natives  may  be  com- 
plete, it  is  well  known  that  they  will  apply  to 
the  «^vages  on  other  parts  of  the  American  con- 
tinent, Ho  well  as  to  those  found  upon  the  soil  of 
what  is  now  the  State  of  New  York.  All  that 
can  therefore  be  fairly  claimed  for  Verrazzano 
is  the  possibility,  perhaps  probability,  of  his  hav- 
ing been  in  New  York  harbor. 

Verrazzano  left  this  harbor  (whatever  harbor 
it  w^as)  on  the  fifth  of  May,  and  keeping  a  north- 
easterly course,  was  ere  long  as  high  as  the  56th 
degree  of  north  latitude — and  probably  some- 

*  This  is  the  opir  ion  of  Rev.  Dr.  Miller 

12 


1' 
''I 


fi 


134 


HENRY   HUDSON. 


where  off  the  coast  of  Labrador  From  this 
point  be  sailed  directly  toward  France,  which  he 
reached  in  the  month  of  July.  A  few  days  after 
his  arrival  at  the  port  of  Dieppe,  he  wrote  his 
letter  to  the  French  King,  giving  the  story  of  his 
voyage.  The  story,  it  seems,  caused  no  excite- 
ment at  home,  nor  did  it  serve  ^  a  guide  to  any 
future  navigator.  Nearly  a  century  passed 
away  before  we  hear  anything  farther  of  this 
part  of  the  American  continent,  and  then  we  hear 
of  it  through  the  voyage  and  discovery  of  Hen- 
ry Hudson.  Ignorant  of  the  discovery  of  this 
portion  of  the  new  world  by  any  preceding  nav- 
igator, he  sailed  from  England,  and  has  left 
among  us  the  certain  memorial  of  his  adven- 
tures.* 

It  may  prove  uninteresting  to  you  now,  but 

*  It  is  stated  by  CharlevoiXy  that  Verrazzano,  a  short  time 
after  his  arrival  in  France,  fitted  out  another  expedition,  with 
the  design  of  establisliing  a  colony  in  America  ;  and  that  all 
that  is  known  of  this  enterprise  is,  that  having  embarked, 
he  was  never  seen  more,  and  that  it  never  has  been  ascertained 
what  became  of  him. 

It  is  stated,  however,  by  Ramusio^  that  when  Verrazzano 
landed,  he  and  the  people  who  went  ashore  with  him 
were  cut  to  pieces  and  devoured  by  the  savages,  in  the  sight 
of  the  rest  of  the  crew,  who  had  remained  on  board  the  ship, 
and  were  unable  to  help  them.  This  last  story  is  believed 
both  by  Dr.  Forster  and  Dr.  Belknap. 


m  this 
Lich  he 
s  after 
ote  his 
'  of  his 
excite- 
to  any 
passed 
of  this 
?e  hear 
f  Hen- 
of  this 
g  nav- 
as  left 
adven- 


HENHY  HUDSON. 


135 


possibly  interesting  to  older  readers,  and  to  your- 
selves hereafter—and  I  therefore  give,  in  an  ap- 
pendix, the  entire  letter  of  John  de  Verrazzano 
to  the  King  of  France,  that  every  one  may  judge 
fairly  for  himself,  who  was  the  discoverer  of  wh°it 
is  now  the  State  of  New  York.  The  style  and 
spelling  of  the  letter  are  quaint  and  old  fashioned, 
but  I  prefer  publishing  it  precisely  as  it  is  written! 


w,  but 

iort  time 
on,  with 
that  all 
nbarkedi 
:ertained 

rrazzano 

ith  him 
he  sight 
the  ship, 
believed 


^if* 


,^r" 


«^i 


APPENDIX. 


TO  THE  MOST  CHRISTIAN  KING  OF  FRANCE, 
FRANCIS  THE  FIRST. 

THE  RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO,  A  FLOREN- 
TINE, OF  THE  LAND  BY  HIM  DISCOUERED  IN  THE 
NAME  OF  HIS  MAIESTIE.  WRITTEN  IN  DIEPE,  THE 
EIGHT  OF  JULY,   1524.* 

I  WROTE  not  to  your  Maiesty,  most  Christian 
King,  since  the  time  we  suffered  the  Tempest  in 
the  North  partes,  of  the  successe  of  the  foure 
shippes,  which  your  Maiestie  sent  forth  to  dis- 
couer  new  lands  by  the  Ocean,  thinking  your 
Maiestie  had  bene  aheady  duely  enformed 
thereof.  Now  by  these  presents  I  will  give  your 
Maiestie  to  understand,  how  by  the  violence  of 
the  Windes  we  were  forced  with  the  two  shippes, 
the  Norman  and  the  Dolphin,  (in  such  euill  case 
as  they  were,)  to  land  in  Britaine.     Where  after 

*  Taken  from  Hakluyl's  Voyages. 

12* 


1    *'l 


li 

m 


I 


'lill  III 

II 


138 


APPENDIX. 


m 


■M' 


wee  had  repayred  them  in  all  poynts  as  was 
needefull.  and  armed  them  very  well,  we  took 
our  course  along  by  the  coast  of  Spaine,  which 
your  Maiestie  shall  understand  by  the  profite 
that  we  receiued  thereby.  Afterwards  with  the 
Dolphin  alone  we  determined  to  make  discouerie 
of  new  Countries,  to  prosecute  the  Nauigation 
we  had  already  begun,  which  I  purpose  at  this 
present  to  recount  unto  your  Maiestie,  to  make 
manifest  the  whole  proceeding  of  the  matter. 

The  17  of  January,  the  yeere  1524,  by  the 
Grace  of  God,  we  departed  from  the  dishabited 
rocke  by  the  isle  of  Madeira,  apperteining  to  the 
King  of  Portugal,  with  60  men,  with  victuals, 
weapons,  and  other  ship-munition  very  well  pro- 
uided  and  furnished  for  eight  months ;  and  sail- 
ing Westward  with  a  faire  Easterly  winde,  in 
25  dayes  we  ran  500  leagues,  and  the  20  of 
Februarie,  we  were  ouertaken  with  as  sharpe 
and  terrible  a  tempest  as  euer  any  saylers  suf- 
fered, whereof  with  the  diuine  helpe  and  merci- 
full  assistance  of  Almighty  God,  and  the  good- 
nesse  of  our  shippe,  accompanied  with  the  good 
happe  of  her  fortunate  name,  we  were  deliuered^ 
and  with  a  prosperous  winde  followed  our  course 
West  and  by  North.  And  in  other  25  dayes 
we  made  aboue  400  leagues  more,  where  we 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


139 


II 


discouered  a  new  land,  neuer  before  seene  of  any 
man  either  ancient  or  moderne,  and  at  the  first 
sight  it  seemed  somewhat  low,  but  being  within 
a  quarter  of  a  league  of  it,  we  perceiued  by  the 
great  fires  that  we  saw  by  the  sea-coast,  that  it 
was  inhabited ;  and  saw  that  the  lande  stretched 
to  the  southwards.  In  seeking  some  conuenient 
harborough,  wherein  to  anchor  and  to  have 
knowledge  of  the  place,  we  sayled  fiftie  leagues 
in  vaine,  and  seeing  the  lande  to  runne  still  to 
the  southwards,  we  resolved  to  returne  backe 
againe  towards  the  north,  where  wee  found  our 
selv?s  troubled  wdth  the  like  difficultie.  At 
length,  being  in  despaire  to  find  any  porte,  wee 
cast  anchor  upon  the  coast  and  sent  our  boate 
to  shore,  where  we  saw  great  store  of  people 
which  came  to  the  seaside ;  and  seeing  us  ap- 
proch,  they  fled  away,  and  sometimes  would 
stand  still  and  looke  backe,  beholding  us  with 
great  admiration;  but, afterwards, being  animated 
and  assured  with  signes  that  we  made  them, 
some  of  them  came  hard  to  the  seaside,  seeming 
to  reioyce  very  much  at  the  sight  of  us,  and 
marvelling  greatly  at  our  apparel,  shape  and 
whitenesse,  shewed  us  by  sundry  signes,  where 
we  might  most  commodiously  come  aland  with 
our  boate,  offering  us  also  of  their  victuals  to 


ffl 


f 


ill'i'i'l 


Hi 


p 


m 


n 


140 


APPENDIX. 


eat.  Now  I  will  briefly  declare  to  your  Maies- 
tie  their  life  and  maners,  as  farre  as  we  could 
have  notice  thereof:  These  people  goe  alto- 
gether naked,  except  only  that  they  couer  their 
loines  with  certain  skins  of  beastes,  like  unto 
marterns,  which  they  fasten  unto  a  narrow  gir- 
dle made  of  grasse  very  artificially  wrought, 
hanged  about  with  tayles  of  divers  :ther  beastes, 
which,  round  about  their  bodies,  hang  dangling 
down  to  their  knees.  Some  of  them  weare  gar- 
lands of  byrdes  feathers.  The  people  are  of 
colour  russet,  and  not  much  unlike  the  Saracens ; 
their  hayre  blacke,  thicke,  and  not  very  long, 
which  they  tye  together  in  a  knot  behind,  and 
weare  it  like  a  little  taile.  They  are  well  fea- 
tured in  their  limbes,  of  meane  stature,  and  com- 
monly somewhat  bigger  than  wee,  broad  breast- 
ed, strong  armed,  their  legs  and  other  parts  of 
their  bodies  well  fashioned,  and  they  are  dis- 
figured in  nothing,  sauing  that  they  haue  some- 
what broade  visages,  and  yet  not  all  of  them, 
for  we  saw  many  of  them  wel  favoured,  hauing 
blacke  and  great  eyes,  with  a  cheerefull  and 
steady  looke,  not  strong  of  body,  yet  sharpe  wit- 
ted,  nimble  and  exceeding  great  runners,  as  farre 
as  we  could  learne  by  experience,  and  in  those 
two  last  qualities  they  are  like  to  the  people  of 


wo 
tar 


-r^ 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


141 


the  east  partes  of  the  world,  and  especially  to 
them  of  the  uttermost  parts  of  China.  We 
could  not  learne  of  this  people  their  manner  of 
lining,  nor  their  particular  customs,  by  reason  of 
the  short  abode  we  made  on  the  shore,  our  com- 
pany being  but  small,  and  our  ship  ryding  farre 
off  in  the  sea.  And  not  farre  from  these  we 
found  another  people,  whose  lining  wee  think 
to  be  like  unto  theirs  (as  hereafter  I  will  declare 
unto  your  Maiestie)  shewing  at  this  present  the 
situation  and  nature  of  the  foresayd  land.  The 
shoare  is  all  couered  with  small  sand,  and  so- 
ascendeth  upwards  for  the  space  of  15  foote, 
rising  in  form  of  little  hils,  about  50  paces 
broad.  And  sayling  forwards,  we  found  cer- 
taine  small  rivers  and  armes  of  the  sea,  that  fall 
downe  by  certaine  creeks,  washing  the  shoare  on 
both  sides  as  the  coast  lyeth.  And  beyond  this 
we  saw  the  open  country  rising  in  height  above 
the  sandy  shoare,  with  many  faire  fields  and 
plaines,  full  of  mightie  great  woods,  some  very 
thicke,  and  some  thinne,  replenished  with  diuers 
sorts  of  trees  as  pleasant  and  delectable  to  be- 
hold, as  is  possible  to  imagine.  And  your  Ma- 
iestie may  not  thinke  that  these  are  like  the 
woods  of  Hercynia  or  the  wilde  deserts  of  Tar- 
tar i/,  and  the  nor  theme  coasts,  full  of  fruitlesse 


•'lii 


H 


a 


Hi 


nm 


142 


APPENDK. 


trees;  but  they  are  full  of  palme  trees,  bay 
trees,  and  high  cypresse  trees,  and  many  other 
sorts  of  trees  unknowen  in  Europe,  which  yeeld 
most  sweete  sauours  farre  from  the  shoare,  the 
propertie  whereof  we  could  not  learn  for  the 
cause  aforesaid,  and  not  for  any  difficulty  to  passe 
through  the  woods,  seeing  they  are  not  so  thicke 
but  that  a  man  may  passe  through  them,  neither 
doe  we  thinke  that  they  partaking  of  the  east 
world  round  about  them,  are  altogether  voyd  of 
drugs  or  spioery,  and  other  riches  of  golde,  see- 
ding the  colour  of  the  land  doth  so  much  argue 
it.  And  the  land  is  full  of  many  beastes,  as 
stags,  deere  and  hares,  and  likewise  of  lakes  and 
pooles  of  fresh  water,  with  great  plentie  of 
fowles,  convenient  for  all  kinde  of  pleasant 
game.  This  land  is  in  latitude  34  degrees,  with 
good  and  wholesome  ayre,  temperate,  betweene 
hot  and  colde ;  no  vehement  windes  doe  blowe 
in  those  regions,  and  those  that  doe  commonly 
reigne  in  those  coasts,  are  the  north  west  and 
west  windes  in  the  summer  season,  (in  the  be- 
ginning whereof  we  were  there)  the  skie  cleere 
and  faire  with  very  little  raine ;  and  if  at  any 
time  the  ayre  be  cloudie  and  mistie  with  the 
southerne  winde,  immediately  it  is  dissolued  and 
wareth  cleere  and  fay  re  againe.    The  sea  is 


, 


es,  bay 
ly  other 
jh  yeeld 
•are,  the 
for  the 
to  passe 
io  thicke 
I,  neither 
the  east 
voyd  of 
)lde,  see- 
ch argue 
wastes,  as 
akes  and 
lentie  of 
pleasant 
ees,  with 
betweene 
oe  blowe 
ommonly 
west  and 
the  be- 
kie  cleere 
if  at  any 
with  the 
lined  and 
le  sea  is 


0 


KELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


143 


calme,  not  boysterous,  the  waues  gentle,  and 
although  all  the  shoare  be  somewhat  sholde  and 
without  harborough,  yet  it  is  not  dangerous  to 
the  saylers,  being  free  from  rocks  and  deepe,  so 
that  within  4  or  5  foote  of  the  shoare  there  is  20 
foote  deepe  of  water  without  ebbe  or  flood,  the 
depth  still  increasing  in  such  uniform  proportion. 
There  is  very  good  ryding  at  sea,  fir  any  ship 
being  shaken  in  a  tempest,  can  neuer  perish  there 
by  breaking  of  her  cables,  which  we  have 
proved  by  experience.  For  in  the  beginning  of 
March  (as  it  is  usual  in  all  regions)  being  in  the 
sea  oppressed  with  northerne  windey,  and  ryding 
there.,  we  found  our  anchor  broken  before  the 
earth  fayled  or  moved  at  all.  We  departed  from 
this  place,  still  running  along  the  coast,  which 
we  found  to  trend  toward  the  east,  and  we  saw 
every  where  very  great  fires,  by  reason  of  the 
multitude  of  the  inhabitants.  While  we  rode 
on  that  coast,  partly  because  it  had  no  harbo- 
rough, and  for  that  we  wanted  water,  we  sent 
our  boat  ashoare  with  25  men  ;  wb'jre,  by  rea- 
son of  great  and  continual  waues  that  beat 
against  the  shoare,  being  an  open  coast,  without 
succour,  none  of  our  men  could  possibly  goe 
ashoare  without  loosing  our  boate.  We  saw 
there  many  people  which  came  unto  the  rhnare, 


i 


!i  ■  I  I 


M 


i^^ 


i\ 


^    ' 


144 


APPENDIX. 


making  diuers  signes  of  friendship,  and  shewing 
that  they  were  content  we  should  come  aland, 
and  by  trial  we  found  them  to  be  very  corteous 
and  gentle,  as  your  Maiestie  shall  understand  by 
the  successe.  To  the  intent  we  might  send  them 
of  our  things,  w^hich  the  Indians  commonly  de- 
sire and  esteeme,  as  sheetes  of  paper,  glasses, 
bels,  and  such  like  trifles,  we  sent  a  young  man 
one  of  our  mariners  ashoare,  who  swimming 
towards  them,  and  being  within  3  or  4  yards  of 
the  shoare,  not  trusting  them,  cast  the  things 
upon  the  shoare ;  but  seeking  afterwards  to  re- 
turne,  he  was  with  such  violence  of  the  wanes 
beaten  upon  the  shoare,  that  he  was  so  bruised 
that  he  lay  there  almost  dead ;  which  the  In- 
dians perceiuing,  ranne  to  catch  him,  and  draw- 
ing him  out,  they  caried  him  a  litle  way  off 
from  the  sea.  The  young  man  perceiuing  they 
caried  him,  being  at  the  first  dismaied,  began 
then  greatly  to  feare,  and  cried  out  piteously ; 
likewise  did  the  Indians  which  did  accompany 
him,  going  about  to  cheere  him  and  to  giue  him 
courage,  and  then  setting  him  on  the  ground  at 
the  foote  of  a  litle  hil  against  the  sunne,  they 
began  to  behold  him  with  great  admiration, 
marueiling  at  the  whitenesse  of  his  flesh ;  and 
putting  off  his  clothes,  they  made  him  warme  at 


I 


I 


shewing 
ie  aland, 
corteous 
rstand  by 
end  them 
nonly  de- 
',  glasses, 
)ung  man 
iwimming 
[  yards  of 
he  things 
rds  to  re- 
the  wanes 
so  bruised 
3h  the  In- 
and  draw- 
;  way  off 
lining  they 
led,  began 
piteously ; 
iccompany 

0  giue  him 

1  ground  at 
junne,  they 
admiration, 
flesh ;  and 
I  warme  at 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


145 


a  great  fire,  not  without  our  great  feare  which 
remained  in  the  boate,  that  they  would  have 
rested  him  at  that  fire,  and  have  eaten  him. 
The  young  man  hauing  recouered  his  strength, 
and  hauing  stayed  a  while  with  them,  shewed 
th'^m  by  signes  that  he  was  desirous  to  returnc 
to  the  ship,  and  they  with  great  loue  clapping 
him  fast  about,  with  many  embracings,  accom- 
panying him  unto  the  sea,  and  to  put  him  in 
more  assurance,  leaving  him  alone,  went  unto 
;;  w^cr[i  grouud,  and  stood  there,  beholding  him 
i  he  was  entred  into  the  boate.  This  young 
man  obserued,  as  we  did  also,  that  these  are  of 
colour  inclining  to  blacke  as  the  other  were,  with 
their  flesh  very  shining,  of  meane  stature,  hand- 
some visage,  and  delicate  limnes,  and  of  very 
little  strength,  but  of  prompt  wit,  farther  we 
observed  not. 

Departing  from  hence,  following  the  shore 
which  trended  somewhat  toward  the  north,  in  50 
leagues  space  we  came  to  another  land  which 
shewed  much  more  faire  and  ful  of  woods,  being 
very  great,  where  we  rode  at  anker ;  and  that 
we  might  have  some  knowledge  thereof,  we  sent 
20  men  aland,  which  entred  into  the  country 
about  2  leagues,  and  they  found  that  the  people 
were  fled  to  the  woods  for  feare.    They  saw 

13 


ii 


i 


1  ^ 

I'M 


146 


APPENDK. 


only  one  old  woman,  with  a  young  maid  of  18 
or  20  ;  .^es  old,  which  seeing  our  company,  hid 
thems  es  in  the  grasse  for  fear e ;  the  olde 
woman  caried  two  infants  on  her  shoulders,  and 
behind  her  necke  a  child  of  8  yejres  olde.  The 
young  woman  was  laden  hkewise  with  as  many, 
but*,  when  our  men  came  unto  them,  the  women 
cried  out,  the  olde  woman  made  signes  that  the 
men  were  fledde  unto  the  woods.  As  soone  as 
they  saw  us  to  quiet  them  and  to  win  their  fa- 
vour, oui  men  gave  them  such  victuals  as  they 
had  with  them,  to  eate,  which  the  olde  woman 
received  thankfully,  but  the  young  woman  dis- 
dained them  all,  and  threw  them  disdainfully  on 
the  ground.  They  tooke  a  child  from  the  olde 
womaii  to  bring  into  France,  and  going  about 
to  take  the  young  woman  which  was  very  beau- 
tiful and  of  tall  stature,  they  could  not  possibly 
for  the  great  outcries  that  she  made  bring  her  to 
tbe  sea ;  and  especially  having  great  woods  to 
passe  thorow,  and  being  farre  from  the  ship,  we 
purposed  to  leaue  her  behind,  beareing  away  the 
child  onely;  W3  found  those  folkes  to  be  more 
white  than  those  that  we  found  before,  being  clad 
with  certaine  leaues  that  hang  on  boughs  of 
trees,  which  they  sew  together  with  threds  of 
wilde  hempe  j  their  heads  were  trussed  up  ai'ier 


f  18 

olde 
,  and 

The 
nany, 
omen 
at  the 
)ne  as 
eir  fa- 
s  they 
voman 
in  dis- 
illy  on 
e  olde 
r  about 
(T  beau- 
jossibly 
r  her  to 
Qods  to 
hip,  we 
way  the 
le  more 
ing  clad 
jghs  of 
ireds  of 
up  after 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


147 


the  same  maner  as  the  former  were,  their  ordi- 
nary foode  is  of  pulse,  whereof  they  haue  great 
store,  differing  in  colour  and  taste  from  ours ;  of 
good  and  pleasant  taste.  Moreover  they  live 
by  fishing  and  fowling,  which  they  take  with 
ginnies,  and  bowes  made  of  hard  wood,  the  ar- 
rowes  of  canes,  being  headed  with  the  bones  of 
fish  and  other  beastes.  The  beastes  in  these 
partes  are  much  wilder  then  in  our  Europe,  by 
reason  they  arc  continually  chased  and  hunted 
We  saw  many  of  their  boates,  made  of  one  tree 
20  foote  long  and  4  foote  broad,  which  are  not 
made  with  yron  or  stone,  or  any  other  kind  of 
metall  (because  that  in  all  this  country  for  the 
space  of  200  leagues  which  we  ranne,  we  neuer 
saw  one  stone  of  any  sort:)  they  help  them- 
selues  with  fire,  burning  so  much  of  the  tree  as 
is  sufficient  for  the  hollow nesse  of  the  boate. 
The  like  they  doe  in  making  the  sterne  and  the 
foreparte,  until  it  be  fit  to  saile  upon  the  sea. 
The  land  is  in  situation,  goodness  and  fairneise 
like  the  other;  it  hath  woods  like  the  other, 
thinne  and  full  of  diuers  sorts  of  trees,  but  not 
60  sweete,  because  the  country  is  more  northerly 
and  colde. 

We  saw  in  this  country  many  vines  growing 
naturally,  which  growing  up,  took  holde  of  the 


i 


,if. 


148 


APPENDIX. 


trees  as  they  doe  in  Lombardie,  which,  if  hj 
husbandmen  they  were  dressed  in  good  order, 
without  ?1^  doubt  they  would  yeeld  excellent 
wines;  fr  hauing  oftentimes  seene  the  fruit 
thereof  dryed,  which  was  sweete  and  pleasant, 
and  not  differing  from  ours,  we  thinke  that  they 
doe  esteeme  the  same,  because  that  in  euery 
place  where  they  growe,  they  take  away  the  un- 
der branches  growing  round  about,  that  the  fruit 
thereof  may  ripen  the  better.  We  found  also 
roses,  violets,  lilies,  and  many  sortes  of  herbes, 
and  sweete  and  odorifei  ous  flowers  different  from 
ours.  We  knewe  not  their  dwellings,  because 
they  were  farre  up  in  the  land,  and  we  iudge  by 
many  signes  that  we  saw,  that  they  are  of  wood 
and  of  trees  framed  together.  We  doe  belieue 
also  by  many  conjectures  and  signes,  that  many 
of  them  sleeping  in  the  fields,  have  no  other 
couert  the*^  the  open  sky.  Farther  knowledge 
liaue  we  not  of  them ;  we  think  that  all  the  rest 
whose  countreys  we  passed,  hue  all  after  one 
maner.  Hauing  made  our  aboade  three  days  in 
this  country,  and  ryding  on  the  coast  for  want  of 
harboroughs,  we  concluded  to  depart  from  thence 
trending  along  the  shore  betweene  the  north 
and  the  east,  sayeling  onely  in  the  day  time,  and 
ryding  at  anker  by  night.    In  the  space  of  100 


Ml 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRA2ZAN0. 


149 


rder, 

;llent 

fruit 
Lsant, 

they 
euery 
le  un- 
e  fruit 
d  also 
lerbes, 
it  from 
ecause 
igeby 
f  wood 
belieue 
:  many 
3  other 
wledge 
the  rest 
"ter  one 

days  in 
want  of 
11  thence 
le  north 
ime,  and 
J  of  100 


leagues  say  ling  we  found  a  very  pleasant  place 
situated  among  certaine  little  steape  hils ;  from 
amidst  the  which  hils  there  ranne  downe  into 
the  sea  an  exceeding  great  streme  of  water, 
which  within  the  mouth  was  very  deepe,  and 
from  the  sea  to  the  mouth  of  the  same  with  the 
tide  which  we  found  to  rise  8  foote,  any  great 
ship  laden  may  passe  up.  But  because  we  rode 
at  anker  in  a  place  well  fenced  from  the  wind 
we  would  not  venture  ourselues  without  know- 
ledge of  the  place,  and  we  passed  up  with  our 
boate  onely  into  the  sayd  river,  and  saw  the 
countrey  very  well  peopled.  The  people  are 
almost  like  unto  the  others,  and  are  clade  with 
the  feathers  of  fowles  of  diuers  colours ;  they 
came  towards  us  very  cheerefully,  making  great 
showts  of  admiration,  shewing  us  where  we 
might  come  to  land  most  safely  with  our  boate. 
We  ehiered  up  the  said  riuer  into  the  land  about 
halfe  a  league,  where  it  made  a  most  pleasant 
lake  aboute  3  leagues  in  compasse,  on  the  which 
they  rowed  from  the  one  side  to  the  other,  to 
the  number  of  30  of  their  small  boats,  wherein 
were  many  people  which  passed  from  one  shore 
to  the  other  to  come  and  see  us.  And,  behold, 
upon  a  sudden  (as  it  is  woont  to  fall  out  in  sayl- 
ing)  a  contrary  flaw  of  winde  comming  from  the 

13* 


I 


i 


w^ 

:''ii  ' 


IUVL! 


APPENDIX. 

sea,  we  were  inforced  to  returne  to  our  ship, 
leaning  this  land  to  our  great  discontentment,  for 
the  great  commodity  a.od  pleasantnesse  thereof, 
which  we  suppose  is  not  without  some  riches, 
all  the  hils  shewing  mineral  matters  in  them. 
We  weyed  anker  and  sayled  toward  the  east, 
for  so  the  coast  trended,  and  so  alwayes  for  50 
leagues  being  in  the  sight  thereof,  we  discouered 
an  island  in  forme  of  a  triangle,  distant  from 
the  main  land  10  leagues  about  the  bignesse  of 
the  island  of  the  Rhodes;  it  was  full  of  hils 
covered  with  trees,  well  peopled,  for  we  saw 
fires  all  along  the  coast ;  we  gave  it  the  ;iame 
of  your  Maiesties  mother,*  not  staying  there  by 
reason  of  the  weather  being  contrary. 

And  we  came  to  another  land  being  15  leagues 
distant  from  the  island,  where  we  found  a  pass- 
ing good  hauen,  wherein  being  entred,  we  found 
about  20  small  boats  of  the  people,  which  with 
diuers  cries  and  wondrings  came  about  our  ship, 
comming  no  neerer  than  50  paces  towards  us  ; 
they  stayed  and  beheld  the  artificialnesse  of 
our  ship,  our  shape  and  apparel,  they  then  ali 
made  a  loud  showt  together,  declaring  that  they 
reioyced.     When  we  had  something  animated 

*  Ckudiun  Island.     Cluv;dia  was   the    mother    of  Kioy 
Francis. 


t 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


151 


them,  using  their  gestures  they  came  so  neere  us, 
that  we  cast  them  certaine  bels  and  glasses,  and 
many  toyes,  which  when  they  had  received,  they 
looked  on  them  with  laughing,  and  came  ..ith- 
out  feare  a  board  our  ship.  There  were  amongst 
these  people  2  kings  of  so  goodly  stature  and 
shape  as  is  possible  to  declare,  the  eldest  was 
about  40  yeeres  of  age,  the  second e  was  a  yong 
man  of  20  yeeres  olde,  their  apparell  was  on 
this  manner,  the  elder  had  upon  his  naked  body 
a  harts  skin  wrought  artificially  with  diuers 
branches  like  damaskc,  his  head  was  bayre  with 
the  hay  re  tyed  up  behind  with  diuers  knots ; 
about  his  necke  he  had  a  large  chaine,  garnish- 
ed with  diuers  stones  of  s  indry  colours,  the 
young  man  was  almost  apparelled  after  the  same 
maner.  This  is  the  goodliest  people,  and  of 
the  fairest  conditions  that  we  have  found  in  this 
our  voyage.  They  exceed  us  in  bigness,  they 
are  of  the  colour  of  brasse,  some  of  them  incline 
more  to  whitenesse,  others  are  of  yellow^  colour, 
of  comely  visage,  with  long  and  black  hair, 
which  they  are  very  careful  to  trim  and  decke 
up;  they  are  black  and  quick  eyed,  and  of  sweete 
and  pleasant  countenance,  imitating  much  the 
old  fashion.  I  write  not  to  your  Maiestie  of  the 
other  parts  of  their  body,  hauing  al  such  propor- 


f 


n 


152 


APPENDIX. 


tion  as  apperteeneth  to  any  handsome  man.  The 
women  are  of  the  like  conformitie  and  beautie, 
very  handsome  and  wel  favoured,  of  pleasant 
countenance,  and  comely  to  behold ;  they  are  as 
wel  manered  and  continent  as  any  women,  and 
of  good  education,  they  are  all  naked  saue  their 
loines,  which  they  couer  with  a  deeres  skin 
branched  or  embrodered  as  the  men  use,  there 
are  also  of  them  which  weare  on  their  armes 
uery  rich  skins  of  Luzemes,  they  adorne  their 
heads  with  diuers  ornaments  made  of  their  owne 
hair,  which  hang  downe  before  on  both  sides 
their  brestes,  others  use  other  kind  of  dressing 
themselues  like  unto  the  women  of  Egypt  and 
Syria,  these  are  of  the  elder  sort;  and  when 
they  are  maried,  they  wear  diuers  toyes,  accord- 
ing to  the  usage  of  the  people  of  the  east,  as 
well  men  as  women. 

Among  whom  we  saw  many  peices  of  wrought 
copper,  which  they  esteeme  more  than  goolde, 
which  for  the  colour  they  make  no  account,  for 
that  among  all  other  it  is  counted  the  basest ; 
they  make  most  account  of  azure  and  red.  The 
things  that  they  esteeme  most  of  all  those  which 
we  gaue  them,  were  bels,  christal  of  azure  colour, 
and  other  toyes  to  hang  at  their  eares  or  about 
their  necke.    They  did  not  desire  clothe  of  silke 


'ii'i 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


153 


n.  The 
beautie, 
)leasant 
\f  are  as 
en,  and 
,ue  their 
res  skin 
e,  there 
r  armes 
ne  their 
eir  owne 
►th  sides 
dressing 
^ypt  and 
nd  when 
accord- 
east,  as 

wrought 
goolde, 
ount,  for 
!  basest ; 
ed.  The 
se  which 
:e  colour, 
or  about 
e  of  silke 


or  of  golde,  much  lesse  of  any  other  sort,  nei- 
ther cared  they  for  thyngs  made  of  Steele  and 
yron,  which  we  often  shewed  them  in  our  armour 
which  they  made  no  wonder  at ;  and  in  behold- 
ing them  they  onely  asked  the  arte  of  making 
them ;  the  like  they  did  at  our  glasses,  which, 
"when  they  beheld,  they  suddenly  laught,  and 
gave  them  us  againe.  They  are  very  liberal, 
for  they  give  that  which  they  haue ;  we  became 
great  friends  with  these,  and  one  day  we  entred 
into  the  haven  with  our  ship,  w^hereas  before  we 
rode  a  league  off  at  sea,  by  reason  of  the  contrary 
weather.  They  came  in  great  companies  of  their 
small  boats  unto  the  ship  with  their  faces  all 
bepainted  with  diuers  colours,  shewing  us  that 
it  was  a  signe  of  ioy,  bringing  us  of  their  vic- 
tuals, they  made  signes  unto  us  where  we  might 
safest  ride  in  the  hauen  for  the  safeguard  of  our 
ship  keeping  still  our  company,  and  after  we 
were  come  to  an  anker,  we  bestowed  15  dayes  in 
prouiding  ourselues  many  necessary  things, 
whi*'  ^s  euery  day  the  people  repaired  to  see  our 
ship,  bringing  their  wiues  with  them,  whereof 
they  were  very  ielous  ;  and  they  themselves  en- 
tring  a  board  the  ship  and  staying  there  a  good 
space  caused  their  wiues  to  stay  in  their  boats, 
and  for  all  the  entreatie  we  could  make,  offring 


154 


APPENDIX 


wu 


to  giue  them  diuers  things,  we  could  neuer  ob- 
taine  that  they  would  suffer  them  to  come  aborde 
our  ship.     And  oftentimes  one  of  the  two  kings 
comming  with  his  queene,  and  many  gentlemen 
for  their  pleasure  to  see  us,  they  all  stayed  on  the 
shore  200  paces  from  us,  sending  us  a  small  boat 
to  giue  us  intelligence  of  their  comming,  saying 
they  would  come  and  see  our  ship ;  this  they  did 
in  token  of  safety,  and  as  soone  as  they  had  an- 
swere  from  us,  they  came  immediately,  and  hau- 
ing  staled  a  while  to  behold  it,  they  wondred  at 
hearing  the  cries  and  noyses  of  the  Mariners 
The  Queene  and  her  maids  staied  in  a  very  light 
boat,  at  an  Hand  a  quarter  of  a  league  off,  while 
the  King  abode  a  long  space  in  our  ship  uttering 
diuers  conceits  with  gestures,  viewing  with  great 
admiration  all  the  furniture  of  the  Shippe,  de- 
manding the  property  of  euery  thing  particularly 
He  tooke  likewise  great  pleasure  in  beholding 
our  apparell,  and  in  tasting  our  meats,  and  so 
courteously  taking  his  leave    departed.      And 
sometimes  our  men  staying  2  or  3  dales  on  a  little 
Hand  neere  the  Shippe  for  diuers  necessaries, 
(as  it  is  the  use  of  seamen,)  he  returned  with  7 
or  8  of  his  gentlemen  to  see  what  w^e  did,  and 
asked  of  us  oftentimes  if  we  meant  to  make  any 
long  abode  there,  offering  us  of  their  prouision ; 


are 

thei 

hai 

use 

thei 

ith. 


:',  ! 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


155 


uer  ob- 
i  aborde 
o  kings 
ntlemen 
d  on  the 
lall  boal 
,  saying 
they  did 
had  an- 
ind  hau- 
ndred  at 
Jariners 
ery  lighl 
)fF,  whik 

uttering 
ith  great 
ippe,  de- 
ticularly 
eholding 
,  and  so 
I.      And 
m  a  little 
cessaries, 
;d  with  7 

did,  and 
nake  any 
rouision ; 


then  the  King  drawing  his  bow  and  running  up 
and  down  with  his  gentlemen,  made  much  sport 
to  gratifie  our  men :  we  were  oftentimes  within 
the  land  five  or  six  leagues,  which  we  found  as 
pleasant  as  is  possible  to  declare,  very  apt  for 
any  kind  of  husbandry,  of  Corne,  Wine  and  Oyle : 
for  that  there  are  plaines  twentie-five  or  thirtie 
leagues  broad,  open  and  without  any  impediment, 
of  trees  of  such  fruitfulnesse,  that  any  seed  being 
sowen  therein,  wil  bring  forth  most  excellent 
fruit.  We  entered  afterwards  into  the  woods,' 
which  we  found  so  great  and  thicke,  that  uny 
army  were  it  neuer  so  great  might  have  hid  it 
selfe  therein,  the  trees  whereof  are  okes,  cipresse 
trees,  and  other  sortes  unknowen  in  Europe. 
We  found  Pome  appil,  damson  trees,  and  nut 
trees,  and  many  other  sortes  of  fruit  differing 
from  ours ;  there  are  beasts  in  great  abundance, 
as  harts,  deere,  luzernes,  and  othe'-  kinds  which 
they  take  with  their  nets  and  bowis  which  are 
their  chief  weapons,  the  arrowes  which  they  use 
are  made  of  great  cunning,  and  instead  of  yron, 
they  head  them  with^flint,  with  jasper  stone  and 
hard  marble,  and  other  sharp  stones  which  they 
use  instead  of  yron  to  cut  trees,  and  to  make 
their  boates  of  one  whole  piece  of  wood  making 
it  hollow  with  great  and  wonderful  art,  wherein 


I 


i  r 


'■:\i 


I  Ji  1 


156 


APPENDIX. 


M* 


11  III! 


10  or  12  men  may  sit  commodiously,  their  oares 
are  short  and  broad  at  the  end,  and  they  use 
them  in  the  sea  without  any  danger,  and  by 
maine  force  of  armes,  with  as  great  speediness 
as  they  lift  themselves.  We  saw  their  Houses 
.made  in  circular  or  round  forme  10  or  12  paces 
in  compasse,  made  w^ith  halfe  circles  of  Timber, 
separate  one  from  another  without  any  order  of 
building,  couered  with  mattes  of  Straw  wrought 
cunningly  together,  which  saue  them  from  the 
winde  and  raine;  and  if  they  had  the  order  of 
building  and  perfect  skill  of  workmanship  as  we 
have,  there  were  no  doubt  but  that  they  would 
also  make  eftsoons  great  and  stately  buildings. 
For  all  (he  sea  coastes  are  ful  of  clear  and  glis- 
tering stones  and  alabaster,  and  therefore  it  is 
ful  of  good  hauens  and  harboroughs  for  Shippes. 
They  moove  the  foresaid  Houses  from  one  place 
to  another,  according  to  the  commodity  of  the  place 
and  season  wherein  they  wil  make  their  abode ; 
and  only  taking  off  the  mattes  they  haue  other 
Houses  builded  incontinent.  The  Father  and 
the  whole  Family  dwell  together  in  one  house 
in  great  number,  in  some  of  them  we  saw  25  or 
30  persons.  They  taede  as  the  other  doe  afore- 
said, of  pulse  which  grow  in  that  Country,  with 
better  order  of  husbandry  than  in  the  others. 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


157 


They  observe  in  their  sowing  the  course  of  the 
Moone  and  the  rising  of  certaine  Starres,  and 
divers  other  customs  spoken  of  by  antiquity. 
Moreover  the;'  Hue  by  hunting  and  fishing.  They 
live  long  and  are  seldom  sicke,  and  if  they 
chance  to  fall  sicke  at  any  time,  they  heal 
themselves  with  fire  without  any  phisician,  and 
they  say  that  they  die  for  very  age.  They 
are  very  pitifull  and  charitable  towards  their 
neighbours,  they  make  great  lamentations  in 
their  adversitie,  and  in  their  miserie,  the  kin- 
red  reckon  up  all  their  felicitie.  At  their  de- 
parture out  of  life,  they  use  mourning  mixt  with 
singings  which  continueth  for  a  long  space. 
This  is  as  much  as  we  could  learne  of  them.  This 
Land  is  situate  in  the  Paralele  of  Rome  in  41 
degrees  and  2  terces,  but  somewhat  more  cold 
by  accidental!  causes  and  not  of  nature,  (as  I 
will  declare  unto  your  highnesse  elsewhere,)  de- 
scribing at  this  present  the  situation  of  the  fore- 
said country,  which  lieth  east  and  west.  I  say 
that  the  mouth  of  the  haven  lieth  open  to  the 
south  halfe  a  league  broad,  and  being  entred 
within  it  betweene  the  east  and  the  north  it 
stretcheth  twelve  leagues,  where  it  wareth  broad- 
er and  broader,  and  maketh  a  gulfe  about  20 
leagues  in  compasse,  wherein  are  five  small 

14 


m 


168 


APPENDIX. 


l*:,vt 


il 


'II'!  Li; 


islands  very  fruitful  and  pleasant,  full  of  hie  and 
broad  trees  among  the  which  islandes  any  great 
nauie  may  ride  safe  without  any  feare  of  tempest 
or  other  danger.  Afterwards  turning  towards 
the  south  in  the  entring  into  the  hauen,  on  both 
sides  there  are  most  pleasant  hils,  with  many 
riuers  of  most  cleare  water  falling  into  the  sea. 
In  the  milkiest  of  this  entrance  there  is  a  rocke 
of  I'ree  stone,  growing  by  nature,  apt  to  build  any 
castle  or  fortresse  there  for  the  keeping  of  the 
haven.  The  fi(t  of  May  being  furnished  with 
all  things  necessarie,  we  departed  from  the  said 
coaste,  keeping  along  in  the  sight  thereof,  and  wee 
sailed  150  leagues,  finding  it  alwayes  after  one 
maner,  but  the  land  somewhat  higher  with  cer- 
taine  mountaines,  all  which  beare  a  shew  of 
minerall  matter,  wee  sought  not  to  land  there  in 
any  place,  because  the  w^eather  serued  our  turne 
for  sailing ;  but  wee  suppose  that  it  was  like 
the  former,  the  coaste  ranne  eastward  for  the 
space  of  fiftie  leagues.  And  trending  afterwards 
to  the  north,  wee  found  another  land  high  full 
of  thicke  woods,  the  trees  whereof  were  firres, 
cipresses,  and  such  like  as  are  wont  to  grow  in 
cold  count reys.  The  people  differ  much  from 
the  other,  and  looke  howe  much  the  former  seem- 
ed to  be  courteous  and  gentle,  so  much  were 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


159 


tJiese  full  of  rudenesse  and  ill  maners,  and  so 
barbarous  that  by  no  signes  that  euer  we  could 
make,  we  could  have  any  kind  of  traffic  wivh 
them.  Thov  clothe  themselues  with  beares 
skinnes  and  luzernes,  and  scales  and  other 
beastcs  skinnes.  Their  foode,  as  farre  as  we 
could  perceiuc,  repairing  often  unto  their  dwell- 
ings, we  suppose  to  be  by  hunting  and  fishing, 
and  of  certaine  fruits,  which  are  a  kind  of  roots 
which  the  earth  yeeldeth  of  her  own  accord. 
They  h^ue  no  graine,  neither  saw  we  any  kind 
of  signe  of  tillage,  neither  is  the  land  lor  the  bar- 
rennesse  thereof,  apt  to  beare  fruit  or  seed.  If 
at  any  time  we  desired  by  exchange  to  haue 
any  of  their  commodities,  they  used  to  come  to 
tlie  sea  shore  upon  certaine  craggy  rocks,  and 
we  standing  in  our  boats,  they  let  downe  with 
a  rope  what  it  pleased  them  to  give  us,  crying 
continually  tliat  we  sh;)uld  not  approch  to  the 
land,  demanding  immediately  the  exchange,  tak- 
ing nothing  but  k nines,  fish-hooks,  antl  tooles  to 
cut  withall,  neyther  did  they  make  any  account 
of  our  courtesie.  And  when  we  had  nothing 
left  to  exchange  with  them,  when  w^e  departed 
from  them,  the  people  shewed  all  signes  of  dis- 
courtesie  and  disdaine,  as  were  possible  for  any 
creature  to  inuent.     We  were  in  despight  of 


160 


APPENDIX. 


them  2  or  3  leagues  within  the  land,  beino"  in 
number  twenty-five  armed  men  of  us:  And 
when  we  went  on  shore  they  shot  at  us  with 
Iheir  bowes,  mak'ng*  great  outcries,  and  after- 
wards fled  into  the  woods.  We  found  not  in 
this  land  any  thing  notable  or  of  importance, 
sauing  very  great  wood  and  certaine  hills,  they 
may  haue  some  mineral  matter  in  them,  because 
wee  saw  many  of  them  haue  headstones  of  copper 
hanging  at  their  eares.  We  departed  from 
thence,  keeping  our  course  north  east  along  the 
coaste,  which  we  found  more  pleasant  champion 
and  without  woods,  with  high  mountains  within 
the  land ;  continuing  directly  along  the  coast  for 
the  space  of  fiftie  leagues,  we  discouered  32 
islands,  lying  al  n^ere  the  land,  being  small  and 
pleasant  tp  the  view,  high,  and  having  many 
turnings  and  windings  between  them,  making 
many  fair  harboroughs  and  chanels  as  they  doe 
in  the  gulf  of  Venice,  in  Sclauonia  and  Dal' 
matia,  we  had  no  knowledge  or  acquaintance 
with  the  people :  we  suppose  they  are  of  the 
same  maners  and  nature  as  the  others  are.  Sayl- 
ing  north  east  for  the  space  of  150  leagues,  we 
approched  the  land  that  was  in  times  past  dis- 
couered by  the  Britons,  which  is  in  fiftie  de- 
grees.   Hauing  now  spent  all  our  prouision  and 


RELATION  OF  JOHN  DE  VERRAZZANO. 


Itl 


lance 


victuals,  and  hauing  dlscouered  about  700  leagues 
and  more  of  new  countreys,  and  being  furnished 
with  water  and  wood,  we  concluded  to  returne 
into  France.  Touching  the  religion  of  this  peo- 
ple which  we  have  found,  for  want  of  their  lan- 
guage we  could  not  understand,  neither  by  signes 
nor  gestures,  that  they  had  any  religion  or  laws 
at  all,  or  that  they  did  acknowledge  any  first 
cause  or  mouer,  neither  that  they  worship  the 
heauen  or  starres,  the  sunne  or  moone,  or  other 
planets,  and  much  lesse  whether  they  be  idola- 
•  ters,  neither  could  we  learne  whether  that  they 
used  any  kind  of  sacrifices  or  other  adorations, 
neither  in  their  villages  haue  they  any  temples 
or  houses  of  prayer;  we  suppose  tliat  they  haue 
no  religion  at  all,  and  that  they  Hue  at  their 
owne  libertie.  And,  that  all  this  proceedeth  of 
ignoiance,  for  that  they  are  very  easie  to  be  per- 
suaded; and  all  that  they  see  us  Christians  doe 
in  our  diuine  service,  they  did  the  same  with  the 
like  imitation  as  they  saw  us  to  doe  it. 


1  \ 


THE    END. 


•I., 


14* 


|||r■■M■■■l.^.ln>':'i.Kt'«■■IH'U>»^'.VJI 


mM 


,.* 


Toth 
importa 
overthr 
impulse 
partly  t 
religion 
all  its  p 
the  nat 

The 
the  mos 
Upon  t| 
Great  W 
author] 
ed  by  t  j 
the  mo] 
debtediT 
three  oj 
face  to  I 
this  w( 
they  hs 
cernedl 
them  t(| 

The 
care  by 
which 
the  wol 
PrelimI 
theaut 
book, 
whole] 
each- 
traits 
and  is  1 
theoloj 
comps 


BOOKS 

IN    THE    VARIOUS   DEPARTMENTS 

OF 
PUBLISHED  BY 

D.  APPIiETOIV  &   CO.,  NEW-YORK, 

AND 
aEORGE  S.  APPLBTON,  PHIIiADELPHIA.. 


HISTORY    OF    THE    REFORMATION 

OF  THE  CFIURCH  OF  ENGLAND.  By  Gilbert  Burnet, 
D.D.,  late  Bishop  of  Salisbury.  With  a  Collection  of  Records, 
and  a  copious  Index,  revised  and  corrected,  with  additional 
Notes  and  a  Preface,  by  the  Rev.  E.  Nares,  D.D.  Illustrated 
with  a  Frontispiece  and  twenty-three  Portraits  on  steel.  Form- 
ing four  elegant  8vo.  vols,  of  near  600  pages  each.     $8  00. 


To  the  student  either  of  civil  or  religious  history  no  epoch  can  ba  of  more 
importance  than  that  of  the  Rerorrnation  in  England.  It  signalized  the 
overthrow,  in  one  of  its  strongest  holds,  of  the  Roman  power,  and  gave  an 
impulse  to  the  human  mind,  the  full  results  of  which  are  even  now  but 
partly  realized.  Almost  all  freedom  of  inquiry— all  toleration  in  matters  of 
religion,  had  its  birth-hour  then  ;  and  without  a  familiar  acquaintance  with 
all  its  principal  events,  but  little  progress  can  be  made  in  understanding 
the  nature  and  ultimate  tendencies  of  the  revolution  then  efTected. 

The  History  of  Bishop  Burnet  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  and  by  far 
the  most  frequently  quoted  of  any  that  has  been  written  of  this  great  event. 
Upon  the  original  publication  of  the  first  volume,  it  was  received  in 
Great  Britain  with  the  loudest  and  most  extravagant  encomiums.  The 
author  received  the  thanks  of  both  Houses  of  l*arliarnent,  and  was  request- 
ed by  them  to  contmue  the  work.  In  continuing  it  he  had  the  assistance  of 
the  most  learned  and  eminent  divines  of  his  time ;  and  he  confesses  his  in- 
debtedness for  important  aid  to  Lloyd,  Tillotson  and  Stillinoflket, 
three  of  the  greatest  of  England's  Bishops.  "  I  know,"  says  he,  in  his  Pre- 
face to  the  second  volume,  *'  that  nothing  can  more  eflectually  recommend 
this  work,  than  to  say  that  it  passed  with  their  hearty  approbation,  after 
they  had  examined  it  with  that  care  which  their  great  zeal  fur  the  cause  con 
cerned  in  it,' and  their  goodness  to  the  author  and  freedom  with  him,  obliged 
them  to  use." 

The  present  edition  of  this  great  work  has  been  edited  with  laborious 
care  by  Dr.  Nares,  who  professes  to  have  corrected  important  errors  into 
which  the  author  fell,  and  to  have  made  such  improvements  in  the  order  of 
the  work  as  v/ill  render  it  far  more  useful  to  the  reader  or  historical  student. 
Preliminary  explanations,  full  and  sufficient  to  the  clear  understanding  of 
the  author,  are  given,  and  margmal  references  are  made  throughout  the 
book,  so  as  greatly  to  facilitate  and  render  accurate  its  consultation.  The 
whole  is  published  in  four  large  octavo  volumes  of  six  hundred  pages  in 
each— printed  upon  heavy  paper  in  large  and  clear  type.  It  contains  por- 
traits of  twenty-four  of  the  most  celebrated  characters  of  the  Reformation, 
and  is  issued  in  a  very  neat  style.  It  will  of  course  tind  a  place  in  every 
theologian's  library— and  will,  by  no  meant,  we  truit,  be  conflned  to  that 
comparatively  limited iphera. 


;■'<■! 


J  ■'  ■ 


tfi 


2        D.  Appleton  ^  CoJ's  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works. 

BURNET    ON   THE    XXXIX.   ARTICLES. 

An  Exposition  of  the  Thirty-nine  Articles  of  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land. By  Gilbert  Burnet,  D.D.,  late  Bishop  of  Salisbury. 
With  an  Appendix,  containing  the  Augsburg  Confession — Creed 
of  Pope  Pius  IV  ,  &c.  Revised  and  corrected,  with  copious 
Notes  and  additional  References,  by  the  Rev-  James  R.  Page, 
A.M.,  of  Queen's  College,  Cambridge.  In  one  handsome  8vo. 
volume.     ^2  00. 

"No  Churclirnan,  no  Theologian,  can  stand  in  need  of  information  as  to 
the  cliaracler  or  value  of  Bisliop  Burnet's  Exposition,  wjiicii  long  since  took 
its  fitting  place  as  one  of  the  acknowledged  and  admired  standards  of  the 
Church.  It,  is  only  needful  that  we  speak  of  the  labours  of  the  editor  of  ihe 
present  edition,  and  these  appear  to  blend  a  fitting  modesty  with  eminent 
industry  and  judgment.  Thus,  while  Mr.  Page  has  carefully  verified,  and 
in  many  insiar\ces  corrected  and  enlarged  the  references  to  the  Fathers, 
Coimcils  and  other  authorities,  and  greatly  multiplied  the  Scripture  citations 
~for  the  Bishop  seems  in  many  cases  to  have  forgotten  that  his  readers 
Would  not  all  be  as  familiar  with  tlie  Sacred  Text  as  himself,  and  might  not 
as  readily  find  a  passage  even  when  they  knew  it  existed— lie  (Mr.  P.)  has 
scrupulously  left  the  text  untouched,  and  added  whatever  illustrative  mat- 
ter he  has  been  able  to  gather  in  the  form  of  Notes  and  an  Appendix. 
The  documents  collected  in  the  latter  are  of  great  and  abiding  value." 

PEARSON    ON    THE    CREED. 

An  Exposition  of  the  Creed.  By  John  Pearson,  D.D.,  late 
Bishop  of  Chester.  With  an  Appendix,  containing  the  Principal 
Greek  and  Latin  Creeds.  Revised  and  corrected  by  the  Rev. 
W.  S.  Dobson,  M.A.,  Peterhouse,  Cambridge.  In  one  handsome 
8vo.  volume.  $2  00. 
The  following  may  be  stated  as  the  advantages  of  this  edition  over  all  others 

First — Great  care  has  been  taken  to  correct  the  numerous  errors  in  the 
references  to  the  texts  of  Scripture  which  had  crept  in  by  rc:»son  of  the  re- 
peated editions  through  which  this  admirable  work  has  passt  d;  and  many 
references,  as  will  be  seen  on  turning  to  the  Index  of  Texts,  liave  been  added. 

Secondly— The  Quotations  in  the  Notes  have  been  almost  universally 
identified  and  the  references  to  them  adjoined. 

Lastly— The  principal  Symbola  or  Creeds,  of  which  the  particular  Articles 
have  been  cited  by  the  author,  have  been  annexed ;  and  wherever  the  ori- 
ginal writers  have  given  the  Symbola  in  a  scattered  and  disjointed  manner, 
the  detaciied  parts  have  been  brought  into  a  successive  and  connected  point 
of  view.  These  have  been  added  in  chronological  order  in  the  form  of  an 
Appendix —V^i(/c  Editor. 

Jfiasi'€  on  •Aionewicnt  and,  SaeriAee* 

Discourses  and  Dissertations  on  the  Scriptural  Doctrines  of  Atone- 
ment and  Sacrifice,  and  on  the  Principal  Arguments  advancecf, 
and  the  Mode  of  Reasoning  employed  by  the  Opponents  of 
those  Doctrines,  as  held  by  the  Established  Church.  By  the 
late  most  Rev.  Wm.  M'Gee,  D.D.,  Archbishop  of  Dublin. 
Two  vols,  royal  8vo.  beautifully  printed.     $5  00. 

"Tlib  Is  one  of  (he  ablent  critical  ami  polemical  works  of  modern  times.    Archbishop  Mageel 

ruly  a  mnlcus  htretuolum.     He  is  an  exi  client  licliuiar.  nn  uciite  renwner,  nnd  lit  poM<e8se(l  of  a 

most  exiPiixive  RC(|iiuin(ance  with  the  wide  fleld  of  argument  to  which  his  voliuncsure  devoted— the 

Srofound  lilhiiciil  intunnution  nn  a  variety  of  topics  which  the  Archbishop  brings  forward,  must  an* 
ear  .lis  iiauiv  to  all  lovers  of  Christianity.''— O/vne. 


li  ' 


D*  Appleton  ^  Co.*8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works.       3 


CLES. 

rch  of  Eng. 
Salisbury, 
sion— Creed 
rith  copious 
lee  R.  Page, 
adsome  8vo. 

jrmation  as  to 
ong  since  took 
indards  of  the 
,e  editor  of  'he 
with  eminent 
r  verified,  and 
)  the  Fathers, 
ipinre  citations 
at  his  readers 
F,  and  might  not 
je  (Mr.  P.)  has 
lustrative  mat- 
i  an  Appendix. 
ling  value." 

LD. 

N,  D.D..  late 

u  the  Principal 
'  by  the  Rev. 
one  handsome 

over  all  others 
us  errors  in  the 
c:»son  of  the  re- 
srd;  and  many 
lave  been  added, 
ost  universally 

rtleular  Articles 

lierever  the  orl- 

Ijointed  manner, 

Voiinected  point 

1  the  form  of  an 

prince. 

lines  of  Atone- 
Ints  advanced, 
1  Opponents  of 
Irch.  By  the 
L  of  Dublin. 

I  Archbishop  Magee  I 
I  nod  i»  poftcesiied  or  a 
liiiies  lire  di-voied— tne 
l»g»  forward,  in«»t«n' 


PALMER'S 

TREATISE    ON    THE    CHURCH. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Church  of  Christ.  Designed  chiefly  for  the 
use  of  Students  in  Theology.  By  the  Rev.  William  Palmer, 
M.A.,  of  Worcester  College,  Oxford.  Edited,  with  Notes,  by 
the  Right  Rev.  W.  R.  Whittingham,  D.D.,  Bishop  of  the  Pro- 
testant Episcopal  Church  in  the  Diocese  of  Maryland.  Two 
vols.  8vo.,  handsomely  printed  on  fine  paper.     $5  00. 

"The  treatise  of  Mr.  Palmer  is  the  best  exposition  and  viiujicntion  of  Church  Principle* 
that  we  have  ever  read  ;  excelling  conte' .poraneous  treatises  in  depth  or  learning  and  Holi- 
dity  of  Judgment,  as  much  as  itexcels  older  treatises  on  the  like  subjects,  in  adaptation  to 
the  wants  and  habits  of  the  age.  Of  itti  influence  in  England,  where  it  has  pa.«spcl  through 
two  editions,  we  have  not  the  means  to  form  an  opinion  ;  but  we  believe  that  in  this  country 
it  has  already,  even  before  it:«  reprint,  done  more  to  restore  the  sound  tone  of  Catholic  prin- 
ciples and  feeling  than  any  other  one  work  of  tire  age.  The  author'*  learning  and  powers  of 
conibinaiion  and  arrangement, great  aa  they  obviously  are,  are  less  remarkable  than  the  sterl- 
ing good  sense,  the  vigwroua  and  solid  judgment,  which  is  everywhere  ninnifest  in  the  trea- 
tise, and  confers  on  it  its  distinctive  excellence.  The  style  of  the  author  is  distinguish'd  for 
dignity  and  masculine  energy,  while  his  tone  is  everywhere  natural ;  on  proper  occasiona, 
reverential ;  and  always,  so  far  as  we  remember,  sufficiently  conciliatory. 

"  To  our  clergy  and  intelligent  laity,  who  desir.-  to  see  the  Church  justly  discriminated 
from  Romanists  on  the  one  hand,  and  dissenting  denominations  on  the  other,  we  earnestly 
commend  Palmer's  Treatise  on  the  Church."— iV.  Y.  Churchman. 

PAROCHIAL    SERMONS, 

BY   JOHN    HBNRY   NEWMAN,    B.D., 

Fellow  of  the  Oriel  College  and  Vicar  of  St.  Mary  the  Virgin's, 
Oxford.  The  six  volumes  of  the  London  edition  complete  in 
two  elegant  8vo.  volumes  of  upwards  of  600  pages  each.  $5  00. 

9^  Mr.  Newman's  Sermons  have  probably  attained  a  higher  character 
than  any  others  ever  published  in  this  country.  The  following  recom- 
mendatory letter  (is  one  of  the  many)  received  by  the  publishers  during 
their  progress  through  the  press. 

From  the  Biihqp  of  North  Carolitta, 

Raleigh,  Nor.  38, 1842. 
Your  letter  announcing  your  intention  to  republish  the  Parochial  Sermons  of  the  Rev.  John 
Henry  Newman,  ti.U.,  Oxford,  has  given  me  smiere  pleasuie.  In  complying  with  your 
request  for  my  opinion  uf  them,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say,— aftfra  constant  useol  them  in  ray 
closet,  and  an  observation  of  their  elfect  upon  some  of  my  friends,  for  the  last  six  years,— that 
they  are  among  the  very  beflt  practical  sermons  in  the  English  language ;  that  while  they  are 
free  from  those  extravagance'*  of  opinion  usually  ascribed  lu  the  author  of  the  90th  Tract, 
they  assert  in  the  strongest  manner  the  true  doctrines  of  the  Relormatior.  in  England,  and  en 
force  with  peculiar  solemnity  and  eft'ect  that  holiness  of  lilie,  viUi  the  means  thereto,  so  char- 
acteristic oftbe  Fathers  uf  that  trying  age.  With  high  respect  and  esteem,  your  friend  and 
•ervaat,  L.  S.  IVES. 

HARE'S    PAROCHIAL   SERMONS. 

Soimons  to  a  Country  Congregation.  By  Augustus  William 
Hare,  A.M.,  late  Fellow  of  New  College,  and  Rector  of  Alton 
Barnes.    One  volume,  royal  8vo.    $3  25. 

"  Any  one  who  can  be   pleased  with  delicacy  of  thought  eipressed  in  the  most  simple  Ian 
gusge— any  one  who  can  fe>?l  the  charm  of  Hndnig  practical  duties  elucidated  and  enforced 
by  apt  and  varied  illustrations-  -will  be  delighted  with  this  volume,  which  presents  us  with  Um 
workings  of  &  pious  and  highly  gifted  mind."— (<iiar.  Rtvieuk 


ii'IIj 


^1 


'A 


F 


4       D.  Appleton  ^  Co.^8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works- 

THE    KINGDOM    OF   CHRIST; 

Or,  Hints  rospectin{r  the  Principles,  Constitution,  and  Ordinances 
of  the  Catholic  Church.  By  Frederick  DenisoiV  Maurice, 
M.A.  Chaplain  of  Guy's  Hospital,  Professor  of  English  Litera- 
ture and  History,  King's  College,  London.  In  one  elegant  oc- 
tavo  volume  of  600  pages,  uniform  in  style  with  Newman's 
Sermons,  Palmer  on  the  Church,  &c.     $2  50. 

"  Mr.  Maurice's  work  is  emineutly  fitted  to  engnge  the  attention  and  mpet  the  wants  of  all 
interested  in  tlie  .•'evtral  inoveinenU)  that  are  now  taking  place  in  tlie  religions  community  ;  it 
taken  up  the  pietensions  gsiieiaily  of  tlir  several  Protestant  denuniinHtioiis  and  of  the  Ro- 
manists, so  Hs  to  commend  itself  in  the  growing  interest  in  the  coiitr(iveri<y  between  the  lat< 
ter  and  their  o])ponents.  The  political  portion  of  the  work  contains  much  tli<it  is  attractive 
tea  thoughtful  man,  of  any  or  of  no  religious  persuasion,  in  reference  to  the  existing  and  poa 
tible  future  state  of  our  country.*' 

A   MANUAL   FOR   COMMU  NICANTS  ; 

Or  the  Order  for  Administering  the  Holy  Communion ;  conveniently  ar- 
ranged with  Meditations  and  Prayers  from  Old  ErigUsh  Divines,  being 
the  Eucharistica  of  Samuel  Wilberforce,  M.A.,  Archdeacon  of  Surry, 
(adapted  to  the  American  service.)  Convenient  size  for  the  pocket 
37i  cents— gilt  edges  50  cents. 

"  These  meditations,  prayers,  and  expositions,  are  given  in  the  very  words  of  the  illustri- 
ous divines,  mart^ rt,  confessors,  and  doctors  of  the  Church;  and  tli»y  form  altogether 
such  a  body  of  instr'ictive  matter  as  is  nowliere  else  to  be  found  in  the  same  com- 
pass. Thuugii  (:oller''.,ed  from  various  autuors,  the  whole  is  pervaded  by  a  unity  of  spirit  and 
purpose;  and  we  most  earnestly  cotniiiend  the  work  as  better  titled  than  any  other  which 
we  know,  to  6ub,3erve  the  ends  of  sound  edification  and  forvent  and  substantial  devotion. 
Tlie  American  reprint  has  been  edited  by  a  deacon  of  great  promise  in  the  Church,  and  is  ap- 
propriately dedicated  to  the  Buhop  of  this  diocese."— CAurcAman. 


OQILBY  ON   LAY-BAPTISM: 

An  Outline  on  the  Argument  against  the  Validity  of  Lay-Baptism.  By  the 
Rev.  John  D.  Ogilby,  A.M.,  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical  History .  One 
volume  12mo.,  75  cents. 

"  We  have  been  favoured  with  a  copy  of  the  above  work, and  lose  no  time  in  announcing 
its  publication.  From  a  cursory  inspection  of  it,  we  take  it  to  bs  a  thorough,  fearless,  and 
very  able  discussion  of  tiie  subject  which  it  proposes,  aiming  le.ss  to  excite  inquiry,  than  to 
Ntisfy,  by  learned  andingeuious argument,  inquiries  already  excited."— CAurcAman. 


THE    PRIMITIVE     DOCTRINE    OF 

ELECTIO  N: 

Or,  an  Historical  Inqniry  Into  the  Ideality  and  Causation  of  Scriptural 
Election,  as  received  and  maintained  in  the  Primitive  Church  of  Christ. 
By  George  Stanley  Faber,  B.D.,  author  of  ♦«  Difficulties  of  Romanism," 
"Difficulties  of  Infidelity,"  &c.    Complete  in  one  volume  octavo.  $1  75. 

••  Mr.  Fabcr  verifies  his  opinion  by  demonstration.      We  cannot  pay  a  higher  respact  tO  \UM 
work  than  by  recomniendine  it  to  all."— CAm»"cA  of  England  Quarterly  Hcviem 


il  History.    One 


D.  Appleton  ^  Co,^a  Ca,    'ogue  of  Valuable  Works*        5 

CHURCHMAN'S  LIBRARY. 

The  volumes  of  this  series  ^re  of  a  standard  character  and   higlily  recom- 
mended  by  the  Bishops  and  Clergy  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  (Jhurch. 

THE   PRACTICAL   CHRISTIAN; 

Or,  Devout  Penitent.  By  R.  Sherlock!,  D.D.,  with  a  Life  of  the  Author,  by 
the  Right  Rev.  Bishop  Wilson.    One  elegant  volume.      IRmo.    75centf'. 

THE  CHURCHMAN'S  COMPANION  IN  THE  CLOSET) 

Or,  a  Complete  Muiinal  of  Private  Devoticms.  Collected  from  the  writ^'.^^  of 
Archbishop  Laud,  Bishop  Andrewes,  Bishop  Ken,  Dr.  Hickes,  Mr.  llettlo- 
well,  Mr.  Spiiickes,  and  other  eminent  old  English  Divines.  With  a  Pre- 
face by  R3V.  Mr  Spinckes.  Edited  by  Francis  E.  Paget,  M.  A.  One  ele- 
gant volume,  16ino.     $1  00. 

OF    THE    IMITATION    OF   CHRIST. 

Four  books,  by  Thomas  a  Kempis,  a  new  and  complete  edition,  elegantly 

printed.     1  vol.  16mo.    $1  00. 

THE     EARLY    ENGLISH    CHURCH; 

Or,  Christian  Ilistoiy  of  England  in  early  British,  Saxon,  and  Norman  Times 
By  the  Rev.  Edward  Churton,  M.A.     With  a  Preface  by  the  Right  Rev. 
Bishop  Ives.     1  vol.  16mo.,  elegantly  ornamented.    $1  00 

LEARN  TO   DIE. 

Disce  Mori,  Learn  to  Die  :  a  Religrinus   Discourse,  moving  every  Christian 
man  to  enter  into  a  serious  Remembrance  of  his  End.     By  Christopher  Sut 
ton,  D.D.,  late   Prebend  of  Westminster.    1  vol.  16mo.,  elegantly  orna- 
mented.   $1  00. 

SACRA   PRIVATA: 

The  Private  Meditations,  Devotions,  and  Prayers  of  the  Right  Rev.  T.  Wil- 
son, D.D.,  Lttrd  Bishop  of  Soder  and  Man.  First  complete  edition.  1  vol. 
royal  16mo.,  elegantly  ornamented.    $1  00. 

MEDITATIONS  ON  THE  SACRAMENT. 

Godly  Meditations  upon  the  most  Holy  Sacrament  of  the  Lord  '8  .Supper.  By 
Christopher  Sutton,  D.D.,  late  Prebend  of  Westminster.  1  vol.  royal  16mo., 
elegantly  ornamented.    $1  00. 

A   DISCOURSE   CONCERNING    PRAYER 

And  the  frequenting  Daily  Public  Prayer.  By  Symon  Patrick,  D.D.,  sometime 
Lord  Bishop  of  Ely.  Edited  by  Francis  E.  Paget,  MA.,  Chaplain  to  the 
Lord  Bishop  of  Oxford.    1  vol.  royal  16mo.,  elegantly  ornamented.  75  cente 

THOUGHTS   IN    PAST   YEARS. 

A  beautiful  collection  of  Poetry,  chiefly  Devotional.    By  the  author  of  "The 
Cathedral.*'    1  vol.  royal  lOnio.,  elegantly  printed,    f  1  25. 

THE   CHRISTMAS    BELLS: 

A  Tale  of  IIolv   Tido.  and  other  Poems.    By  the  author  of  "  ContlbKDOt^ 
'*  Virg^a.*''  fto.     i  vol.  royal  lOmo.,  elegantly  ornamented.    75  centfc 

*i*  These  volames  will  be  followed  by  othen  of  equal  importance* 


6        W,  Appletop  ^  Co? 8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Waj-ha. 


SCRIPTURE    AND    GEOLOGY. 

Ob  the  Relation  between  the  Holy  Scriptures  and  some  parts  of  GeoloEfina, 
Sci«Ti<;e.  By  John  Pye  Smith,  D.D.,  author  of  the  "  Scripture  Testimony 
of  the  Messiali,"  &o.  <fec.     1  vol.  12mo.     $1  25. 

"The  volume  ctmsists  of  eight  lectures,  to  which  are  appended  seventy 
pages  of  supplementary  notes.  The  first  lecture  is  introductory  ;  the  second 
\t  ■cientifically  descriptive  of  the  prinrinal  topics  of  geological  science  ;  the 
third  includes  a  research  into  the  creaflon  of  our  globe  ;  the  fourth  and  fifth 
lectures  comprise  an  examination  of  the  deluge  ;  the  sixth  discusses  the  up|)a- 
Tent  dissonance  between  the  decisitms  of  geologists,  and  the  hitherto  re- 
ceived interpretation  of  Scripture,  with  an  additional  exposition  of  the  diluvial 
heory  ;  the  seventh  is  devoted  to  illustration  of  the  method  to  interpret  the 
Scriptures,  so  that  they  may  harmonize  with  the  discoveries  of  geology ;  the 
eighth  is  the  peroration  of  the  whole  disquisition. 

WORKS    BY    THE    REV.    DR.   SPRAGUe. 

TRUE  AND  FALSE  REIilGION. 

Lectures  illustrating  the   Contrast  between  True  Christianity  and  various 
other  systems.    By  William  B.  Spraoub,  D.D.    1  vol.  l2mo.    $1  00. 

LECTURES  ON  REVIVALS  IN  RELIGION. 

By  W.  B.    Spraovk,  D.D.    With  an    Introductory  Essay  by  Leonard 
Woods,  D.D.    1  vol.  IfJmo.    87i  cents. 

LETTERtS    TO    A   DAUGHTlgn 

On  Practical  Subjects.    By  W.  B.  Spraoue,  D.D.    Fourth  edition,  Tevised 
and  enlarged.     I  vol.  12mo.    75  cents. 

LECTURES  TO  YOUNG  PEOPLE. 

By  W.  B.  Spraoue,   D.D.    With  an  Introductory  Address.    By  SaMOHBl 
Miller,  D.D.    Fourth  edition.    1  vol.  12ino.    87i  cents. 

The  writings  of  Dr.  Sprague  are  too  well  known,  and  too  highly  estimated 
by  the  Christian  community  generally,  to  require  any  other  encomium  than 
is  furnished  by  their  own  merits  ;  for  this  reason  it  is  thought  unnecessary  to 
subjoin  the  favourable  testimonies  bonie  to  their  utility  and  excellence  by  the 
whole  circle  of  the  periodical  press  of  this  country,  and  the  fact,  that  they 
have  each  passed  through  several  editions  in  England,  sufficiently  attests  the 
estimation  in  which  they  are  held  abroad. 

SPIRITUAL  CHRISTIANITY. 

Lectures  on  Spiritual  Christianity.    By  Isaac  Taylor,  author  of  **  Sptritaai 
Despotism,"  &c.  «bc.     1  vol  12mo.    75  cents. 

_*'Thi8  work  is  the  production  of  one  of  the  most  gifted  and  accomplished 
Dainds  of  the  present  age.  If  some  of  his  former  productions  may  have  been 
thought  characterized  by  too  much  metaphysiciil  abstraction,  and  in  some  in- 
stances, by  speculations  of  doubtful  importance  the  present  volume  is,  we 
think,  in  no  degree  liable  to  this  objection.  It  is  indeed  distinguished  fer  deep 
thought  and  accurate  discriminaticm:  and  whoever  would  read  it  to  advantage, 
must  task  his  faculties  in  a  much  hisrher  degree,  than  in  reading  ordinary 
bo(d(s:  and  yet  it  contains  nothing  which  an  ordinary  degree  of  intelligence 
and  application  may  not  readily  crmiprehend.  The  view  which  it  gives  of 
Christianity,  both  as  a  system  of  truth  and  a  system  of  duty,  is  in  the  highest 
de^ee  instructive  ;  and  its  tendencies  are  not  less  to  quioken  the  intellectual 
faculties,  than  to  direct  and  elevate  the  moral  sensibilities.  We  have  no  doubt 
that  it  will  be  read  with  great  interest  by  those  who  read  to  find  materials 
for  thought,  and  that  it  is  destumd  to  exert  a  most  important  influence,  espo' 
cially   Ml  th-  'nore  intellectURl  classes  in  the  advaiifement  of  the  interests  of 


1 

"' 
day,  I 
aivean 
sn  illui 
mme  i 
to  bet 
ftilto 
next,  i 
and 


"Th, 
Deraliy 
tothog 
obviate 
thenar 
whom 
thetim 
IttUe  ch 
the  nif 
^uainta, 
SBdbea 


edition,  revised. 


lor  of  "  Spiritaai 


D.  Appleton  ^  Co.^8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works. 

Works  by  Rev.  Robert  Philip. 


YOUNQ 

By  Robert  Philip. 


MAN'S  CLOSET  LIBRARY. 

With  au  Introductory  Essay  by  Rev.  Albert  Barnes.  1  vol. 
12mo.    $1  00. 

LOVE  OP  THE  SPIRIT,  Traced  in  his  Work  :  a  Companion  to  the  Ex- 
perimental Guides,     lly  Robert  Philip.     1  vol.  18mo.    SOcts. 

DEVOTIONAL  AND  EXPERIMENTAL  GUIDES.    By  Roliert  Philip. 
With  an  lutroductorv  Essay  by  Rev.  Albert  Barnes.    2  vola.  12mo.    $1  75. 

Containing : 

Guide  to  the  Doubting. 
Do.    do.    Conscientious. 
Do.    do.    Redemption. 


Guide  to  the  Perplexed. 
Do.  do.     Devutional. 
Do.  do.    Thoughtful. 


LADY'S  CLOSET  LIBRARY,. 

A.S  follows: 

THE  MARYS ;  or  Beauty  of  Female  Holiness.    By  Robert  Philip.    1  vol 
18mo.    50  cents. 

THE  MARTHAS;  or  Varieties  of  Female  Piety.    By  Robert  Philip.    1  vol 
18mo.    50  cts. 

THE  LYDIAS ;  or  Development  of  Female  Character.    By  Robert  Philip 
1  vol.     18mo.     50  cts. 

The  Maternal  Series  of  the  above  popnlar  Library  is  now  ready,  entitled, 

THE  HANNAHS  •   ur  Maternal  Influence  of  Sous.     By  Robert  Philip. 
1  vol.  18mo.    50  cts. 

"  The  author  or  this  work  is  known  to  the  pnhlic  ts  one  of  the  most  prolific  writers  of  the 
day,  and  scarcely  any  writer  in  the  department  wliich  he  occupies,  has  acquired  so  exten. 
Btve  and  well  nie^rited  a  popularity.  The  pr^ent  vulume,  as  its  title  denotes,  is  devoted  to 
an  illuBtratioii  or  the  influence  of  motheis  on  their  sons ;  and  the  subject  is  treated  with  the 
same  originality  and  beauty  which  chantoteiize  the  author's  other  works.  It  will  be  found 
to  be  a  must  deli^chifui  and  useful  companion  in  the  nursery,  and  its  influence  <;an  hardly 
Alii  to  be  felt;  Ar.t,  in  quiikening  the  sense  of  reHponsibility  on  the  part  of  mothers;  tnd 
next,  in  forming  the  character  of  the  rising  generation  to  «  higher  standaid  of  inteUigeact 
and  virtue.''— Avang'e/ift. 


OEMS   FROM  TRAVELLERS. 

Illustrative  of  various  passages  in  the  Holy  Scripture,  with  nearly  one  hundred 
Engravings.  Among  the  authorities  quoted  will  be  found  the  following  dis- 
tinguished names:  Harmer,  Laborde,  Lane,  Madden,  (Harke,  Pococke, 
Chandler,  Malcom,  Hartley,  Russel,  Jowitt,  Came,  Shaw,  Murier,  Neibuhr, 
Bruce,  Calmet,  H.  Blunt,  Belzoni,  Lord  Lindsay,  dec.  &c.  1  vol.  12mo. 
f  I  00. 

"  The  Holy  Scriptures  contain  many  passagea  fkill  of  importance  and  beauty,  but  not  ge> 
nerally  understood,  because  they  contain  allusion  to  manners  and  customs,  familiar  indeed 
to  those  to  wliom  they  were  originally  addressed,  but  imp«rfe(^tlJr  known  to  U4.  In  older  to 
obviate  this  difficulty,  this  volume  is  now  presented  to  tlie  public,  consisting  of  extracts  ftom 
the  narratives  of  travellers  wlio  have  recorded  the  cuHtoras  of  the  oriental  nations,  from 
whom  we  learn  that  some  usages  were  retained  among  Uiem  to  this  day,  such  as  eziated  It 
the  times  when  the  Scriptures  were  written,  and  that  these  names  aie  in  many  instances 
little  changed  Hince  the  patriarchal  times.  The  compiler  of  this  volume  trusts  that  it  nuiy  be 
the  meanH,  under  God's  provideno**,  of  leading  unlearned  readtn's  tu  a  mure  general  so- 
<iuaintance  witli  Easiern  cuxtoins,  and  as.Miit  tht-m  tu  a  clearer  perception  of  the  propriety 
•ad  beauty  ot  the  illustrations  so  often  drawn  Grum  them  in  the  Bible. 


D,  Appleton  ^  Co.*«  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Worka, 


;l(     ! 


Works  by  the  Rev.  John  Angell  James^ 

THE  TRUE  CHRISTIAN. 
By  the  Rev.  John  Anoell  James.    With  an  Introduction  by  the  Rev.  Wm. 
Adams.    1  vui.  ISmo     $0  50. 

"  We  opine  that  the  publisiiers  of  this  volume  made  an  accurate  calculation  when  they 
labelled  tliese  '  Addresses  ^—*tereoiyptd^  for  they  are  uinong  the  choice  eiiusions  which 
already  have  so  highly  ben.eAted  Clirt:«tiaii  suciety  frtiin  the  nooie  hear  t  and  rich(y> 
endowed  mind  of  Mr.  James.  They  are  ministerial  counsels  to  the  members  of  uis  coiigre 
gation,  and  are  offered  an  monthly  epistles  for  a  year,  being  twelve  in  numlser,  and  are  ih>i* 
entitled:  'Increased  Holiness  of  the  Church;  Spirituality  of  Mind:  Heavenly  Minded- 
ness;  Assurance  of  Hope;  Practical  Religion  s«en  in  every  thing:  A  Profltnble  Sabbath; 
Christian  Obligations ;  Life  of  Faith;  Influence  of  elder  Christians;  Spirit  of  Prayer;  Pri* 
▼ate  Prayer,  and  Self-Ezaminiition.'  **—ChviHian  ItMlU^encer. 

THE  YOUNG  MAN  FROM  HOME. 

In  a  series  of  Letters,  especially  directed  for  the  Moral  Advancement  nf  Youth 

By  the  Rev  John  Anoell  James.    Tenth  edition.    1  vol.  18mo.  37^  cts 

"Thia  work,  (Vom  the  able  and  prolific  pen  of  Mr.  James,  is  not  inferior,  we  think,  to  any 
of  its  predecessors.  It  contemplates  a  youn^  mxM  at  the  most  critical  period  of  life,  and 
meets  bim  at  every  point  as  a  guide  in  the  path*  of  virtue,  as  a  guard  from  the  contagious 
influeoce  of  vice."— /I<6any  Adotrliitr, 

THE  CHRISTIAN  PROFESSOR, 

Addressed  in  a  series  of  Counsels  and  Cautions  to  the  Members  of  Christian 

Churches.    By  the  Rev.  John  Anosll  James.    1  vol.  18mo.    62^  cents. 

"The author  remarks ia  this  excelleiit  volume:  '  When  I  look  into  the  New  Testament 
and  read  wlia<;  a  Christian  ihnuldbe,  and  then  look  into  the  Church  of  Ood,  and  s«e  what 
Christians  or*,  I  am  painfully  affected  by  observing  the  dissimilarity  ,  and  in  my  jealuuiiy  for 
the  honour  of  the  Christian  prolesston,  have  made  this  effort,  perhaps  a  feeble  one,  and  car- 
tainij  an  antious  one,  tu  remove  ita  blemishes,  to  restore  its  impaired  beauty,  and  thus  raise 
'tt  rfpntation.' " 

THE  ANXIOUS  ENQUIRER  AFTER  SALVATION 
Directed  ai^d  Encouraged.     B>  the  Rev.  John  Anoell  James.    1  vol. 

ISnio.   37  i  cents. 
Twenty  thousand  copies  of  this  excellent  little  volume  have  already  been 
■old,  which  fully  attests  the  high  estimation  the  work  has  attained  with  the 
religious  oomiuunity. 

HAPPINESS,  ITS  NATURE  AND  SOURCES. 

By  the  Rev.  J  A.  Jambs.   1  vol.  32mo.  25  cents. 

**  This  is  written  in  the  excellent  author's  best  vein.    He  has,  with  a  searching  fidelity, 

exposed  the  various  nnsaii»v -^  expedienta  by  which  the  natural  heart  seeks  to  attain  the 

great  end  and  aim  of  all— hapitiness,  and  with  powerlVil  and  touching  exbwitatioos  directed  it 

to  tlte  never  faiUng  aource  ofall  good."— iBvang's'toi. 

THE  WIDOW  DIRECTED 

Vo  the  Widow's  Q-od,  By  the  Rov.  John  A.  James.  1  vol.  18mo.  37^  cents. 

"The  book  is  worthy  to  be  read  by  others  besides  tlte  vlass  fbi  which  it  is  tspecially  de. 
•^led  i  and  we  duubt  nut  that  it  destined  to  come  as  a  friendly  visitor  to  many  a  house  of 
aK>«.  ruing,  and  as  a  healing  balm  to  maqy  a  wuuiidmi  heart  "—iV.  F.  Ob»*n»*r, 

""  CRUDEN'8  CONCORDANCE. 

Containing  all  the  Wunis  tu  be  found  in  the  large  Work  relating  to  the  New 
Testament.    1  vol.  18mo.    50  cents. 

THE  FOLTMICRIAN  NEW  TESTAMENT. 
Numerous  References,  Maps,  dtc.     1  vol.  18nio.     50  cents 

THE  SACRED  CHOIR: 

A  OOLLBOTION  OF  CHURCH  MUSIC: 
Consisting  of  Selections  from  thu  most  distinguished  authors,  among  whom 
•re  the  names  uf  IIavon,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  Perqolissi,  &o.  dec. 
with  several  pieces  ef  Music  by  the  author ;  also  a  Progressive  Elonientaiy 
Sy-tem  uf  Instruction  for  Pupils.    By  Gioiioi  KiNOSLlY,  author  of  the  8<^ 
eiitl  Choir,  dso.  &«.    Fourth  edition     $0  75 


A. 


'orka. 


James^ 


the  Rev.  Wm. 


ulatton  when  they 
e  eil'usions  whicn 
eart  and  richly- 
rrs  ot'  Ilia  coiigre 
itser,  and  itre  iliis 
leavenly  Minded- 
rofiiable  Sabbath  ; 
;  of  Prayer  ;  Pri- 


smeiitftf  Youth 

iuio.  371^  cts 

r,  we  tliiiik,  to  any 
leriud  of  life,  and 
tin  the  coatagioua 


3rs  of  Christian 
o.    62i  cents. 

e  New  Testameat 
tod,  ami  Bee  what 
in  my  jealouty  for 
seble  one,  and  eer- 
ily, and  thus  raise 


noN 

James. 


Ivul. 


'e  already  been 
tained  with  the 

3S. 

I. 

searchinjc  fldelity, 
teelis  to  attain  the 
itationa  directed  it 


3mo.  37i  Rents. 
t  it  •■pm.'ially  de. 
)  many  a  houM  of 


io^  to  the  New 

T. 

cents 

110: 

,  amonf  whom 
B88I,  dec.  Ac. 
Ive  Elonientad7 
ttthur  of  the  S6- 


D.  Appleton  ^  Co.*9  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Worha, 

Cabinet  Edition  of  the  Poets. 


COWPER'S  COMPLETE    POETICAL 

VS^ORKS. 

The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  William  Cowper,  Esq.,  inclndinff 
the  Hymns  and  Translations  from  Mad.  Guion,  Milton,  &c.,  and 
Adam,  a  Sacred  Drama,  from  the  Italian  of  Battista  Andreini, 
with  a  Memoir  uf  the  Author,  by  the  Rev.  Henry  Stcbbing,  A.M. 
Two  elegantly  printed  volumes,  400  pages  each,  16mo.,  with 
beautiful  frontispieces.    «>1  75. 

Thu  ts  the  only  complete  American  edition. 
Morality  never  found  in  genius  a  more  devoted  advocate  than  Cowper,  nor 
has  moral  wisdom,  in  its  plain  and  severe  precepts,  been  ever  more  success- 
fully  combined  with  the  delicate  spirit  of  poetry,  than  in  his  works.  He 
was  endowed  with  all  the  powers  which  a  poet  could  want  who  was  to  be  the 
moralist  of  tite  world — the  reprover,  but  not  the  satirist,  of  men— the  teacher 
of  simple  truths,  which  were  to  be  rendered  gracious  without  endangering 
their  simplicity. 

BURNS'   COMPLETE  POETICAL 

WORKS. 

The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  Robert  Bums,  with  Explanatory 
and  Glossarial  Notes,  and  a  Life  of  the  Author,  by  James  Cur- 
rie,  M.D.     1  vol.  16mo.    $1  25. 

This  is  the  most  complete  edition  which  has  been  published,  and  contains 
the  whole  cf  the  ^Wtry  comprised  in  the  edition  lately  edited  by  f^unninpham, 
as  well  as  some  additional  pieces  ;  anil  such  notes  have  been  adued  as  are  cal* 
culated  to  illustrate  the  niHuners  and  customs  of  Scotland,  so  as  to  render  the 
whole  more  intelligible  to  the  English  reader. 

'*  No  poet,  with  the  ex^nption  of  Shakspeai-e,  ever  poeeessed  the  power  ot 
exciting  the  most  varied  and  discordant  emotions  with  su«;h  i«pid  traasitions." 
—Sir  W.  Scott. 

MILTON'S   COMPLETE    POETICAL 

WORKS. 

The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  John  Milton,  with  Explanatory 

Notes  and  a  Life  of  the  Author,  by  i],e  Kev.  Henry  Stebbing, 

A.M.     Beautifully  illustrated.     1  vol.  16mo.     ijll  25. 
The  Latin  and  Italian  Potma  are  included  ir  Ihii  idition. 

Mr.  Stebbing's  notes  will  be  found  very  useful  in  elucidating  the  learned 
allusions  with  which  the  text  abounds,  and  they  are  sito  valu»hle  for  the 
correct  appri  jiation  with  which  the  writer  directs  at%«otion  Uj  Uie  beau- 
ties of  the  author. 

SCOTT'«   POETICAL  WORKS. 

The  Poetical  Works  of  Hit  Waller  Scoit.  Bart. — Contaminir  L«y 
of  the  liast  Minstrel,   MHrmion,  Lady  of  the  Lake,  Don  Rode- 
rick,  Kokoby,   Ballads.  Lyrics,   and  Songs,  with  a  Life  of  the 
Author.    Uniform  with  Cowper,  Burns,  «&c.    1  vol.  16mo  $1  25. 
"  Witker  Scott  is  the  most  ptrpiilarof  al!  the  poets  of  the  prase nt  day,  and  de- 
servedly so     Hu  d«H<!ribf>i  thiit  wbirh  is  mom  eualy  and  generally  iindomtood 
with  more  vivatnty  and  efTecl  than  any  other  writer.     (lis  ^tyle  is  clear,  f1owii>g 
Slid  transpiiient ;  his  SHntiMieuta,  of  which  hia  style  is  an  easy  and  natural  OM 
dhim,  are  commop  to  him  with  his  readers."— //aa/ttt. 


»i\ 


Ti' 


'  „' 


10       D,  Appleton  ^  Co.*8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works. 


GENERAL  HISTORY  OF  CIVILIZATION 

n  Europe,  from  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire,  to  the  French  Revolution 
By  M.  Guizot,  Professor  of  History  to  the  Faculty  des  Letlres  of  Pans 
Printed  from  the  second  English  edition,  with  f)ccasional  Notes,  by  C.  S 
Henry,  D.D.,  of  New  York.    One  handsome  volume,  12mo.    $1  00. 

The  third  edition  of  this  valuable  work  has  just  appeared,  with  numer- 
ous and  useful  notes,  by  Professor  Henry,  of  the  University  of  New- York. 
M.  Guizot,  in  his  instructive  lectures  has  given  an  epitome  of  Modern  His- 
tory, distinguished  by  all  the  merits  which  in  another  department,  renders 
Blackslone  a  subject  of  such  peculiar  and  unbounded  praise ;  a  work  close- 
ly condenf^ed,  including'  no.hing  useless  and  omitting  nothing  essential: 
written  with  grace,  and  conceived  and  arranged  with  consummate  ability. 

THE   NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  SOCIETY 

IN  THE  BARBAROUS  AND  CIVILIZED  STATE. 

An  Essay  towards  Discovering  the  Origin  and  Course  of  Human  Improve- 
ment. By  W.  Cooke  Taylor,  LL.D.,  &c.,  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin. 
Handsomely  printed  on  fine  paper.    2  vols.  12mo     $2  25. 

"  The  design  of  this  work  is  to  determine,  from  an  examination  of  the 
various  forms  in  which  society  has  been  found,  what  was  the  origin  of 
civilization  ;  and  under  what  circumstances  those  attributes  of  hunianity 
which  in  one  country  become  the  foundation  of  social  happiness,  are  in  an- 
other perverted  to  the  production  of  general  misery.' 

CARLYLE  ON    HISTORY  8o  HEROES. 

On  Heroes,  Hero-Worship,  and  the  Heroic  in  History.  Six  Lectures,  re- 
ported wilh  Emendations  and  Additions,  by  Thomas  Carlyie.  author  of 
the  French  Revolution,  Sartor  Resartua,  &c.  Elegantly  printed  in  1 
vol.  12mo.    Second  edition.    $1  00. 

"  And  here  we  must  close  a  work — such  as  we  have  seldom  seen  the 
like  of,  and  one  which  redeems  the  literature  of  our  superficial  and  manu- 
facturing period.  It  is  one  to  purify  our  nature,  expand  our  ideas,  and  ex- 
ait  our  souls.  Let  no  library  or  book-room  be  without  it ;  the  more  it  is 
studied  the  more  it  will  be  esteemed,"— Literary  Gazette. 

SOUTHEY'S    POETICAL  WORKS. 

The  Complete  Poetical  Works  of  Robert  Soutlity,  Esq.,  LL.D.  The  ten 
volume  London  edition  in  one  elegant  royal  bvo.  volume,  with  a  fine  por- 
trait and  vignette.    $3  50. 

*,*  This  edition,  which  the  author  has  arranged  and  revised  with  the 
■ame  care  as  i(  it  were  intended  for  posthumous  publication,  includes  many 
pieces  wliich  either  have  never  before  been  collected,  or  have  hitherto  re- 
mained unpublished. 

SCHLEQEL'S    PHILOSOPHY  OF 
HISTORY. 

The  Philosophy  of  Historj',  in  a  course  •)(  Lectures  delivered  at  Vienna,  by 
Frederick  von  Schlegel,  tranflaied  from  the  German,  with  a  Memoir  of 
the  Author,  l.v  J.  U  Koborwon,  Handsomely  printed  on  fine  paper.  2 
vols.  12mo.    $2  50, 

THE  LIFE  OF  ALEXANDER  HAMILTON. 

Edited  by  his  son,  John  C.  Hamilton.    2  vols.  8vo.    $5  00. 
•'  We  cordially  recommend  the  perusal  and  diligent  study  of  those  vol- 
umes, exhibllinir,  as  they  do,  much  valuable  matter  rel.ttive  lo  ilio  Revn- 
lution,  the  eslahiialimonl  of  the  Federal  Constitution,  and  other  important 
•vents  In  liie  annaii  of  our  country."-- iVew-YorA  Revieto. 


irks. 

Revolution 
res  of  Pans 
)les,  by  C.  S 
$1  00. 

with  numer- 
f  New-York. 
Modern  His- 
lent,  renders 
a  work  close- 
rig  essential : 
imate  ability. 

►  CIETY 

lTE. 

nan  Improve- 

llege,  Dublin. 

nation  of  the 
1  the  origin  of 
5  of  humanity 
ess,  are  in  aii- 


ROES. 

.  Lectures,  re- 
vle.  author  of 
I'y  printed  in  1 

dorn  seen  the 

;ial  and  manu- 

ideas,  and  ex- 

ihe  more  it  is 


RKS. 

.1).     The  ten 
with  a  fine  por- 

vised  with  the 

includes  many 

ivo  hiilierto  re- 

OF 

id  at  Vienna,  by 
th  a  Memoir  of 
w  line  paper.    2 

1ILTON. 

$5  00. 
ly  of  tlieso  vol- 
tre  to  ilio  Revo- 
other  important 


» 


P.  Appleton  4"  <^o.'«  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Work$,       11 

THE  NEW  PURCHASE; 

Or,  Seven  and  a  Half  Years  in  the  Fiir  West.    By  Robert  Carlton,  Esq. 

Alter  et  Idem. 
Two  handsome  volumes  12mo.     $1  50. 

*♦*  This  work  is  characterized  l)y  much  uriginal  humour  and  information. 

A  GALLOP  AMONG  AMERICAN   SCENERY. 

By  Augustus  E.  Siliiman.  One  elegantly  printed  volume.  16mo,    75  cents. 

THE  AMERICAN  IN  EGYPT. 

With  Rambles  through  Arabia-Fetrcca  and  the  ^oly  Land,  during  the 

years  1839-40 

By  James  Ewing  Cooley.  Illustrated  witn  numerous  Steel  Engravingn, 
also  Etchings  and  Designs  by  Joluiston.  One  liandsoine  volume,  octavo,  of 
610  pages.     $2  00.     Cheap  edition,  paper  covers,  $1  00 

"  No  other  volume  extant  ran  give  the  rewder  so  true  a  picture  of  wliat  'le  woiijcl  be  likely 
to«««Rnd  meet  in  F.gvpl.  No  otlier  Ijook  j?  in«re  |>rnitical  .ind  i>laiii  in  its  pit  ture  «f  piec.sely 
what  the  traveller  liiiniteir  will  niiet.  Other  writtrb  iiiive  one  account  to  give  of  tlieir  jour- 
ney on  paper,  and  another  to  reUir-  in  convt^rriHnoii.  Mr.  Cooley  liaa  but  one  ttory  for  tlM 
fireside  circle  and  the  printed  page.''— W»v«AtT  Jonathan 

THE  FLAG  SHIP ; 

OR  A  VOYAGE  ROUND  THE  WORLD, 

In  the  United  States  Frigate  Columbia,  attended  Ity  her  tionsort,  the  Sloop  of 
War  John  Adams,  and  bearing  the  broad  pennant  of  Conunodore  George  C. 
Read.  By  Fitch  W.  Taylor,  Chaplain  to  the  Squadr(m.  9  vols.  12mo. 
plates.     tl2  50. 

TOUR  THROUGH  TURKEY  AND  PERSIA. 

Narrative  of  a  Tour  through  Armenia,  Kurdistan,  Persia  and  Mesopotamia, 
with  an  intrnductinn  and  Occasional  Observalionr.  <>)n  th«  ('onditiun  of 
Mohnminedanisin  and  Christianity  in  those  rountrier  Qy  the  Rev.  Horatio 
Southgate,  Missionary  uf  the  American  Episcopal  Church.  3  vols.  12inu. 
plates.     $2  00. 

SCOTLAND  AND  THE    SCOTCH; 

OR  THE  WESTERN  C'TI'JUIT. 
By  Catharine  Sinclair,  Author  of  Muilern  Accomplishments,  Modern  Society, 
dec.  &G.     1  vol.  I2in(>.     $0  75. 

SHETLAND  AND   THE  SUETLANDERS  ; 

OR  THE  NORTHERN  CIRCUIT. 
By  Catharine  Sincluir.  Author  of  Scotland  and  the  Scotch,  Holiday  IIous*, 
dec.  dec.     1  vol.  12ino.  $0  87f 

HANDY   AN  D  Y. — a  tale  of  irish  liff:. 

By  Samuel  Lover,  author  of  "  Rory  O'More,"  "The  Gridinm,"  dec.  IllustTated 
with  twenty-tw(»rharnctermtic  illistrations  from  designs  by  the  Author.  On« 
handsome  volume,  cloth  (fill.  $1  'i5  Thr  Hnme  in  buards,  #1  'JO.  Th* 
same  with  ouly  two  plates,  in  paper  covers,  5U  cents. 

WITH  TWENTY-THRKB  ILLUSTRATTONi  BY  DICK  KITCAT, 

THE  FORTUNES  OF  HECrOR  O'HALLORAN, 

AMD   HIS   MAN    MARK    ANTONY    oVoOLB. 
By  W.  il.  MAXWELL,  Esq. 
One  elegant  volnme,  cloth  gilt    $1  95,  in  boards  $1  00— in  xnxmt  ocm»T»  w*»>» 
nnl)  (wu  r>lat«4«  V)  oants 


liili 


|M 


m 


f  11  ^ 


12       D.  Appleton  ^  Co.*8  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Worke. 

HISTORVOF    NAPOLEON    BONAPARTe' 

Translated  from  the  French  of  M.  Laurent  De  L'Ardeche,  Mem- 
bcr  of  the  Institute  of  France.  Illustrated  with  Five  Hundred 
Spirited  Plates,  after  designs  by  Horace  Vernet,  and  twenty 
Orinrjnal  Portraits  of  the  most  distinguished  Generals  of  France. 
2  vols.  8vo.  IjjJ  t  00. 
All  the  leading  journals  have  spoken  in  the  most  unqualified 

praise  of  this  work.     The  following  is  from  the  Boston  Traveller  : 

"  Asachaaie.  coii<leni>e(l,  tniihfiil,  and  accurate  iiiuiiioir  of  theOreRi  Capraiii,  it  is  wortliy  of 
much  .iHuiiiioii.  I'lie  auilior  luia  tnainly  drawn  the  nece.sairy  lacts  of  hi=  liitiiory  tVuni  the  Ittiers, 
•peechei,  nianiipstocs,  IxilleiinB,  and  other  slate  papers  of  Napoleon,  and  lias  giv..  a  uoiiaiderablt 
number  of  these  in  his  text. 

"The  work  is  supernrto  the  long  verbose  prn<luctions  of  Scott  and  n.)urriet)ne— not  in  «yle 
nlone,  but  in  irnlh — ticing  written  to  please  neither  Charles  X.  nor  the  Entihsh  aristocracy— but 
fwr  the  cause  ol'freedoui      It  'las  advantages  ever  every  other  ineiiioir  extant. '' 

THE   BOOK  OF  THE   NAVYj 

Comprising  a  General  History  of  the  American  Marine,  and  pilfdl- 
cular  Accounts  of  all  the  most  Celebrated  Naval  Battles,  iromthe 
Declaration  of  Independence  to  the  present  time,  compiled  from 
the  best  authorities.  By  John  Frost,  Professor  of  Belles  Lettres 
in  the  High  School  of  Philadelphia.  With  an  Appendix,  con- 
taining  Naval  Songs,  Anecdotes,  &c.  Embellished  with  nume- 
rous original  Enn^ravinjrs  and  Portraits  of  distinjruislicd  Naval 
Commanders.    Complete  in  one  handsome  volume,  8vo.    $100. 

•'  Thin  eieaaiii  vulunie  is  dedicated  to  the  pruseni  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  and  is  alii'ni'  hi'r  a  very 
faithful  and  liiiitorical  recorl.  It  comprises  twenty -two  chapters,  detailing  the  prominent  event! 
cotuiectiHl  u  iili  lilt!  naval  history  of  the  Aniericnn  feder.tl  repiililic      To  the  narrative  is  siilijoined 


ail  appt-ndix  ol  seventy  pages,  including  ihirty-two  very  inierestine  characteristic  anecdotes,  nine 

teen  lyri-^al  poems,  and  a  iiilnuie  chroi|ologicnl   talile  of  events  in  Ainc  ' 

appropriaiely  uilorncd  with  sici'leusravi'd  portraits,  niiineroiis  vigneiti 

tions  of  variiius  enntlicts.      The  Hook  of  the  Navy  deserves,  and  will  doubtless  have,  a  very  extend 


appropriaiely  uilorn 
tions  of  variiiii 
ed  circulaiioii 


rican  Naval  Uittory      It  if 
ortraiiM,  niiinerous  vigneitea,  and  I'till  pa;L'e  icprcsentH- 


S(itii)iirfl  [iitellifrenrer. 


INCIDENTS  OF  A  WHALING   VOYAGE. 

To  wliicli  is  added  Observations  on  the  Scenery,  Maimers,  and 
Customs,  aud^Missitmary  Stations  of  the  Sandwich  and  Society 
Islands,  acc()m|)anied  by  numerous  plates.  By  Francis  Allyn 
Olmsted.     One  handsome  volume,  l^mo.     J|j5l   r)0. 

PIOTORIAL   VICAR    OF    WAKEFIELD. 

The  Vicar  of  Wakeiield.  By  Oliver  Goldsmith.  Elegantly  illus. 
trated  with  nearly  '2'M)  Engravings,  making  a  beautiful  volume, 
octavo,  of  about  3.')< I  pages.     ^\   25. 

"  Wi-  liivc  III  turn  Ini'k  o^tT  uifn"  lu'li  cill  (•l;i.-Hi(",  i>t  o'lr  own  language,  and  ii'jiiviiiii'H  oiirselve* 
by  till' ncvifr-lailiiii;  H»»(H;i«ti('n»  v\liicli  a  le-pt'nisal  alwnyr  call*  up.  Let  any  oni- w  ho  h.ts  not 
read  this  iiiiiiKii't  d  iide  lor  tuierii  or  twenty  yr.irs,  try  iIm  experiuieu,,  hihI  *»■  v\  ill  wuriaiii,  iliat  ha 
rises  up  fioin  llif  lii'.k— till-  pnaioire  we  ^hollld  lnvu  »iiid--a  ^aiipicrand  a  hitter  ni.in."  -iSVm'.  W«p. 

PICTORIAL    ROBINSON    CRUSOE. 

The  I.ile  and  Adventures  of  Uobinson  Oustx-.  liy  Daniel  De 
Foe.  With  a  Memoir  ol'  the  Author,  and  an  Essay  on  his 
Writings,  illusltateti  with  nearly  500  spirited  Engravings,  hy 
the  celebrated  French  artist,  GrarnlviUe,  lornnng  one  elegant 
volume,  •)Clavo,  of  .'>00  j)ugi'H.     $1    75 

'•  W«»  iliiTi'  ever  anyitiiii^  wiilttn  t>y  iih'ic  iimri  that  die  reader  wished  lonjer.  "ynr"  KnIiiaiOD 
Crusoe.  Don  ttnixotli',  and   he  PiIkiiiii's  t'lot'itss  '"— />  JtihuKou 

"  l''n>  h^upv  thai  ihi«,  tli"  iiiosi  mural  of  ruiimtiCM,  tiuoionly  Ui«  ujouobanniiiR  dt  bouki  but 


orJcs. 


ARTE, 

che,  Menv 
e  Hundred 
nd  twenty 
of  France. 

unqualified 
Traveller : 

I,  it  is  woriliy  o( 

fnuii  the  letiere, 

a  eoiiaiilerablt 

ine— not  in  «yle 
ai  isiooracy— but 


e,  and  pt^'il- 
Ics,  irom  the 
inpiled  irom 
dies  Lettres 
)endix,  con- 
vvith  nume- 
ished  Naval 
3vo.   $1  00. 

proinineril  event! 
rmivf  is  tiul'joiiied 
ic  Hiiec.loiee,  iiiiie- 

vnl  History  It  if 
ill  pjvf  it'l'rcwMiH- 

ve,  a  very  exlenil- 

)YAGE. 

aimers,  and 
and  Society 
luncis  Allyn 

•lELD. 

jrantly  iHuB- 
tilul  volume, 

i.)iiviii;>'H  (mr»olve» 
y  olll-  \\\ni>  lin*"  iiol 
ill  wnnmii,  ilml  h« 
uu\n."  -i^'iii''  Wep. 

SOE. 

y  Daniel    De 

•issay  on  his 
(vruviniis.   by 


one 


(de<rant 


I 


.•xi^op'   KohitJIlOO 
■iinngal  UOuKt  but 


D.  Appleton  ^  Co.^s  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works.       13 

A  DICTIONARY  OF  ARTS,   MANUFACTURES  AND  MINES, 

Containing-  a  clear  exposition  of  their  Principles  and  Practice.  By  Andrew 
Ure,  M.D.,  F.R  S.,  «&c.  &c.  lUuslrattd  with  One  Thouscnd  Two  Hundred 
and  ^orty-one  Engravings  on  wood.  Containing  upwards  of  1300  closely 
printed  pages,  f<»rming  vine  very  thick  volume  8vo.,  strongly  bound  in 
sheep.    $5  00.    nZT"  The  same  wotk  bound  in  two  voiunties.    $5  50. 

In  every  pi.irit  of  view  jt  work  like  the  present  can  hut  be  regarded  as  a  benefit  (tone  to  \X\eo- 
reticaj  and  piiu'tiral  science,  to  commerce  and  industry,  and  an  iiiportnn(  addition  to  a  spe- 
cies of  litHraliire  tlie  i  xcliitive  production  of  the  (jieseul  ccntciiy,  and  the  present  state  of 
peace  and  civiliziitiuii.  Criticisms  in  favour  of  its  inlniibic  value  to  all  clu.sKes  of  the  coiiiniU' 
nity  inight  he  |iroi'.  iced,  if  space  would  permit,  from  upwards  of  three  liundced  of  the  leading 
journals  Hi  Kurope  and  tins  country, 

"This  useful  a.-.d  most  excellent  work,  which  has  been  issuing  in  Monthly  Numbers,  for 
some  time  past,  is  now  completed.  It  is  a  puhlicilion  ol'nioit  decided  .nd  permanent  value, 
one  of  which  no  liliraty  should  be  destitute.  It  is  ifiled  with  information  upon  precisely  those 
Bubjects  with  which  every  one  sliould  be  familiar,  upon  the  practical  operations  of  the  arts, 
thf  entilic  principles  and  procenses  of  mechanics,  and  the  liistory  of  all  imp;  jveineiits  in 
e'  depart  meiit  of  science  Hud  Industry.  The  author  m  a  man  of  eminence  .ind  ability,  and 
t  /oik  eiijoj»  the  hiihesl  retiuiation  in  F'liKland,  where  it  was  first  puhlisli  id.  VVp  trust 
it  will  be  welcomed  by  the  intelligent  ot' every  class  of  our  citi/'fnB.  It  i»  neatly  printed,  and 
illustrated  with  upwards  of  twelve  hundred  engravins^s."— N.  Y.  Tribune. 

HYDRAULICS  AND   MECHANICS. 

A  Descriptii'e  and  Historical  Account  of  Hydraulic  and  other  Macliinea  for 
Raising  Water,  including  the  Steam  and  Fire  Finginos,  ancient  anit  mod- 
ern ;  with  Observations  on  various  subjects  connected  with  tlie  Mechanic 
Arts :  including  the  Progressive  Development  of  the  Steam-Engine, 
Descriptions  of  every  variety  of  Bellows,  Piston,  and  Rotary  Piunps, 
Fire  Engines,  Water  Rams,  Pressure  Engines,  Air  Machines,  Eolipiles, 
<kc.  Kemarks  on  Ancient  Wells,  Air  Beds,  '"^og  Wlieels,  Blowpipes, 
Bellows  of  various  People,  Magic  (ioblets,  Steam  Idols,  and  other  Ma- 
chinery of  Ancient  Temples.  To  w  riicli  are  added  Experiments  on  Blow- 
ing and  Spout'ng  Tubes,  and  other  original  Devices,  Nature's  modes  and 
Machinery  for  Raising  Water.  Historical  notices  respeclin*  Sipiions, 
Fountains,  Water  Organs,  Clopsydrne,  Pipes,  Valves,  Cocks,  &c.  In  five 
books.  Illustrated  i)y  nearly  Three  Ilutidred  Engravings.  By  Tliomas 
Ewbank.    One  handsomely  printed  volume  of  six  hundred  pages.  $3  50. 

HODGE  ON  THE  STEAM-ENGINE. 

The  Steam-Engine.  its  Origin  and  Gradual  Improvement,  from  the  time  of 
Hero  to  the  present  day,  as  adapted  to  iManul'artures,  Locomotion  and 
Navigation.  Illustrated  with  Forty-eight  Plates  in  full  detail,  numerotis 
Wood  Cuts,  &c.  By  Paul  R.  llodt-e,  C.E.  1  vol.  folio  of  plates,  and 
letlei'-piesd  in  8vo.    $10  00. 

LAFEVER'S  MODERN   ARCHITECTURE. 

Beauties  of  Modern  Architecture    consisting  of  Forty-eij[iit  Plates  of  Ori- 
ginal Designs,  with  Plans,  Elevations  anil  Sections,  also  a  Dictionary 
of  Technical  Terms ;  the  whole  forming  a  complete  Matnml  for  the  Prao 
tical  Builder.    By  M.  Lafever,  Architect.    1  vol.  large  8vo  half  bound. 
$6  00. 

LAFEVER'S  STAIR-CASE  AND   HAND-RAIL 
CONSTRUCTION. 

The  Modern  Practioe  of  Stair-caso  and  Hand-rail  Construction,  practically 
explained,  in  a  series  of  Designs.  By  M.  Lafever,  Archiloi5t.  With 
Plans  and  Elevations  for  Ornamental  Villas.  Fifteen  Plates,  I  vol. 
largo  8vo.    $3  00 

The  work!  of  Lafever  are  prtHiounced  by  practical  men  to  be  the  most  (isen.l  (>v«r  pub* 
Halted. 

THE   PRINCIPLES  OF  DIAGNOSIS. 

By  Marshall  Hall,  M.I).  F.R  S.,  «kc.     S(>cond  Edition,  with  mrny  Improve- 
ments.   By  Dr.  John  A.  Swoet.    1  vol.  8vo.    $2  00. 


I      i 


y 


I 


14      7).  Appleton  4"  CoJ't  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Workg. 


MINIATURE   CLASSICAL    LIBRARY. 

This  unique.  Library  will  comprise  the  best  works  of  the  best 
authors  in  prose  and  poetry ;  published  in  an  elegant  fomi, 
with  a  beautiful  frontispiece,  tastefully  omamenfed.  The 
following  are  now  ready  : 

OK  Various  Subjects.     By    Oliver  Gold- 


By  Oliver  Goldsmith. 


GOLDSMITH. -SsSAYS 

■mith.    37i  cents. 

GOLDSMITH.— The  Vicar  of  Wakefield. 
371  cents. 

JOHNSON.— The  IIi<'turt  of  Rasselas,  Prince  of  Abyssinia. 
A  Tale.     By  SamiielJolmson,  LL.D.    37i  cents. 

COTTIN,— Elizabeth,  or,  the  Exiles  of  Siberia.  By  Madame 
Coltin.    The  extensive  popularity  of  this  little  Tale  is  well  known.  31i  cts. 

TOKEN  OF  REMEMBR'.NCE. 
TOKEN   OF  AFFECTION. 
TOKEN  OF  FRIENDSHIP. 
TOKEN   OF  THE    HEART. 
Each  volume  consists  of  appropriate  Poetical  extracts  from  the  principal 

writers  of  the  day.    31  i  each. 

PURE  GOLD  FROM  THE  RIVERS  OF  WISDOM.  A  collection 
of  Jiliort  extracts  on  religious  subj'-cts  from  the  older  writers,  Bishop  ilali, 
Sherlock,  Barrow,  Paley,  Jeremy  Taylor,  &c.    3\k  r^nls. 

ST.  PIERRE.— Paul  and  Viroinia.     irom  t.ie   French  of  J. 
De  at.  Pierre.    3U rents. 

H.  MORE'S  PurvATE  pRVOTfONs.    Complete.     311  cents. 

THE  SEASONS— Bv.lainJ's  Thomson.     37i  cents. 

GEMS    FROM    AMERICAN     PO£TS.-37i  cents. 

CLARKE'S   Scripture  Provises.   Complete.    37i  cents. 
*»*  The&o  volun^es  will  be  followed  by  others  of  attested  merit. 

^IrOS  ©^IfJl^KI^SSja  ©:*  g iJ!l©!I,^,VJ [6)3  Their  Pojiition  In 
Society,  Crtaracler,  aiwl  Kwspotisibiliiies.  By  iVirs.  Ellis.autlior  of  "  Tiie 
Women  of  England."  Complete  in  one  liand.some  volume,  12mo.   50  cts 

VMS   WJ^yg©  ©[?    rS';!3©[L/^'j^©3     Their  relative  Duties.  Do 
iiie.-ilic    liifluoiices  and   Social    (>i)iigaii<<a.s.     Hy    Mrs.    lilllis,    author  of 
*•  The  Women  of  KnsMand,"  "  Th«    Daughters  of  England,"    In  on^ 
hmdso.ue  volu.uo,  12ino.   5)  cents. 


B.H 


Dome.snc  Habits.   By  ivfrs. 


'  ■  j^i  ©-i  ^'i^  5)  3     Their  Social  Duties  and 
L^llis.    One  hfiiiiisoino  volume,  Piino.  50  cts. 


IrlQiill^  3[D).li)(3^1i''J^'j!3a  By  lsu.iC  Taylor,  author  of  "Natural 
History  of  EtiUiusiasiii,"  <fc<;.  &c.     Soootjil  edition.    I  vol    I2rno.    $1  00. 

*'  In  tins  Volume  tlie  gi»n»>rHl  |innci|il«*  of  KJitCKtioii,  iu>  H|i|ilu'nM«  to  (.rivnii-  t.iinilit^«  and 
to  aiimll  M'liooH,  nrn  i<tHleJ  hiuI  ex(ilHin«d  ;  *»e\i  rN*tli<i<1s  of  iri'ittnieiit,  •ii|i«ciill).  iHingnu^ 
ge^tt")  m  It*  IwHl  i<iiitt!(l  ti)  tli«  ciri-iiinHtHnrdK  i>l"«  .ouiitry  w^ictcin'w,  «t  th»>  turn-  ti'im,  liinta 
•re  ulif  itiii  <)f  a  kind  to  li«  uviiilul)le  iniiier  nit)  c.  vuini>ti»»'«*  for  cxrrymg  on  the  rultur«  of 
lb<»M'  o(  thf«  intellpctiinl  ruculMp*  «hi»l  «r*  thpwttlte'l  •♦*««ir>(wd,  and  on  the  d'i«  wx|>iiii«iob  of 
*riii«'li  the  loice  tud  eiflcieiicv  <>l  the  ma»ure  mind  d  'iiwnd  " 

"  A  v«r\'  eiiJi^hiened,  juat,  and  Chriatiaa  view  of  a  iou»t  importaot  «<ibject."— //M(r<caN 
Blbliciil  Ke/i  tit  !t'y. 

By  Prancis  \^  aylaud,  U.D.    Second  edition,  1  vol.  18mo. 

PMVSaOAIL  "ifM^^KV  ©y  J\K1©VMSK  Ml??.  By 
Isaac  Tavlor,  auUior  of  Natural  History  of  £nihuiiiasin."  TturoediUoa 
1  vol.  S3mo.  g7i  cents. 

'  t.hii?  of  the  MioHi  leiiniod  and  pxlraordinary  w^»r^«  of  m^'lrrn  times  " 


ATa 

illuii 
for  i 
tal 


A  irioh; 
wiih 


'orJcs. 


ARY. 

jf  the  best 
gant  forni, 
ifed.     The 

Oliver  Gold- 

ir  Goldsmith. 

Abyssinia. 

Bv  Madame 
own.  SUcts. 


the  principal 

A  collection 
,  Bishu[>  Hall, 

h  of  J.  B. H 

s. 


to. 

d  umrit. 

sir  Poaition  in 
thor  of  "  The 
12ino.   50cts 

e  Duties.  Do 
lis,   autlior  of 
ind."     In  on^ 

nl  Duties  and 
P2mo.  SUcts. 

of  "  Natural 
]4irio.    $1  00. 

ivxic  l.tinili^jt  and 

»C>lll>.   IxlUfMUf 

'  HHin"  ti'iie,  liintt 

HI  the  <-ultur«  of 

\'\D  nrimiiKioa  ol 


[UI!?3.    By 
TiurdediUoa 


Irrn  times." 


i>.  Appleton  4r  Co  J  a  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Works.      15 
A  LIBRARY  FOR  MY  YOUNG  COUNTRYMEN. 

'  lk*«  Library  is  confided  to  the  editorial  care  of  one  of  the  most  successful 
T  l^ers  of  the  day,  and  comiuends  itself  as  presenting  to  the  readers  of"  this 
••untry  a  coUectioa  of  books,  chiefly  confined  to  American  subjects  of  his- 
torical interest. 

The  following  volumes  are  now  ready,  price  37J-  cents  each. 
THE  LIFE  AND  ADVENTURES  OF  HENRY  HUDSON.    By  the  author 

of  *'  Uncle  Phihp,"  "  Virginia,"  &c. 
ADVENTURES  OF  CAPTAIN  JOHN  SMITH  ;  Founder  of  Virginia.    By 

the  author  of  "  Henry  Hudson,"  &c. 
DAWNINGS  OP  GENIUS.     By  Anne  Pratt,  author  of  "  Flowers  and  their 

Associations,"  <Szc. 
LIFE  AND  ADVENTURES  OF  HERMAN  CORTES.    By  the  author  of 

the  '*  Adventures  of  Captain  John  Smith,"  «fec. 
THE  ADVENTURES  OF  DANIEL  BOONE,  the  Kentucky  Rifleman.    By 

the  author  of  "  Henry  Hudson,"  <fcc. 

lO*  Several  other  volumes  are  in  immediate  preparati(m. 

EVENINGS  WITH  THE  CHRONICLERS ; 

Or  Uncle  Rupert's  Tales  of  Chivalry.  By  R.  M.  Evans.  Witli  many  Illus- 
trations.    1  vol.  Itimo.,  elegantly  bound.     $U  75. 

"  TIiU  would  hav<!  been  a  volume  after  our  owu  heartn,  while  we  we^e  younger,  and  ii  i»  icarcelx 
leti  ao  now  when  we  are  oomewhat  older." — Cour,  l(  Enq, 

THE  llISTORV  OF  JOAN  OF  ARC. 

By  1.  M.  Evans,  author  of  "  Evenings  with  the  Chroniclers,"  svith  twenty- 
fo  ir  elegant  Illustrations.     1  vol.  16mo.    Extra  gilt.     $0  73. 

'*  Thi  incident  upon  which  this  work  is  foun<1ed,  is  one  of  the  most  int.-icsiing  and  remarkable 
tbaijmiiry  liaa prederved  tc  uh,"— Albany  AduerCUer. 

*      SPRING,  SUMMER,  AUTUMN,  AND  WINTER. 

The  Juvenile  Naturalist ;  or  Walks  in  the  Country.  By  the  Rev.  B.  H.  Draper. 
A  beautiful  volume,  with  nearly  hfty  plates.  2  vols,  square,  huudsomely 
bound.     $U  50  each. 

THE  YOUNG  ISLANDERS. 

A  Tale  of  the  Last  Century  By  JefFrejs  Taylor.  I  vol.  15mo.,  beautifully 
illustrated.  75  cents.  This  fasciiiatiiig  and  elei^antly  illustrateil  volume 
for  the  youiiff,  is  pronounced  to  bo  eiiual,  if  not,  superior  to  De  F"C*s  iinmur- 
tal  work,  "  Robinson  Crusoe.'" 

REICHTLEY'S  MYTHOLOGY  FOR  SCHOOLS. 

The  Mythology  of  Ancient  Greece  and  Italy,  desisiu^il  for  the  uso  of  Schr^uls. 
By  Tiioukas  Keightley.  Numerous  wuod-cut  iliiiatrulions.  1  vol.  l&inO. 
half  bound      44  cents. 

HAZfcUVS  SYMBOLICAL  SPELLING  BOOK. 

TTie  Symoolicivl  Spelling-Book,  in  two  parts.  My  I'Msv.  Tlazeii.  ('ontaioinif 
288  engravings.  181  cents.  This  work  is  usiui  m  upwimlsot  1000  diftereut 
Schools,  ant'  pronounced  t.>  be  one  of  thf  Ufst  works  jmbliKhcd. 

THE  BOY'S  MANUAL. 

Comprising  a  Sutnmary  View  of  the  Studii^H,  A(:r,(iiii|iliMhineiits,  and  Pi-nicii'les 
of  Conduct,  best  suited  for  proiM"»'ii^  Respefialiility  and  Success  m  Life. 
Elegantly  engraved  trontispuice.     1  vol.  18iuo.     5(1  cuiits. 

THE  GIRL'S  M\3IUAL. 

Comprising  a  Sninmary  View  ol  Kemnie  Studies,  A(!coniplisliiiierits,  and  Prin* 
cipltis  of  (yonduct.     Buauliiol  rroiiiispiece.    1  vo!.  ISiiio.     50('t:iiL8. 

THE  OLD  OAK  TREE. 

A  moRi,  uir«r«Ntiiii{  littir  volume  ot  prucUbul  laiiU'Uction  fur  youth  ,  illusiruted 
with  nearly  filty  pluteM.    '.i'k  ceiilit. 


4  ■ 

'i 

''4 
m 

m 


1, 
<  i  ii 

21 


Ii 


16 
APPLETON'S 

TALES  FOR  THE  PEOPLE 

AND    THEIR    CHILDREN. 


The  grreatest  care  has  been  taken  in  selecting  the  works  of  which 
the  collection  is  composed,  so  that  nothing  either  mediocre  in 
talent,  or  immoral  in  tendency,  is  admitted.  Each  volume  is 
printed  on  the  finest  paper,  is  illustrated  with  art  elegant 
frontispiece,  and  is  bound  in  a  superior  manner,  tastefully  oma. 
mented. 
The  following  are  comprised  iti  the  series,  uniform  in  size  and  style  :— 

THE  POPLAR  GROVE  ;  or,  Little  Harry  and  his  Uncle  Benjamin. 

By  Mrs.  Copley.    371  cent.s. 
EARLY  FRIENDSHIPS.     I3y  Mrs.  Copley.    37i  cents. 
THE  OROFTON  BOYS.     By  Harriet  Martineau.    371  cents. 
THE  PEASANT  AND  THE  PRINOE.    By  Harriet  Martineau.  37f  cts. 
NORWAY  AND  THE  NORWEGIANS;  or,  Feats  on  the  Fiord.    By 

Harriet  Martineau.      37i  cents. 
MASTERMAN  READY  ;  or,  the  Wreck  of  the  Pacific.     Written  for 

Young  PeoDle.  By  Captain  Mairyatt.  Three  volumes  ;  each  37+  cents. 
THE  LOOKING-GLASS  FOR  THE  MIND;   or, InteUectual Mirror. 

An  elegant  collection  of  Delightful  Stories  and  Tales  :  many  plates  50  cts 
HOPE  ON,  HOPE  EVER ;  or  the  Boynood  of  jTelix  Law.     By  Mary 

Howitt     37}  cents 
STRIVE  AND  THRIVE  ;  a  Tale.    By  Mary  Howitt.    S7i  cents. 
SOWING  AND  REAPING;    or.   What  wiU  Oome  of  It?    By  Mary 

Howitt.    37i  cents, 
WHO  S.^ALL  BE  GREATEST?  a  Ta)e.    By  Mary  Howitt.    37*  cts. 
WHICH  IS  THE  WISER  ?  or,  People  Abroad.  By  Mary  Howitt.  37i  cts. 
LITTLE  COIN  MUCH  CARE  ;  or.  How  Poor  People  Live.    By  Mary 

Howitt.    37i  cents. 
WORK  AND  WAGES ;  or,  Life  in  Service.    By  Mary  Howitt.    37*  cts 
ALICE  FRANKLIN     By  iMary  Howitt. 
NO  SENSE  LIKE  COMMON  SENSE,    By  Mary  Howitt. 
THE  DANGERS  OF  DINING  OUT ;  or,  Hints  to  those  who  wonld 

make  Home  Happy.     To  which  is  added  the  Confessions  of  a  Maniac. 

By  Mrs  Elhs.    37*  cents. 
SOMERVILLE  HALL ;  or.  Hints  to  those  who  would  mak<j  Rom* 

Ebippy.  To  which  is  added  the  Rising  Tide.  By  Mrs.  Ellis.  37i  cents. 
FIRST  IMPRESSIONS  ;  or,  Hints  to  those  who  would  make  Hcne 

Happy.     By  Mrs,  Ellis.    37*  cents. 
MINISTER'S  FAMILY;  or.  Hints  to  those  wbo  would  make  Home 

Happy.     By  Mrs.  Elli^^.    37*  cents. 
THE  TWIN  SISTERS;  a  Tale.    By  Mrs.  Sandham.    .M7i  cents 
TIRED  OF  HOUSE-KEEPING;  a  Tale.    By  T  S.  Arthur.     37 J  cents. 

*'  Messrs.  Appleton  ^  Co  d»^Berve  the  highest  praise  for  the  t'xcellent 
manner  in  which  ll>ey  have  '  got  up'  their  juvenile  library,  and  we  sincere- 
ly hope  that  its  success  will  be  so  great  at*  to  induce  them  to  make  con- 
tinual contributions  to  its  treasures.  The  collection  is  one  which  should 
be  owned  by  ev^ry  parent  who  wishes  that  the  moral  and  intellectual  im- 

Srovement  of  his  children  should  lieep  pace  with  their  growth  in  years,  and 
It  development  of  t.ieit  phyiicul  powers.''— £o«fon  Ttmu. 


PLE 

M. 

^s  of  which 
nediocre  in 
\i  volume  is 
an  elegant 
tefuUy  oma- 

ind  style  :— 
le  Benjamin. 

s. 

neau.  37Jct8. 

le  Fiord.    By 

Written  for 

ach  37i  cents. 

actual  Mirror. 

plates    50ct« 

^w.     By  Mary 

cents. 
It?    By  Mary 

iritt.    37i  cts. 
owitt.  37i  cts. 
livo.    By  Mary 

(Witt.   37ictt 


le  who  would 
s  of  a  Maniac. 

mak<i  Rom* 
s.    37i  cents, 
make  Horno 

1  make  Home 

cents 

ir.  37J  cents, 
the  excellent 

iiid  we  sinoere- 
to  make  con- 
whith  should 

Uellvctual  im< 

U  in  years,  and 


' 


BOOKS 

IN  THE  VARIOUS  DEPARTMENTS 

.:,  OF 

PUBLISHED   BY 

D.  APPI.ETOIV  &  CO.,  NSHT-YORK, 

*  AND 

aEORaE  S.  AFPLETON,  PHrLADELPHTA. 


HISTORY    OF    THE    REFORMATION 

OF  THE  CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND.  By  Gilbert  Burnet, 
D.D.,  late  Bishopof  Salisbury.  With  a  collection  of  Records, 
and  a  copious  Index,  revised  and  corrected,  with  additional 
Notes  and  a  Preface,  by  the  Rev.  E.  Nares,  D.D.  Illustrated 
with  a  Frontispiece  and  23  Portraits  on  Pteel.  Form- 
ing four  elegant  8vo  vols,  of  near  600  pages  each.      $8  00. 


%'^' 


To  the  student  either  of  civil  or  religious  history,  no  epoch  can  be  of  more 
importance  than  that  of  the  Reformation  in  England.  It  signalized  the 
overthrow,  in  one  of  its  strongest  holds,  of  the  Roman  power,  and  gave  an 
impulse  to  the  human  mind,  the  full  results  of  which  are  even  now  bat 
partly  realized.  Almost  all  freedom  of  inquiry— all  toleration  in  matters  of 
religion,  had  its  birth-hour  then  ;  and  witnout  a  familiar  acquaintance  with 
all  Its  principal  events,  but  little  progress  can  be  made  m  understanding 
the  nature  and  ultimate  tendencies  of  the  revolution  then  effected 

The  History  of  Bishop  Burnet  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  and  by  fu 
the  most  frequently  quoted  of  any  that  has  been  written  of  this  great  event. 
Upon  the  original  publication  of  the  first  volume,    it  was  received  in 
Gmat  Britain  with  tlio  loudest  and  most  extravagant  encomiums.     Th* 
auNior  received  thu  thanks  of  both  Houses  of  Parliament,  and  was  reqaeit>  *' 
ed  by  them  to  continue  the  work.    In  continuing  it  he  had  the  assistance  of 
the  most  learned  and  eminent  divines  of  his  time ;  and  he  confesses  his  m 
debtedness  for  important  aid  to  Llovo,  Tillotson  and  Stillinoflkkt, 
three  of  the  greatest  of  England's  Bishops.    *^  I  know,"  says  he,  in  his  Pre- 
face  to  tho  second  volume,  "  that  nothing  can  more  effectually  recommend 
this  work,  than  to  say  that  it  passed  with  their  hearty  approbation,  after 
they  had  examioed  it  with  that  care  which  their  great  zeal  for  the  cause  con   ' 
cerned  in  it,  and  their  goodness  to  the  author  and  freedom  with  him,  obliged 
th\m  to  use." 

The  present  edition  of  this  great  work  has  been  edited  with  laborious 
care  by  Dr.  Nares,  who  professes  to  have  corrected  important  errors  int6 
which  the  author  fell,  and  to  ha\»e  made  such  improvements  in  the  order  of 
the  work  as  will  render  it  far  more  useful  to  the  reader  or  historical  student. 
PreLminary  explanations,  full  and  sufficient  to  the  clear  understanding  of 
the  author,  are  given,  and  marginal  references  are  made  throughout  the 
book,  so  as  greatly  to  facilitate  and  render  accurate  its  consultation.  The 
whole  is  published  in  four  large  octavo  volumes  of  six  hundred  pages  ia 
^ach'Printiad  apon  heavy  papei  in  large  and  clear  type.  \K  contains  do»> 
traits  of  twenty-four  of  the  most  celebrated  characters  of  t^*  Refonnation, 
and  is  issued  in  a  very  neat  style.  It  will  of  course  find  a  place  in  eveiy 
theologian's  Hbrarv~and  will*  toy  no  means,  m$  trist,  be  oonflned  to  Ail 
comparatively  limited  sphere. 


i.-^.;"';' 


^:.|^^ . ; 


i  ■ 

I; 


1!     ■ 


■7.*' 


i. 


9        I>.  iljip2eton  ^  C)o.'«  Catalogue  of  Valuable  Work». 

BURNET   ON  THE   XXXIX.  ARTICLES. 

An  Exposition  of  the  Tiiirty-nine  Articles  of  the  Ch'irch  of  Eng^ 
land.  By  Gilbert  ijurnet,  JtJ.D.,  late  Bishop  of  Salisbury. 
With  an  Appendix,  containing  the  Augsburg  Coiaession — Creed 
of  Pope  Pius  IV ,  &c.  Revised  and  corrected,  with  copious 
Notes  and  additional  References,  by  the  Kev<  .lames  R.  Page, 
A.M.,  of  Queen's  College,  Camoridge.  In  one  handbome  8vo 
volume.    $2  00. 

*'  No  Churchman,  no  Theologian,  can  stand  in  need  of  information  as  to 
the  character  or  value  of  Bishop  Burnet's  Exposition,  wnicii  long  since  took 
Us  fitting  place  as  one  of  tne  acknowledged  and  admired  standards  of  cne 
Church.    It  IS  only  needful  that  we  speak  of  the  laboiirf;  o'  tne  editor  of  sne 

itresent  eaition,  and  these  aooear  to  blend  d  nttm;  modesty  wiln  eminent 
ndustry  and  judgment.  Thiis.  while  Mr.  f  age  nas  careiony  vennea,  and 
in  many  instances  corrected  ana  enlarged  the  references  to  the  Fathers, 
Councils  and  other  authorities,  and  grea..!y  multiplied  tv^e  Scripture  citations 
—for  the  Bishop  seems  in  many  cases  to  have  forgotten  that  his  readers 
would  not  all  be  as  familiar  with  the  Sacred  I'ext  as  himself,  and  might  not 
as  readily  find  a  passage  even  when  they  Knew  it  existea— ae  ^Mr.  P.)  has 
scrupulouffiV  left  the  text  untouched,  and  added  whatever  illustrative  7iat> 
ter  he  has  been  able  to  gather  in  the  form  of  Notes  and  an  Appendix. 
Tlie  documents  collected  in  the  latter  are  of  great  and  abiding  vaiiie." 

PEARSON  ON  THE  OREEO. 
An  Exposition  of  tlie  Creed.  By  John  Pearson,  D.D.,  late 
Bishop  of  ChQ^ter*  With  an  Appendix,  containing  the  Principal 
Greek  and  iat-n  Creeds.  Revised  and  corrected  by  the  Rev. 
W,  S.  Dohsi/n,  M.A.,  Peterhouse,  CamLndge.  In  one  hanosome 
8vc,  volume.  $2  GO. 
Tkn  following  mai^  be  stated  as  the  advantages  of  this  edition  over  all  others 

First— Creat  care  has  been  taken  to  correct  the  numerous  errors  in  the 
references  to  the  texts  of  Scripture  which  had  crept  in  by  reason  of  the  re- 
peated editions  through  which  this  admirable  work  has  passed ;  and  manv 
Mferences,  as  will  be  seen  on  turning  to  the  Index  of  Texts,  have  been  added. 

Secondly— The  Quotations  in  the  Notes  have  been  almost  universally 
Bentified  and  the  references  to  them  adjoined. 

Lastly— The  principal  Symbola  or  Creeds,  of  which  the  particular  Article* 
have  been  cited  by  the  author,  h»ve  been  annexed ;  and  wherever  the  ori* 
ginal  writers  have  given  the  Symbola  in  a  scattered  and  disjointed  manner, 
the  detached  parts  have  been  brought  into  a  successive  and  connected  point 
of  view.  These  have  been  added  in  chronological  ofder  in  the  form  of  an 
Appendix.— Ftit  Edttor. 

JtXagee  an  JMUnument  and  SacriOce* 

DiMounes  and  Disftertations  on  the  Scriptural  Doctrines  of  Atone. 
ment  and  Sacrifice,  and  on  the  Principal  Arguments  advanced, 
and  the  Mode  of  Reasoning  employed  by  the  Opponents  of 
those  Doctrines,  as  held  by  the  Established  Church.  By  the 
late  most  Rev.  Wm.  M'Gee,  D.D.,  Archbishop  of  Dublin. 
Two  vols,  royal  8v    beautifully  printed.    $5  00. 

**11tl»bnto(Uwabl«M«('.iiaal«Ddpol«mioalw0rk»ormodani  timM.   AnhbLdiop  Mhfw  1 

ftir  a  MOJiiM  h»r»Heoliim.   Htliu  axoaUmt Mholar,  n  MatenuoMr.  wad  fapoiiiiiil  of  • 

■hI  ifOiadn  MmtiiitaaM  with  th*  wida  flald  of  ariunMat  to  whloh  hii  toIoiims  «i»dov«Ud~<to 


j 


IsaLafnuUicAOBa 
trail  VfMifl  IbrM 


tgamt 


tto 


*.*- 


trh*. 


rch  of  Engl. 
Salisbury, 
jion — Creed 
ith  copious 
es  R.  Page, 
idtiotne  8vo 

)rmat#n  as  h> 
)ng  since  took 
ndards  of  me 
e  editor  of  '.tie 
wiln  eminent 

vennea,  and 

the  Fathers, 
piure  citations 
at  his  readers 

and  might  not 
e  'Mr.  P.)  has 
ustrativc  mat- 

an  Appendix, 
ing  vaiue." 

D. 

»,  D.D.,  late 
r  the  Principal 
'by  the  Rev. 
[>nc  hanoflome 

over  all  others 
lis  errors  in  the 
sasun  of  the  re- 
led ;  and  manv 
ave  been  added. 
>st  universally 

rticular  Article* 
lerever  the  ori- 
ointed  manner, 
onnected  point 
the  form  of  an 

\rince» 

lesof  Atone- 

its  advanced, 

Opponent*  of 

rch.     By  the 

of  Dublin. 


ekbiihop  Miami 
'  topoMMMdof  a 


.Mdrwiad-tkt. 


D,  AppkUm  ^  CoJa  Oatahgue  of  Valuable  WbrJb. 

PALMER'S 

TREATISE   ON    THE   CHURCH. 

4  Treatise  on  the  Church  of  Christ.  Designed  chiefly  for  the 
use  of  Students  in  Theology.  By  the  Rev.  William  Palmer, 
M.A.,  of  Worcester  College,  Oxford.  Edited,  with  Notes,  by 
the  Right  Rev.  W.  R.  Whittinghair   "n.J).^  Bishop  of  the  Pro. 


tcstant  Episcopal  Church  in  the  ^ 
vols.  8vo.,  handsomely  printed  on 


sc  of  Maryland. 
.    $5  00. 


Ttwi 


"  The  treatise  of  Mr.  Palmer  is  the  best  ezpositi'  ation  of  Church  PrineiplM 

that  we  have  ever  read ;  excelling  contemporaneous  depth  of  learning  and  sott- 

dity  of  Judgment,  as  much  as  itezcels  older  treatises  on  tbe  iike  suluects,  m  adaptation  tp 
the  wants  and  habits  of  the  age.  Of  its  ioflaence  in  England,  where  it  has  passed  througn 
two  editions,  we  have  not  the  means  to  form  an  opinion ;  but  we  believe  that  in  this  county 
It  has  already,  even  before  its  reprint,  done  more  to  restore  the  sound  tone  of  Catholic  prin- 
eiples  and  feelinc  than  any  other  one  work  of  the  age.  The  autlior'a  learning  and  powers  of 
combination  ana  arrangement,  great  as  they  obviously  are,  are  less  remarkable  than  the  sterl- 
ing good  sense,  the  vigorous  and  solidjudgment,  which  is  everywhere  manifest  in  the  tres- 
tle, and  confers  on  it  its  distinctive  excellence.  Tbe  style  of  the  author  is  diitinguinhed  (br 
dignity  and  masculine  energy,  while  his  tone  is  everywhere  natural ;  on  proper  occasions, 
reverential;  and  always,  so  far  as  we  remember,  sufficiently  conciliatory. 

"  To  our  clergy  and  intelligent  laity,  who  desire  to  see  the  Church  justly  discriminated 
from  Romanists  on  the  one  hand,  and  dissenting  denominations  on  the  other,  we  earnestly 
coamaBd  Falaser'e  Treatiseon  the  Church."— j>^  Y.  Churchman. 

PAROCHIAL    SERMONS, 

BY  JOHN  HBNRT  NEWMAN,  B.D., 

Fellow  of  the  Oriel  College  and  Vicar  of  St.  Mary  the  Virgin*c^ 
Oxford.  The  six  volumes  of  the  London  edition  complete  in 
two  elegant  8vo.  volumes  of  upwards  of  600  pages  each.  $5  00. 

SOr  Mr.  Newman^s  Sermons  hare  probably  attained  a  higher  charactei 
than  any  others  ever  published  in  this  country.  The  following  recom- 
mendatory  letter  (is  one  of  the  many)  received  by  the  publishers  during 
their  progress  through  tlie  press.  < 

From  tht  BUhop  of  North  CaroU$ia.  JB 

Rale'^,N^M,18«. 
Vowr  letter  announcing  yoor  intention  to  republish  the  Parochial  Sermons  of  the  Rev.  Joh« 
Henry  Newman,  B.D.,  Oxford,  has  given  me  sincere  pleasure.  In  complying  with  yuur 
request  for  my  opinion  of  them,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say,— after  a  constant  use  oi  them  in  my 
•loeet,  and  an  observation  of  their  efflsct  upon  some  of  my  friends,  for  the  last  six  years,— that 
tbey  are  anong  Che  very  best  practical  sermons  in  the  English  famgtiage;  that  while  they  aia 
free  from  those  extravagances  of  opinion  usually  aacribM  to  the  author  of  the  90th  Tract, 
they  assert  in  the  strongest  manner  the  true  doctrines  of  the  Reformation  in  England,  and  en 
Ihrce  with  peculiar  solemnity  and  effect  that  holiness  of  life,  with  the  means  thereto,  so  char- 
■oteristie  oithe  Fathers  of  that  trying  age.  With  high  respect  and  esteem,  your  friend  and 
MTvant,  L.  S.  IVES. 

HARE'S   PAROCHIAL  SERMONS. 

Sermons  to  a  Country  Congregation.  By  Augustus  William 
Hare,  A.M.,  late  Fellow  of  New  College,  and  Rector  of  Alton 
Barnes.    One  volume,  royal  8vo.    $2  25. 


**  Any  one  who  can  be  pleased  with  delicacy  of  thought  expressed  in  th:  most  tiraple  ha 

BBge— any  one  who  can  ti  "    " 

r  apt  and  variau  Justratioi 

enings  of  h  pioua  and  highly  gifted  mindT'^'-QMan  itsWew 


feel  the  charm  of  Andin( 
t  and  varjau  Justratione— will  be  delighted  wi' 


duties  eladCMled  and  enforced 
this  volume,  which  praaents  oe  with  te 


<^. 


^^^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


m  ^^"  ■■■ 

itt  JM   12.2 
Z  U&   |2.0 

*•      i. 

lUtau 

m 


Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


as  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 
V^IMTIR.N.Y.  USM 

(7U)I79-4S03 


I      H.  Apphton  ^  Co.^t  Catalogut  of  Vahtabk  WorU, 


THE   KINGDOM   OF  OHRIST; 

Or,  Hints  reqpecting  the  Principles,  Constitution,  tnd  Otdmances 
of  the  Catholic  Church.  By  Frederick  Demson  Maurice, 
M.A.  Chaplain  of  Guy's  Hospital,  Professor  of  English  Litem 
ture  and  History,  King's  College,  London.  In  one  elegant  oo 
tavo  volume  of  600  pages,  uniform  in  style  with  Newman^ 
Sermons,  Palmer  on  the  Church,  &c.    $2  50. 

**  Mr.  MawiM't  worii  ia  emiaentljr  Attod  toangin  th«  attention  and  nwat  tii*  want*  of  aS 
MiMMttd  ia  tba  Mvcral  moTsiiMnta  tbat  an  now  tAiag  place  iu  the  nlif  ioiw  comnnnity ;  A 
takatap  tiM  pratensioai  ganarally  of  theMveral  PrutaatantdenominationB  andof  thaRo- 
■aairta,  ao  aa  to  commend  itaalf  in  th«  growing  int«ra«t  in  tli*  controveny  batwam  tha  laU 
tar  and  tlMiroppooonta.  Tlia  nolitical  portion  of  the  work  coataina  much  that  ia  attractiTa 
to  a  thongbtAil  man,  of  any  or  or  no  ratigiona  paraoaaio*,  ia  reforanca  to  tba  axiatitig  and  poa- 
Mb  Aitare  atata  of  oar  eoiutiy." 


t 


A  MANUAL   FOR  OOMMUNICANT8 ; 

Or  the  Order  for  Administerinif  the  Holy  Communion;  conveniently  ar* 

ranged  with  Meditations  and  Prayers  from  Old  English  Divines,  iMing 

the  Eucharistica  of  Samuel  Wilberforce,  M.A.,  Archdeacon  of  Surry, 

(adapted  to  the  American  service.)    Convenient  size  for  the  pocIuQl 

S7(  cenii— gilt  edges  00  cents. 

**  Tbaaa  madiutioBt,  prayan,  and  expoaitlona,  are  gWaa  la  tha  ^mry  worda  of  th*  iUdttri* 
Ma  divinaa,  marlyra,  coafaaaora,  and  doctora  of  tha  Chureh)  and  they  fora  altogatliar 
awh  a  hoiy  of  inatrictiva  matter  aa  ia  nownaia  alaa  to  ba  found  in  tha  aaine  aoa« 
paaa.  Thouah  ooUaeUd  from  varioua  authora,  tha  whola  ia  pervadad  by  a  aniljr  of  apirit  aad 
furaoaai  aad  wa  moat  aaraeatly  command  tha  work  aa  batur  Aitad  than  any  other  which 
arokaow,  toaahaarvathaandaof  aonndadiHcatioa  and  Ihrvent  and  aubataotial  davotiua. 
rha  Amarieaa  reprint  baa  been  aditati  by  a  daacou  of  great  promiaa  ia  tha  Church,  and  ia  a»« 
ftopiiateiy  dedicated  to  the  Biahop  of  thia  diooaae."— CAureAaMm. 


OQILBY  ON  LAY-BAPTISM  I 

e  on  the  Argument  against  the  Validity  of  Lay>Baptlsm.  By  fhe 
Bev.lMmD.  Ogilby,  A.M.,  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical  History.  One 
volume  19mo.,  75  cents. 

*  Wa  haw  baaa  Airoaiad  with  a  aopy  of  tba  akora  work,  aad  loaa  no  tiofie  ta  aaaewehig 
~  thorough,  Ihariaae,  aai 

aieita  inquiry,  thaa  la 
,{7AMrMhaMn» 


-  wa  MN*  aaaa  taroaiaa  wita  a  aopy  or  um  aaora  worK,aaa  loaa  no 
MifahUaalioa.  Viomaeuraory  inapaetiaM  of  it,  wa  take  itto  baa  the 
van  dMa  diaeuanoa  of  tha  aul(|act  whidi  It  ^opoeaa.  aimiag  iaae  to  ai 
MHMy,hv  laamad'aadia|aniouaaifuaaBt,iBquinae  alraady  eicitad."— ( 


THE   PRIMITIVE    DOOTRINE    OF 

ELEOTIONi 

Or,  an  Historical  Inquiry  into  the  Ideality  and  Causation  of  Scriptural 
BeotlMi,  as  received  and  maintained  in  the  Primitive  Churcn  ol  Chrlsl. 
By  George  Stanley  Faber,  B.D.,  author  of  •'  Difficulties  of  Romanism,* 

r  *'I>lfle«ltle8oflnfldelity,'*dtc.  Complete  in  one  volume  octavo.  #I  71 

••  Ma  rabar  varllaa  hb  optahm  by  damoaatratlon.     We  cannot  pay  a  higher  raapart  la  hll 
«■! Itaalf  waawiadiBf  it W* M"-Ckunk  of  Knilmttd (^M^f«r(|r  ilnitew 


■■•5*  —  '    ■»•  "- 


i    ^ 


orU^ 


^dinancea 
Mauricb* 
iieh  litem 
slegant  oo 
Newman** 


h«  wkoto  of  «A 
I  communis;  K 
I  and  of  the  Ro- 
betwaMth*  lat- 
hat  ia  attratli** 
izMliiic  am*  ?«•• 


NTS; 

iveniently  »»• 
[)ivlne8,  being 
•on  of  Surry, 
or  the  pocKflit 


rdaortht  iUotUi* 
'  for*  altoiaUMff 

tba  MXM  *i*ni- 
nitjr  of  tpii't  «* 

any  othar  wwch 
lUuitial  drrotiuo. 
ihurcb,  uulitaP* 


itory.   OiM 


tonM«aeta| 
_,  fWriwa,  •■• 
Inqairy,  thui  •• 


InE   OF 

of  Scriptural 

irca  ol  Clurliti 

|f  RomanlfiAt* 

ctavo.  fH  71. 

Intaift 


MK  Jffikim  §  Co:9  CaUhgm  0/  VahMbU  Wmtki,       S 


CHURCHMAN'S  LIBRARY. 

The  Tdnnei  of  thii  leriei  nn  of  a  standard  eluuraoter  and  highly  wt€am^ 
tatadod  by  the  Biihopa  and  Clergy  of  the  Preteitant  Epiaeopal  Church. 

THE  PRACTICAL  CHRISTIAN! 

Or,  Devout  Penitent.    Bf  R.  Sherloeke,  D.D.,  with  a  Life  »f  the  Anther,  h| 
•he  Right  Rer.  Biahnp  Wihwn.    One  elegant  volaine.     lOmo.   TScenta. 

THE  CHURCHHAN'S  COMPANION  IN  TIE  CK08ET ;  * 

Or,  a  Complete  Manual  of  Privcte  Devotioai.    Colleoted  from  the  writinga  af 
ArcliMshopLaud,  Biahop  Am.  -.wee,  Bianop  Ken,  Dr.  Hiekei,  Mr.  Kettle- 
well,  Mr.  Spinekes,  and  other  eitditent  old  Engliih  Dinnee.    With  a  Pre- 
face by  Rbt.  Mr.  Spinnkes.    Edited  by  FianeiaB.  Paget,  M.  A.     OneoA 
gant  Tolume,  16mo.    f  1  00. 

OF    THE    IMITATION    OF  CHRIST. 

ftonr  books,  Vy  Thauias  k  Kempis,  a  new  and  com|dete  edition,  elegant1|y 

printed.    X  rol.  lOmo.    $1  00. 


THE    EARLY    ENGLISH    CHURCH 


Or,  Christian  Hixtoty  of  England  in  early  British,  Saxon,  and  Nonaan  "nmea 
By  the  R«v.  Edward  Churton,  M.A.    With  a  Preface  by  the  Right  Rfv. 
Bishop  Ives.    1  Tui.  lOmo.,  elegantly  omaioented.    $1  00 

LEARN  TO  DIE. 

Diaee  Muri,  Leam  to  Die :  a  ReHgious  Disoourse,  moving  every  Christian 
man  to  enter  into  a  serious  Remembrance  of  his  End.  By  Christopher  But 
ton,  D.D.,  late  Prebend  of  Westminster.  1  voL  lOmo.,  eleguntly 
■tented.    $1  00. 

SACRA  PRIVATAt 

The  Private  Meditations,  Devotions,  and  Prayers  of  the  Right  Rev.  T.  WU- 
SMU  D.D.,  Lord  Bishop  of  Soder  and  Man.  First  complete  edition.  1  voL 
royal  lOmo.,  elegantly  ornamented.    $1  00 

MEDITATIONS  ON  THE  SACRAMENT. 

Oedly  Meditations  upon  the  most  Holv  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper.  By 
Christopher  Sutton,  DJ).,  late  Prsbeud  of  Westminster.  1  voL,royal  lOme., 
elegantly  emamented.    SI  00. 


*-^ 


■tv? 


I 


A   DISCOURSE  CONCERNINQ   PRAYER 


And  the  frequenting  Daily  Public  Prayer.  BySymon  Patrick,  D.D.,  sometime 
Lord  Bishop  of  Blv.  Edited  by  Frands  B.  Paget,  M.A.,  ChapMn  to  the 
Lei  i  Bishop  ot  Oxford.    1  vol.  royal  lOmo.,  elegantly  omaoMnted.  7ft  eeada 

THOUGHTS  IN    PAST  YEARS. 

A  haulifhl  colleetioa  of  Poetry,  diiefly  Devotional.    9y  the  author  ef  **  Tht 
Cathedral."    1  vol.  rcyal  lOmu,  elegantly  printed.    $1  9ft. 


THE  CHRISTMAS   BELLS t 

t  aither  «f  •* 

elegaally  onamented.    Tft 


4. 


AtWIa  cT  Biiy  Tide,  and  other  Poems.    By  the  author  «f  •* 

•«Vligiaia,*^*a    1  vol.  reyal  lOme     ' 


/  "«NF 


i 


\ 


■*a 


D  JfypleUm  if  Co.'s  CtUalogut  of  Valuahle  W&rht. 
^  r  OHUHUMMAN'S  LIBRARY.— Oontlnned.   ^ 

^-        THE  UNITY  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

%f  the  Bev.  Henry  Edward  Manning ,  M.  A.,  Archdeacon  of  ChidieitM 

Complete  in  one  elegant  volume,  I6mo.    F^ice  $1  00. 

Tbif  work  is  considered  by  several  of  the  fiishons  and  Clergy  of  Engkii 
Mid  ibis  country,  to  be  the  most  able  treatise  on  tbe  sabject. 

TALES  CF  THE  VILLAGE; 

In  which  the  Principles  of  the  Bomanist,  Churchman,  Dissenter,  and  Infide^ 
•re  contrasted.  By  the  Bev.  Fiancis  K  Paf et,  M.  A.  In  three  elegant 
vols.  18mo.    91  75. 

LEARN  TO  LIVE. 

Diice  Vivere— Learn  to  Live.  Wherein  is  shown  that  the  Life  of  Christ  h 
and  oufibt  to  be  an  express  pattern  for  ir  '  ition  unto  the  life  of  a  Chrie> 
tian.   By  Christopher  Sutton,  D.  D.   Onb     )gant  vol.  16mo.    Price  •!  UOL 

THE  DOUBLE  WITNESS  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

By  the  Bev.  Wm.  Ingraham  Kip,  author  of  "  Lenten  Fast."  One  elegant 
Tolanie,  16mo.,  of  415  pages.    Price  $1  25. 

^  THE  RECTORY  OF  VALEHEAD. 

By  the  Bev.  B.  W.  Evans.    From  the  Twelfth  English  edition.    One  •!• 
gantly  printed  volume.    75  cents. 

**  We  believe  no  person  could  read  this  work  and  not  be  the  better  te  Mf 
pioueand  touching  lessons. "—XiOfufon  LiL  Oaietts, 

PORTRAIT  OF  A  CHURCHMAN. 

By  the  Bev.  W.  Gresley,  A.  M.  From  the  Seventh  English  edition^  Cm 
elegant  volume,  16mo.    75  cents. 

**  The  main  part  of  this  admirable  volume  is  occupied  upon  the  illustm. 
tration  of  the  practical  working  qf  Church  principles  vhen  mncerdy  reef 
setting  forth  their  value  in  the  commerce  of  daily  life,  and  how  surely 
oondnct  those  who  embrace  them  in  the  safe  ard  quiet  path  of  holy  life.' 

LYRA  APOSTOLIC  A. 

From  the  Fifth  English  edition.     One  elegantly  printed  volune.    75  eentib 

This  volume  contains  some  of  the  choicest  verses  by  the  most  emineal 
Divines  of  the  piesent  century. 

BISnOP  JEREMY  TATIOB  ON  EPISCOPACY^ 

The  Baeted  Order  and  Offieee  of  Episcopacy  Asserted  and  Maintained  •  (• 
which  is  added,  Clerus  Domini,  a  Discourse  on  the  OfSoe  MinlMerkI 
By  the  Bight  Bev.  Jeremy  Taylor,  D.  D.    One  elegant  volnme,  I60M 

The  reprint  in  a  portable  form  of  this  eminent  Divine's  nnaniwenbk 
Itaftnce  of  Episcopacy,  cannot  fail  of  being  welcomed  by  every  ehnrehiMB 

THE  QOLDEN  QROVE. 

A  fhoice  Manual,  containing  what  Is  to  be  believed,  practised,  and  desfradi 
or  prayed  for;  the  prayers  being  fitted  for  the  several  days  of  the  week. 
To  whioh  ii  added,  a  Guide  for  the  Penitent,  or  a  Model  drawn  op  for  tko 
kelp  of  devout  souls  wounded  with  sin.  Also,  Festival  Hymns,  4e.  By 
the  light  Bev  Bishop  Jeremy  Taylor,  D.  D.    One  volume,  16taM.    fO  M 


..i* 


>' 


B  IKorib. 


DH. 

t  of  Ghidieftw 
lergyofEnclMii 

:i  " "■ 

Iter,  and  InfideV 
In  UuM  elefant 


life  of  Chriit  h 
e  life  of  a  Chrie- 
10.    Price «]  Uk 

CHURCH. 

J*    One  elegant 

EAD. 

iition.  One  •!• 
the  better  fa  IH 


AN. 

iihediUonb   Cm 

upon  the  illnitm- 
tineerdjf  ruf 
how  lurelv 
I  of  holy  life.- 


Dlnme.   75  eentnk 
he  moet  eminent 


PACT. 

dMa(nUlne4;  t« 
)fflce  Miniaterkl 
itTolnme,  Itmm 

e*i  nnaniwerabH 
ivery  ehnrehmaa 

lied,  and  deiired, 
aye  oftheweelu 
drawn  vp  fbr  the 
IIynine,4e.    B* 


m 


n 


Jk  AppUton  ^  €^.'f  Oatatagtu  of  VakuMt  Workt, 

HTSTORY  OF  NAPOLBON  BONAPARTB. 

Tnmdated  firom  the  French  of  M.  Laurent  De  L*Ardeche,  Mem. 
her  of  the  Institute  of  France.  Illustrated  with  Five  Hundred 
Sfdrited  Platet,  after  dengns  by  Horace  Vemet,  and  twenty 
Original  Portraits  of  Uie  most  distinguished  GeneraUi  of  France. 
a  vols.  8vo.  $4  00. 
All  the  leadinff  journals  have  spoken  in  the  most  unqualified 

pffaise  of  this  wo».    The  following  is  from  the  Boston  Traveller  s 

"Aaacbut.,  ooodMMd,  lUUifbl,  and  MMnte  nwoMir  of  dMOnat  Q^talB.  h  ItwofUqrrf 
■Mb  .tlMiiioa.   Tba.niborhMaaiDlydnwBliMBwaatff  fool.  •riri.U.wr  ROM  thalMMib 

■ainlwr  arihawinhb  mt 

•knt,  but  inarntb-Mi«  writtm  toplMw  mSim  Cterl*  X  asr  tiw  EiiclUi  uiMMii«r--Mft 
farthtMOHafbwdom.    ItbM.dniitiKp.*Mrt«fi7«lkwMaMir«zUak" 

THB  BOOK  OF  THE  NAVY; 

CSomprising  a  General  History  of  the  American  Marine,  and  parti 
cular  Accounts  of  all  the  most  Celebrated  Naval  fiat  ties,  fimm  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  to  the  present  time,  compiled  ftom 
the  best  authoritiM.  By  J<dm  Frast,  Professor  of  Belles  Lettres 
in  the  High  School  of  Philadelphia.  With  an  Appendix,  con. 
taining  ^val  Songs,  Anecdotes,  &c.  Embellidied  with  nume- 
Yous  original  Engravings  and  Portraits  of  distinguidied  Naval 
Commanders.  Complete  in  one  handsome  volume,  8vo.  $100. 

**Tyitlefurt  volaaMlid«dtcatMltotht|inientSMnMU7ortlMNBVT,«iid  ii  altosttbar  •  wrr 
fcithfelud  biatodoJ  neoid.  U  MwipriM.  twwtf-twoeb.  tMt,  dMaiUD|  th.  BremiMat  •««« 
•eaoMMd  with  tht  Mv«i  hiitorr «(  Uw  AuMrieaa  uAmtX  npabltSi  To  tiw  Mtratift  Is  MbJoiMd 
■a  «pp«idix  of  Mveaty  pagM,  iMlading  thirtrmre  varf  teumilnf  chanottrtMie  aiModotta,  t&x»- 
1MB  iXriMl  Potna,  aad  «  mloatt  ehrauoloiilad  UbU  «r  emito  in  Ameriou  NaTtl  Wmatj.  U  \m 
■MiMrkutr  adoriMd  with  «Ml«iigr««ad  Mrtnil%  nniMM^ 
UbmcirTarioiMooDflietb  The  BBok  of  Uw  w>fy  diwrtaa,Mid  wl 
edotrealMioiu**— JVbdofial/iiiiUifmcw. 


Ti||MUM,  and  full 


dottMla«haTa,a  vary  tstand* 


INOIDENT8  OF  A  WHALING  VOYAGE. 

To  which  is  added  Observations  on  the  Scenery,  Manners,  and 
Customs,  and  Misnonaiy  Stations  of  the  Sandwich  and  Society 
Islands,  accompanied  by  numerous  plates.  By  Francis  AUyn 
Olmsted.    One  handsome  volume,  13mo.    $1  50. 

PIOTORIAL  VIOAR   OF  WAKEFIELD. 

The  Vicar  of  Wakefield.  By  OUver  Goldsmith.  Ele^^tly  illus. 
trated  with  nearly  SOO  Engravings,  making  a  beautiful  volumOi 
octavo,  of  about  350  pages.    SI  25. 

**Wa  leva  to  tnni  back  oTarthaaa  rifoidcIaMBaaf  aur0walaag«aga,aiidia)av|mta  oamlvaa 
kf  tiMaavar^ailingaaMwiatioaa  which  a  it-pcnual  alwaya  calls  up.  Let  anronawho  has  not 
Nad  thit  hamoital  tala  for  flfkaen  or  twcntj  Taara,  by  Iha  auMriniaiU,  aad  wa  will  warrant,  that  ha 
llna  ap  from  iha  taati—tha  plaaaara  wa  ahould  hava  mM— a  bappi*  mad  a  boltar  Biaa." -<8b«. 


PIOTORIAL    ROBINSON   0RU80E. 

The  Life  and  Adventures  of  Robinson  Crusoe.  By  Daniel  De 
Foe.  With  a  Memoir  of  the  Author,  and  an  Essa^r  on  his 
Writings,  illustrated  with  nearly  500  spirited  Engravings,  by 
the  celebrated  French  artist,  GrandviUe,  formmg  one  elegant 
volume,  octavo,  of  500  pages.    $1  75. 

ajrthtntwiMaebjr  Basra  maathN  tha  laadsrwU 
10,  aaf Iha  PUffrim'a  Profrass  V—iJf,  Johtmm, 


I,  Doa  dalzods,  >«•  l 

ibaiUua  tha  BM«  BMcal  of  roiaaasaa,  la  BM  aaly  thi  aiar 


•riMfeib^ 


i: 


f 


D.  Appkton  ^  Oo.'«  Catahgw  of  VaJuabh  WoHkt 

QENBRAL  HISTORY  OF  OIVIUIZATTor 

B  Europe,  from  the  fall  of  th'*  Roman  Empire,  to  the  French  Revolntjen. 
^    By  M.  Goizot,  Professor  ot  History  to  the  Faculty  des  Lettres  of  Paria 
Printed  from  the  second  English  edition,  with  Occasional  Notes,  by  C.  S 
''    Henry,  D.D.,  of  New- York.    One  handsome  volume,  12mo.    $100. 

The  third  edition  of  this  valuable  work  has  just  appeared,  with  numer> 
ous  and  useful  notes,  by  Professor  Henry,  of  the  University  of  New-York 
H,  Guizoc,  in  his  instructive  lectures  has  given  an  epitome  of  Modem  Hi* 
tory,  distinguished  by  ail  the  merits  which  in  another  department,  renders 
Blackstone  a  subject  of  such  peculiar  and  unbounded  praise ;  a  work  close 
•7  condensed,  mcludinr  nothing  useless  and  omitting  nothing  essential  • 
Mnritten  with  grace,  and  conceived  and  arranged  with  consummate  ability. 

THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  SOOIETY 

IN  THE  BARBAROUS  AND  CIVILIZED  STATE. 

▲n  Essay  towards  Discovering  the  Origin  and  Course  of  Human  Improve 
ment.    By  W.  Cooke  Taylor,  LL.D.,  A;c.,  of  xTrinity  College,  Dublin. 
Handsomely  printed  on  fine  paper.    3  vols.  ISmo     $3  35. 

"The  design  of  this  work  is  to  determine,  from  an  examination  of  th« 
twrious  forms  in  which  society  has  been  found,  what  was  the  origin  of 
dvilization ;  and  under  what  circumstances  those  attributes  of  humanity 
which  in  one  country  become  the  foundation  of  social  happiness,  are  in  an- 
other perverted  to  the  production  of  general  misery.' 

CARLYLE  ON    HISTORY  8t,  HEROES. 

On  Heroes,  Hero- Worship,  and  the  Heroiq  in  History.    Six  Lectures,  re 
ported  with  Emendations  and  Additions,  by  Thomas  Carlyle.  author  of 
the  French  Revolution,  Sartor  Resartus,  Ac.    Elegantly  printed  in  1 
vol.  13mo.    Second  edition.    $1  00. 

**  And  heie  we  must  close  a  work— such  as  we  have  seldom  seen  th» 
like  of,  and  one  which  redeems  the  literature  of  our  superficial  and  manu 
facturing  period.    It  is  one  to  purify  our  nature,  expand  our  ideas,  and  e» 
alt  our  souls.    Let  no  library  or  book-room  be  without  it ;  the  more  it  ia 
atttdled  the  more  it  will  be  esteemed."— Ltierary  Gaxette. 

SOUTHEY'S   POETICAL  WORKS. 

rhe  Complete  Poetical  Works  of  Robert  Southey,  Esq.,  LL.D.    The  ten 
volume  London  edition  in  one  elegant  royal  8vo.  volume,  with  a  fine  per 
trait  and  vignette.    $3  50. 
*.*  This  edition,  which  the  author  has  arranged  and  revised  with  the 

mme  care  as  ir  it  were  intended  for  posthumous  publication,  includes  many 

nieces  which  either  have  never  ^fore  been  collected,  or  have  hitherto  re 

aained  unpublished.  V 

SOHLEQEL'8   PHILOSOPHY  OF 
HISTORY. 

Tie  Philosophy  of  History,  in  a  course  of  Lectures  delivered  at  Vienna,  by 
Frederick  von  Schlegel,  translated  from  the  German,  with  a  Memoir  of 
the  Author,  by  J.  B  Roberuon.  Handsomely  printed  on  fine  paper.  3 
vols.  13mo.    $3  50. 

THE  LIFE  OF  ALEXANDER  HAMILTON. 

Edited  by  his  son,  John  C.  Hamilton.    3  vols.  8vo.    95  00. 

•*  We  cordiaTt)  recommend  the  perusal  and  diligent  study  of  these  vok 
antes,  exhibiting,  as  they  do,  much  valuable  matter  relative  to  the  Revo* 
utlen,  the  ei>*ab  ishment  of  the  Federal  Constitution,  and  other  importaM 
*Sentk  '         ann  »ls  of  our  ooualry."— JVcw-  Yori  JUvtm. 


W- 


■  ^1 


Vmt§ 

SArTor 

h  Revolution, 
ttres  of  Paris 
^otes,  by  C.  S 
>.    $1  00. 

i,  with  numer* 
of  New-YoA 
if  Modem  Hi* 
;ment,  renders 
a  work  close 
ing  essential  • 
mmate  ability. 

DCIETY 

iLTE. 

man  IinproTe 
>Uege,  Dublin. 

lination  of  tin 
8  the  origin  of 
8  of  humanity 
less,  are  in  an- 


[  Lectures,  re 
lyle.  author  of 
ly  printed  in  1 

dom  seen  th» 
:iai  and  manu 
ideas,  and  e» 
the  more  it  ia 


RKS. 

L.D.  The  ten 
with  a  fine  por 

irised  with  the 
Includes  many 
ve  hitherto  re 

OF 

at  Vienna,  by 
a  Memoir  of 
fine  paper.   3 

ILTON. 

^5  00. 

of  these  toV 
to  the  Revo* 
[her  ImportaM 


D,  Apfhkm  ^  CoJi  Catalogue  tf  VaiudbU  Workt. 

THE  NBW  PURCHASE; 

9tt  Seven  and  a  Half  Tears  in  th?  Far  West.    By  Robert  Carlton,  Bi« 

Alter  tt  Idem. 
Two  handsome  yolumes  12mo.    $150. 

*  *  TUs  work  is  characterized  by  much  original  humour  and  informatkM. 

i  GALIOP  AMONG  AMERICAN  SCENERY. 

%f  Augustua  E.  Silliman.  Oue  elegantly  printed  volume.  lOmo.   7ft  ( 

THE  AMERICAN  IN  EGYPT. 

With  Bimbles  tfarcagh  AraUa-Femsa  and  tiio  Holy  Land,  dnrinff  ttm 

years  1839-40 

Bf  James  Ewing  Cooley.  Illustrated  wita  numerous  Steel  EngraviagiL 
also  Etchings  and  Desiipis  by  Johnston.  One  handaesM  volume,  octavo,  m 
010  pages.    $3  00.    Cheap  edition,  paper  covers,  fl  00 

**  No  other  TolaiM  nlantcaB  gWo  the  reader  Mtmo  kpictan  of  wliatbo  wovid  he  IHt^f 
tp  Me  and  meet  in  Egypt.  No  otEer  book  ie  more  practiou  end  pleia  ia  He  picture  efpiecieay 
Whet  the  tn?eller  himaelf  will  meet  Other  writere  hare  one  accoeat  to  give  of  their  Joeiw 
■ejr  oa  paper,  and  aaother  to  relau  in  conrenatioB.  Mr.  Coole/  baa  but  eae  etoiy  mr  tks 
•naide  circle  and  the  rriated  page^"— ArwAcr  Jomatham. 

.    THE  FLAG  SHIP;  .^m. 

OR  A  VOYAGE  ROUND  THE  WORLD, 

In  the  United  States  Frigate  Columbia,  attended  by  her  consort,  the  Sloop  of 
War  John  Adams,  and  bearing  the  broad  pennant  of  Commodore  George  C 
Read.  By  Fitch  W.  Taylor,  Chaplain  to  the  Squadron.  3  vols.  Iteo. 
plates,    f  3  50. 

TOUR  THROUGH  TURKEY  AND  PERSIA. 

IfarratiTe  of  a  Toar  through  Armenia,  Kurdistan,  Persia  and  Mesopotemia. 
with  an  introduction  and  Occasional  Observations  upon  the  Condition  ot 
Mohammedanism  and  Christianity  in  those  countries.  By  the  Rev.  Horatio 
Sottthgate,  Missionary  of  the  American  Episcopal  Church.  3  vols.  13ma. 
plates.    $3  00. 

SCOTLAND  AND  THE   SCOTCH ; 

OR  THE  WESTERN  CIRCUIT. 
By  Catharine  Sinclair,  Author  of  Modem  Accomplishments,  Modem  Soeia^ 
Ac.  Ac.    1  vol.  ISmo.    $0  75. 

SHETLAND  AND  THE  SHETLANDER8  ; 

OR  THE  NORTHERN  CIRCUIT. 

Wf  Catharine  Sinclair,  Author  of  Scotland  and  the  Scotch,  Holiday  Bqbm> 
Ae.  dko.    1  vol.  13mo.  $0  87i. 

HANDT  ANDY . — a  tale  of  irish  life. 

||y  Samuel  Lover,  author  of  '*  Rory  O'More,"  *"  The  Gridiron,*'  *o.  Illastrated 
with  twenty-two  characteristic  illustrations  from  designs  by  the  Author.  One 
handsome  volume,  cloth  gilt.  $1  35.  The  same  in  biNurds,  #1  00.  Tke 
same  with  only  two  plates,  in  paper  covers,  50  cents. 

WITH  TWENTY.THREB  ILLU8TRAT10NS  BY  DICK  KITCAT, 

THE  FORTUNES  OF  HECTOR  O'HALLORAN, 

AND  HIS   MAN  MARK  ANTONY   OVOOLC. 


By  W.  H.  MAXWELL,  Esrt. 
.4ie  elegant  volume,  cloth  gilt.  $1  89,  in  boards,  $1  00— in 
only  two  plateo,  90  cents 


pnper  ooven  wMt 


^ 


>  V 


K  .- 


D.  Afphtan  ^  Co,  s  Cata^bgve  of  VahuAU  W9Pi9k      13 

A  DICTIONARY  OF  ARTS,  MANUFACTURES  AND  MINES, 

Contidning  a  clear  exposition  of  their  Fnuc.-ples  and  Practice.  By  Andrew 
nre»  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c.  6cc.  Ittuttrated  with  One  TTunuaiid  Two  Hundred 
and  Forty-one  Engravinga  on  wood.  Containing  upwards  of  1300  closely 
printed  pages,  forming  one  very  thick  volame  8vo.,  strongly  bound  iii 
•heep.    $3  00.    117  The  same  work  bound  iutwo  volumes.    $5  SO. 

la  ereiy  point  of  view  a  work  liko  the  piMMt  caa  bnt  bt  I«ga^)4d  a*  a  baaeAt  doaa  to  tbao' 
letieal  and  practical  Kiaace,  to  cemiaarca  and  indastrjTi  and  an  inportaat  addition  to  a  apa* 
aiM  of  literature  the  ezciusire  prodnction  of  tite  praeent  centary,  and  the  praeent  atata  of 
peooa  and  civilitation.  Critieuon  in  tavoar  of  ite  latrianc  valua  to  all  cIumb  of  tlia  conmv 
nity  nuKht  be  prodtced,  if  apace  would  pennit,  Srcot  opwazda  of  tbree  hundred  of  tha  laadias 
joumala  in  Eorope  and  tiua  country. 

<'  Tbia  aaaful  and  moat  eaoellent  work,  wbicb  baa  been  laanlng  bi  Monthly  Nanbera,  Ibt 
aome  tima  paat,  ia  now  completed.  It  ia  a  pnbliration  of  moet  decided  and  permanent  ^ne^ 
one  of  wbicb  no  library  abouid  be  destitute.  It  ia  Slled  with  information  upon  preciaely  (boaa 
BobiecU  with  wbicb  every  one  should  be  familiar,  upon  the  practical  operatioaa  of  tha  arte, 
the  acientific  principlea  and  proceaaea  c  intthanica,  and  the  aistory  of  all  improTemeata  ia 
avery  departmeat  of  Science  and  Industry.  The  author  ia  a  man  of  emiaeneo  and  ability,  and 
the  work  enjoya  the  bifbeat  repnutioa  in  Kaglaad,  where  it  waa  tax  pnbliabad.  We  traat 
k  will  ha  welcomed  by  the  intelligent  of  every  elaaa  of  our  eitiiena.  It  ia  neatly  printed,  aail 
ilaatiatad  with  upwardaof  twehra  hundred  eagraTia{a."<-N.  Y.  ^rVbww, 

HYDRAULICS  AND  MECHANICS. 

A  Descriptive  and  Historical  Account  of  Hydraulic  and  other  Machines  foi 
Raising  Water,  iniduding  the  Steam  and  Fire  Engines,  ancient  and  mod- 
em ;  with  Observations  on  various  subjects  connected  with  the  Mechanic 
Arts;  including  the  Progressive  Development  of  the  Steam-Engine 
Descriptions  of  overy  variety  of  Bellows,  Piston,  and  Rotary  Primps 
Fire  Engines,  Water  Rams,  Pressure  Engines,  Air  Machines,  Eolipilee 
4ec.    Remarks  on  Ancient  Wells,  Air  Beds,  Cog  Wneels,  Blowpipes. 
Bellows  of  various  People,  Magic  Goblets,  Steam  Idols,  and  other  Ma- 
•hinery  of  Ancient  Temples.  To  which  are  addea  Experiments  on  Blow* 
ing  and  Spouting  Tubes,  and  other  original  Devices,  Nature's  modes  and 
Machinery  for  Raising  Water.    Historical  notices  respecting  Siphons, 
Fountains,  Water  Organs,  Clopsydrn,  Pipes,  Valves,  Cocks,  dec.  In  five 
books.    Illustrated  by  nearly  Three  Hundred  Engravings.   By  Thomas 
Ewbank.   One  handsomely  printed  volume  ofsixhuiidred  pages.  fS  dOi 

HODQE  ON  THE  STEAM-ENGINE^ 

The  Steam-Engine,  its  Origin  and  Gradual  Improvement,  from  the  time  of 
Hero  to  the  present  day,  as  adapted  to  Manufactures,  Locomotion  aial 
Navigation.  Illustrated  with  Forty-eight  Plates  in  full  detail,  ntuneroiia 
Wood  Cuts,  Ac.  Bv  Paul  R.  Hodge,  C.E.  1  vol.  folio  of  plates,  ami 
latter-press  in  8vo,   $10  00. 

LAFEVER'S  MODERN  ARCHITECTURE. 
Baanties  of  Modem  Architecture:  co'^^isting  of  Forty-eight  Plates  of  OrK 
final  Designs,  with  Plans,  Elevati  ^s  and  Sections,  also  a  Dictionary 
of  Technical  Terms :  the  whole  forming  a  complete  Manual  for  the  Pra«) 
tical  Builder.    ^  M.  Lafever,  Architect.    1  vol.  large  8vo  half  bound. 
$0  00. 

LAFEVER'S  STAIR*«ASE  AND  HAND-RAIL    > 
CONSTRUCTION. 
The  Modem  Practiee  of  Stair-case  and  Hand-rail  Constraction,  practically 
explained,  in  a  series  of  Designs.    By  M.  Lafever.  Architect.     With 
Plans  and  Elevations  for  Ornamental  ViUas.   Fifteen  Plates.    1  voi. 
large  8iru.    $3  00, 

Tha  worka  af  Lafever  are  proaoBaoed  by  practical  mea  to  be  tha  awat  aaaAil  ever  frrfi* 


I-  ■ 


THE  'PRINCIPLES  OF  DIAGNOSIS. 

%  Marahall  Hall,  N.  i>.  F.R.8.,  6t.c.    Second  Edition,  with  many  improf»* 

ments.    By  Dr.  John  A.  Sweet.    1  vol.  8vo.    (S  00 


/ 


\ 


«^      13 

I  MINES^ 

By  Andrew 
IPO  Hundred 
300  closely 
iy  bound  ill 
#5  SO. 

tdOMtOtlMO' 

itioB  to  a  ■pf' 
rsMot  tUta  of 
tr^comiaw 
ofthokadias 

'  iranben,  ft* 
■BueBt  valoo, 
iraciMly  tboM 
u  of  tho  wUt 
proToiDMU  i* 
ind  ability,  aad 
«d.  Watnwt 
ly  priBtod,  and 


Machines  foi 
!nt  and  mod- 
tie  Mechanic 
»am-Engtne 
tary  Pumps 
>s,  floliplles 
,  Blowpipes, 
id  other  Ma- 
nts  on  Blow* 
s  modes  and 
ing  Siphons, 
Ac.  In  live 
Br  Thomas 
ges.  $S  SO. 

the  time  of 
emotion  ami 
il,  numerous 

plates,  and 


»latesofOrK 
a  Dictionarf 
forthePrao 
helfboundL 

LIL 

It,  practicail? 
tect.  With 
ates.    1  vol. 

umMvmtftf 


utyimproiv*' 


4  ''   D.  AfpUUm  ^  Co     Catohgne  of  VaJuahU  Worht. 

SCRIPTURE^'  AND   GEOLOGY. 

Oa  tiie  Relation  between  the  Holy  Scriptures  and  some  parts  of  OsDicgieal 
Scieaee.  By  John  F  rs  Smith,  D.D.,  author  of  the  **  Scripture  Testimony 
of  the  Messiah,"  &o.  &c.    1  toI.  12mo.    $1  35. 

**  The  Tolume  consiats  al  eight  lectures,  to  which  are  appended  serenty 
psges  of  sopnlementary  notes.  The  first  lecture  is  mtroductory ;  the  MOOBd 
u  scientifiouly  descriptiTe  of  the  principal  topics  of  geological  science ;  the 
third  includes  a  research  into  the  creation  ef  our  globe  ;  the  fourth  and  fifth 
It^tures  comprise  an  ezasunation  of  the  delnge ;  the  sixth  discusses  the  app»> 
rent  disscmanee  between  the  decisions  of  geologiits,  and  the  hitherto  re* 
eeivsd  interpretation  of  Scripture,  with  an  additional  exposition  of  the  dilurial 
heoiy ;  the  ssTenth  is  devoted  to  illustration  of  the  method  to  interpret  the 
Seriptaies.  so  that  they  may  harmonize  with  the  discoTeries  of  geology ;  the 
eighth  is  the  peroration  of  the  whole  disquisition. 

WORKS    BY    THE   REV.   DR.  SPRAGUE. 
TRUE  AKD  FAIiSB  RBIiIGION. 

Leeturcs  illxurtnting  the  Contrast  between  True  Christianity  and  yarioos 
ith^rrystenis.    By  William  B.  Spkaovk,  D.D     1  voL  12mo.    $100. 

IiBCTURES  ON  RBVIVAI^S  IN  RBLIOION. 

Br  W.  B.   SpRAOui,  D.B.    With  an   Introductory  Essay  by  Lkorabb 
Woods,  D.D.    1  toL  ISmo.    87i  cents. 

liETTBRS   TO   A  DAUGHTER 

fti  tt  «  «al  Subject!.    Br  W.  B.  Sphaovb,  D.D.    Fourth  edition,  levised 
and  enlarged.    I  vol.  12mo.    75  cents. 

IiECTUREg  TO  TOUNO  PEOPLE. 

Dy  W.  B.  Spbaouk,  D.D.    With  an  Introductoiy  Address.    By  SamVIL 
MiLLEB,  D.D.    Fourth  edition.    1  vol.  12mo.    87i  cents. 

The  writings  of  Dr.  Sprague  are  too  well  known,  and  too  highly  estimated 
by  the  Christian  community  generally,  to  require  any  other  encomium  than 
Is  furnished  by  their  own  merits  ;  for  this  reason  it  is  thought  unnecessary  to 
subjoin  the  favourable  testimonies  borne  to  their  utiUty  and  excellence  by  the 
whole  circle  of  the  periodical  press  of  this  country,  and  the  fact,  that  they 
have  each  passed  through  several  editions  in  England,  suflSciently  attests  the 
estimation  in  which  they  are  held  abroad. 

SPIRITUAL  CHRISTIANITY. 

Lectures  on  Spiritual  Christianity.    By  Isaac  Tatlor,  author  of  "  Sp'ritual 
Despotism,"  dec.  Ae.    I  vol  ISmo.    75  cents. 

-  **  This  work  is  the  production  of  one  of  toe  most  gifted  and  aoeomplished 
Sfdnds  of  the  present  age.  If  some  of  his  former  productions  may  have  been 
thought  characterized  by  too  much  metaphysical  abstraction,  and  in  some  rn* 
stances,  by  speculations  of  doubtful  importance  the  present  volume  is,  we 
think,  in  no  degree  liable  to  this  ol^ction.  It  is  indeed  distinguished  for  deep 
thought  and  accurate  discrimination:  and  whoever  would  read  it  to  advantage 
SBUst  task  his  faculties  in  a  much  higher  degree,  than  in  reading  ordinary 
bodu :  and  yet  it  contains  notliing  wliich  an  ordinary  degree  of  intelligenoe 
and  ai>phcation  may  not  readily  comprehend.  The  view  which  it  gives  ol 
Christianity,  both  as  a  system  of  truth  and  a  system  of  duty,  ia  in  the  highest 
degree  instructive  ;  and  its  tendencies  are  not  less  to  quicken  the  intellectual 
fiwulties,  than  to  direct  and  elevate  the  moral  sensibilities.  We  have  no  doubt 
thai  it  will  be  read  with  great  interest  by  those  who  read  to  find  materiala 
fir  thought,  and  that  it  is  destined  to  exert  a  most  important  infinence,  espe* 
eially  on  the  more  intellectual  clasaea  in  the  advancement  of  the  interasts  d 
tsttthand  piety."— i4i6any  Evcnfng  JourhBl 


^ 


/ 


D»  Afpkton  4"  CSd.*«  CmOfgu*  of  TdttiM  Worh.        f 

Works  by  Rev.  Robert  Philip. 


YOUNQ   MAN'S  CLOSET  LIBRARY. 

B7  Bobtrt  FhiHp.   Witl^ui  Introduetorf  Emiy  bjr  Rot.  Albert  Buntt.  1  fok 

\ftmo.    $1  00. 

IXJVB  OF  TBE  SPIRIT,  ^ruad  in  his  Woric :  •  Coanwiiioa  to  the  Ew 
perinwntal  Ouidei.    ^  Robert  Philip.    iToLlSmo.    SO  eta. 

DEVOTIONAL  AND  BZFERIMBNTAL  OUIDBB.  Bj  Robert  rhilS& 
With  an  Introdactoiir  Sany  bj  Rer.  Albert  Bamea.  S  fola.  ISmo.  $1  70. 
Containing:  .    ^ 

I        Guide  to  the  Doabting. 
Do.    do.    Conacientiona. 
Do.    do.   Redemption. 


Gaide  to  the  Perplexed 
Do.  do.    Devotional 
Do.  do.    ThonghtfaL 


LADY'S  CLOSET  LIBRARY. 

▲a  roLLOwa:  v^ 

THB  MARYS;  or  Beauty  ef  Female  HoIiBeaa.    Bjr Robert  Philip.    1  vol 
ISmo.    OOcenta. 

THB  MARTHAS;  orYarietiea  ef  Fenale  Pietjr.    Hj RobertPhilip.   1  vol 
18mo.    00  eta. 

IBB  LTDIAS ;  or  Development  ef  Female  Ghaneler.    By  Robert  Philip 
1vol.    18mo.    Mete. 

The  Jfotariial  Sari**  of  the  above  popnkr  Library  ia  low  ready,  entitled, 

TBB  HANNAB81  or  Maternal  Inflaence  ol  Bona.     Bj  Robert  Philip 
IvoLlSmo.   50  Ota. 

**TIm Mtlior oFthb  work  bknown to  flMpaUie M oaeof  tht  aofltptolUe  writon afOe 
4Vt  ae'  Muwijr  tur  writer  in  Um  deputmiat  wiiieh  h»  oseapiM,  haa  acqaifcd  m  extea. 
dtn  aad  weU-nwritM  a  popularity.  Tbo  pnamit  voIoom,  at  itt  titla  dMOtes,  Is  darotod  tc 
aa  iUutiation  of  th«  iaBnenca  of  aKrthen  oa  tbalr  waa  |  and  th*  snIOaot  la  traated  with  tba 
aaaM  erifinality  and  bctfaty  which  chametoriie  tha  anthor'a  othar  worka.  It  will  ba  fonua 
to  ba  a  moat  dalightflil  and  uneftil  companion  in  tha  nunaty,  and  ila  lainanca  can  hardly 
iiB  to  ba  felt)  flrst,  in  quickaning  tha  aania  of  raaponaibilitf  oa  tha  part  of  raothaiai  and 
aait,  in  formiac  tha  ehanetar  of  tha  naiiv  gaaanttaa  to  a  w||har  ataadaid  of  iataUifma* 
aad  victaai"— ^voi^ftM. 


■•*• 


OEMS  FROM  TRAVELLERS. 


IBvatrative  of  variooa  paaaagea  in  the  Holy  Soriptnre,  with  nearly  one  handled 
Engravinga.  Amongthe  authoritiea  quoted  will  be  found  the  following  die* 
tinguiahed  namaa:  narmer,  Laborde,  Lane,  Madden,  Clarke,  Poeooke* 
Chandler,  Malcom,  Hartley,  Ruaael,  Jowitt,  Came,  Shaw,  Morier,  Neibnhr 
Bmoe,  Calmet,  H.  Blunt,  Belzoni,  Lqpi  Lindaay,  do.  Ao.  1  vol  ISaao 
$1  00. 


*•  Tha  Holy  Seriptnraa  contain  maajr  paaai^M  IVili  of  impovlaaaa  and  baaatjr,  b«l  net  |» 
■afalljr  aadaratood.  baeauaa  thay  contain  allaaioa  to  naanan  and  cnatoow,  Onailiar  iadiai 
to  thaaa  to  whom  thajr  wara  originaUy  addraaaod,  bat  imparfbet||r  known  to  at.  In  ardar  to 
OIkTiaM  thia  difficulty,  tbia  Tolama  ia  now  praaentad  to  tha  public,  conaiatiaf  of  aatiaata  Aom 
tha  namtivaa  of  traTollara  who  hava  raoorded  tha  caatoma  of  tha  oriantal  nationa,  from 
whom  wa  laam  that  aoraa  ui^m  wara  ratainad  amaag  thorn  to  thia  dajTt  a«eh  aa  aiiMad  ad 
tha  timaa  whan  tha  Scripturaa  wara  writtan,  and  that  thaaa  aarooa  are  ta  fuutf  iadlaficai 
■tllaebiBfladaiaoathaiMtriarehalUmaa.  Tha  oompilar  of  thia  ▼oIoom  traate  that  itaMjr  ba 
tfia  maaaa,  uadar  Ood*i  proTidanea,  of  laadiag  nnlaaraad  raadara  to  a  awaa  gaaand  aa 
analatanca  with  Baatara  caatoma,  and  aaiiit  tham  to  a  eloarar  pareaptioB  of  the  pronMi 
«Bd  baaatjr  af  tha  iUoriationa  aa  oftaa  dra.m  flraarthan  ia  tha  Kb  k 


\ 


lip. 

RY. 

initt.l«ol. 

to  tha  £■• 


ibeTtFbfliA 
no.    $175. 


itions. 
ion. 


bilip.    Ivol 

hUip.   Ivol 

o^ftPUlip 

,  entitled, 
rt  Philip 


ibe 


writenofdie 
ini  M  nten. 
^i■d•Tot•dtc 
MUd  with  tte 
t  wiU  bt  fonue 
ice  can  taaraly 
notlwnt  «imS 
of  jamiigwo 


one  hniidied 
bllowingdio* 
e,  Pooooke^ 
er,  Neibutur 
''  Tol    ISbm 


iff  boi  net 


Beta» 
iadMi 


•.  In  eidar  tp 
•xtnwtoAom 
nttioM,  from 

!kMeiMa4aft 


thrtiteMTbe 
I  gMMial  ee 
thepropito^ 


D,  Afpkion  4-  Co.*«  Caloibgtie  of  Valuable  Worka. 

Works  by  the  Rev.  John  Angell  James. 

THE  TRUE  CHRISTIAN. 
By  the  Rer.  JoHir  Anoxll  Jambi    With  an  Introduction  by  the  Rer.  Wm. 
Aouu.    1  vol.  18mo    f  0  50. 

"  Wo  opine  that  the  publiahera  of  this  Tolnme  undo  an  accoralo  eaknktion  when  thev 
labolM  tooM  *  AddresM*  '—itertatypfdf  for  they  aro  among  tllO  choice  effosiona  whick 
elraady  have  ao  highly  bsnafited  Christian  society  from  the  noble  heart  and  richly- 
endowed  mind  of  Mr.  Jamea.  They  ***  ministerial  counsels  to  the  members  of  Uis  eongre- 
gatiae,  and  are  oflbred  as  monthly  epistles  for  a  year,  being  twelve  in  number,  and  are  tone 
entitled t  'Increased  Holiness  of  the  Church;  Spirituality  of  Mind <  Heavealy  Minded- 
■aaa;  Assuranoa  of  Hope)  Practical  Religion  atea  in  every  thing;  A  Profluble  Sabbath j 
Christian  Obligations ;  Lift  of  Faith;  Influsnco  of  elder  Christiana;  Spirit  of  Prayer  ;  Prl> 
VBia  Pieyer,  and  Self-Ezamination.'  "—CfiriuUm  InuUifenetr. 

THE  TOUNa  MAN  FROM  HOME. 

In  a  series  of  Letters,  eapecially  directed  for  the  Moral  Advancement  nfYonth 

By  the  Rer.  John  Ahobll  James.   Tenth  edition.    1  vol.  ISmo.  37i  cts 

**This  woifc,  fitom  the  able  and  proliSc  pen  of  Mr.  James,  is  not  inferior,  we  think,  to  an« 
ef  its  predecessors.  It  contemplates  a  young  man  at  the  most  critical  period  of  Ufe,  and 
■Mala  nim  at  overy  point  as  a  guide  in  the  patha  of  virtue,  as  a  guard  from  the  eoatagioaa 
inflwence  of  vice."— iKfrony  AaotrtUar. 

THE  CHRISTIAN  PROFESSOR, 

Addressed  in  a  series  of  Counsels  and  Cautions  to  the  Members  of  Christian 

Churches.    By  the  Rer.  John  Anosll  James.    1  vol.  18mo.   OSf  cents. 

**  The  aodior  femaifca  in  this  ezeeltoiit  volume  t  *  When  I  look  into  the  ITew  Testament 
sal  lead  what  a  Christian  AanU  be,  and  then  look  into  the  Church  of  God,  and  see  what 
CArietians  art,  I  am  painftally  affected  by  observing  the  dissimihtfity ;  and  in  my  jealousy  for 
tbn  honoar  of  tho  Christian  profession,  have  made  this  effort,  periinp:  ^  f?*ble  one,  ana  cor 
tain^  an  anxious  one,  to  remove  its  bleinishes,  to  restore  its  uipaired  beauty,  nod  thus  saiae 
te  icpntation.' " 

THE  ANXIOUS  ENQX7IRER  AFTER  SALVATION 
Direeted  and  Encouraged.     By  the  Rev.  John  AnaKLi.  James. 

18mo.  37i- cents. 
^Twenty  thousand  copies  of  this  excellent  little  rolnme  hare  already  been 
M^d,  which  fully  attests  the  high  estimation  the  work  has  attained  with  tho 
religious  oommunity. 

HAPPINESS,  ITS  NATURE  AND  SOUROES. 

By  the  Rev.  J.  A.  Jambs.  1  vol.  33mo.  35  cents. 

**  This  Is  written  in  the  excellent  author's  best  vein.    He  has,  with  a  searching  Adelity, 

expoeed  the  varioua  aasatisiying  expedients  by  which  the  natural  heart  a«eks  to  attain  the 

gf«atend  and  aim  of  all— happiness,  and  with  powerftil  and  touahing  «xh'.>itations  direcEied  it 

to  tho  novar-fialing  sourco  of  all  good."— ii^Mnig's'tM. 

THE  WIDOW  DIRECTED 

To  fha  Widow's  God.  By  the  Rer.  John  A.  James.  1  toI.  ISmo.  37i  cents. 

**  The  book  ia  worthy  to  be  read  by  others  besides  the  class  fbr  which  it  ia  eepecially  do- 
sifMd  I  and  aro  doubt  not  that  it  destiaed  to  come  aa  a  friendly  visitor  to  many  a  house  of 
fitfliiieiiig,  and  as  a  healing  balm  to  many  a  wounded  heart"— iV.  Y.  Ob$mtr, 

CRUDEN'S  CONCORDARiCE. 

Containing  all  the  Words  to  be  found  in  the  large  Work  relating  to  the  Now 
Testament.   1  toI.  ISmo.    50  eents. 

THE  POLYMIORIAN  NEW  TESTAMENT. 
Nvmerous  References,  Maps,  dec.    1  rol.  ISmo.     50  cents 

THE  SACRED  CHOIR: 

A  COLLECTION  OF  CHURCH  MUSIC: 
CsaslBting  of  Selections  from  the  most  distinguished  authors,  among  whoa 
■re  the  names  of  Hatdn,  MoaAKT,  BiBtHorBN,  Pbroolessi*  Ao.  dte. 
with  eeTond  pieces  ef  Musio  br  the  author ;  also  a  Progressive  ElesMntuy 
•ysiem  of  Instruction  for  Pupils.    By  Gboboe  Kinomlet,  author  ef  the  9i» 
utsE  Ciuiu.  lifcc  Ae     Fmirth  edition     $0  75      ^   .    ,        ,  .-..,.,.. 


iTOt. 


.A.. 


'^^W 


*. 


# 


Cabinet  Edition  of  the  Poets. 


*      COWPER'S  COMPLETE   POETICAL 

WORKS. 

.  The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  William  Cowper,  Esq^  including 
the  Hymns  and  Translations  from  Mad.  Guion,  Milton,  iic^  and 
Adam,  a  Sacred  Drama,  from  the  Italian  of  Battista  Asdreini, 
with  a  Memoir  of  the  Author,  by  the  Rev.  Henry  Stebbing,  A  J£. 
Two  elegantly  printed  volumes,  400  pages  each,  lOmo.,  with 
beautiful  fronti^ieces.    $1  75. 

This  i*  the  ON^y  complete  Ameriam  eUtion. 
Morality  never  found  in  genius  a  more  deroted  adToeate  flian  CSowper,  aei 
hai  moral  wiidom,  in  it*  plain  and  leTere  precepts,  been  erer  more  saceess 
fully  combined  vrlth  the  delicate  spirit  of  poetry,  than  in  his  works.  H« 
was  endowed  with  all  the  powers  which  a  poet  could  want  who  was  to  be  the 
moralist  of  the  world — the  reproTer,  but  not  the  satirist,  of  men— the  teacher 
nf  simple  truths,  which  were  to  be  rendered  gracious  without  endangering 
their  simplicity. 

BURNS'  COMPLETE  POETICAL 
WORKS. 

The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  Robert  Bums,  with  Explanatory 

V  and  Glossarial  Notes,  and  a  Life  of  the  Author,  by  James  Cur- 
rie,  M.D.     1  vol.  16mo.    91  25. 

i,.,  This  is  the  inost  complete  edition  which  has  been  pnbliriied,  and  contains 
ttie  whole  of  the  VMtrj  comprised  in  the  edition  lately  edited  br  Cunninghasn, 
M  well  as  some  additional  pieces ;  and  such  notes  haTO  been  added  as  are  caK 
ealated  to  illustrate  the  manners  and  customs  of  Scotland,  aoas  to  rendemhe 
whole  more  intellig^ible  to  the  English  reader.  ^ 

*'  No  poet,  with  the  exception  of  Shakspeare,  ever  poesessed  the  power  el 
excitingthe  most  varied  and  discordant  emotions  with  such  nirid  transitions." 
-Sir  W.  Seott. 

MILTON'S  COMPLETE    POETICAL 

WORKS. 

The  complete  Poetical  Works  of  John  Milton,  with  Explanatory 
Notes  and  a  Life  of  the  Author,  by  the  Rev.  Henry  Stebbing, 
A.  M.    Beautifully  illustrated.    1  vol.  16mo.    $1  25. 
T%e  Latin  and  lUUian  Poems  are  included  tn  this  edition. 

Mr.  Stebbing's  notes  will  be  found  very  useful  in  elucidating  the  learned 
allusions  with  ^|^ch  the  text  abounds,  and  they  are  also  valuable  for  the 
correct  apprecllnon  with  which  the  writer  directs  attention  to  the  beai^ 
ties  of  the  author. 

V  #  •«  SCOTT'S  POETICAL  WORKS. 

Tlie  Poetical  Works  of  Sir  Walter  Scott,  Bart. — Oontainini  Lay 
of  the  Last  Minstrel,  Marmion,  Lady  of  the  Lake,  Don  Rode- 
rick, Rokeby^,  Ballads,  Lyrics,  and  Songs,  with  a  Life  of  the 
Author.  Umform  with  Cowper,  Bums,  &c.   1  vol.  16mo.  $1  25. 
**  WaJ^^r  Scott  is  the  most  popular  of  all  thr  poets  of  the  present  day,  and  de- 
servedly so.    He  describes  that  which  is  most  easily  and  generally  understood 
with  moss  vivacity  and  effect  than  any  other  writer.    His  style  is  clear,  flowiLg 
and  transparent ;  his  sentiments,  of  which  his  s^le  is  an  easy  and  natural  n.« 
*<"mi,  are  common  to  him  with  his  rfiaders." — HazUU' 


.M 


^4; 


'Wk: 


oetB. 

-ICAL 

q^  including 
ton,  icc^  and 
ita  Asdreini, 
ebbingt  A3£. 
16mo.,  with 


mCoWiwr,  bm 
r  more  taceoM 
it  worki.     H« 

0  WM  to  be  th0 
en— the  teaeher 
ittt  endangeriiiff 

CAL 

1  Explanatory 
y  Jamea  Cui- 

S,  ud  eontaina 
'  CanniBchun, 
dedasereral- 
M  to  rendeAhe 

)d  the  power  el 
pid  tnuuitioM.*' 

nCAL 

I  Explanatory 
ory  Stebbing, 

ition. 

ing  the  learned 
finable  for  th« 
on  to  the  I 


KS. 

mtainini  Lay 

e,  Don  Rode- 

a  Life  of  the 

.16mo.  9125. 

lent  day,  attd  de- 

rally  nndarttood 

iaelear,flowir| 

and  natural  ib« 


D.  Jppleton  ^  Co.* a  Catalogue  of  ValuahU  FvilicaUoms, 
THE  YOUNQ  STUDENT; 

Or.  Ralph  and  Victor.  By  Madame  Guizot  From  the  French,  by  Saroael 
Jackson.  One  elegant  volume  of  500  pages,  with  illustrations.  Price  75 
cents. 

'^This  volume  of  biographical  incidents  ia  a  striking  picture  of  juvenile 
life.  To  all  that  numberless  class  of  youth  who  are  passing  through  their 
literary  education,  whether  in  boarding-schools  or  academies,  in  the  colle- 
giate course,  or  the  preparatory  studies  connected  with  them,  we  know 
nothing  more  precisely  fitted  to  meliorate  their  character,  and  direct  their 
course,  subordinate  to  the  higher  authority  of  Christian  ethics,  than  this 
excellent  delineation  of  *  The  Young  Student,'  by  Madame  Guizot.  It  is  a 
perfect  reflecting  mirror,  in  which  the  whole  race  may  behold  the  resolution, 
the  impetuosity,  and  the  disobedient  tendencies  of  theii  own  hearts,  as  ex- 
emplified in  the  history  of  Ralph ;  and  the  moral  daring,  dignify,  and  triumph, 
exhibited  by  Victor.  But  it  is  not  the  son  alone  who  is  taught  bv  Madame 
Guizot— every  father,  also,  who  has  children  still  under  the  age  ot  manhood, 
and  even  '  grandpas,'  can  derive  rich  edification  from  the  example  of  Ralph's 
fiither  and  Victor's  guardianship.  The  French  Academy  were  correct  in 
theii  judgment  when  they  pronounced  Madame  Guhsot's  Student  the  beai 
kook  of  the  year."— JV*.  Y,  Courier  ^  Enquirer, 

THE  CHILD'S  OWN  STORY  BOOK;       u 

Or,  Tales  and  Dialogues  for  the  Nursery.  By  Mrs.  Jerram,  (Ute  Jan* 
Illisabeth  Holmes.)  Illustrated  with  numerous  Engravings.  Elegantly 
bound,  with  gold  stamp  on  side.    Price  50  cents 

Author's  PnEFAcs.^In  writing  the  following  pages,  my  most  earnest 
desire  has  been  to  awaken  in  the  hearts  of  little  children^  kindly  and  offee- 
tionate  feelings  towards  each  other,  submission  and  loving  confidence  to- 
wards their  parents^  and  reverence  and  love  towards  G<m.  This  I  have 
attempted  in  describing  scenes  and  objects  most  of  which  must  be  familiar 
to  every  child.  The  language  I  have  used  is  the  easiest  I  could  comwaad, 
ao  that  ^  child  of  three  years  old  may  understand  it. 

VERY  LITTLE  TALES, 

For  very  Little  Children.  In  single  syllables  of  three  and  four  letters. 
From  the  sixth  London  edition  ;  illustrated  with  numerous  engravings* 
Elegantly  bound  in  cloth.    Price  37  1-2  cents. 

The  type  of  this  little  volume  is  quite  a  curiosity,  it  is  so  large. 

"The  suitableness  of  thia  little  work  to  its  object,  is  proved  by  the  fact. 
Chat  the  first  edition  went  oft  vnthin  three  weeks  uom  the  day  of  its  pvblic*^ 
tion,  and  that  a  fourth  was  required  in  a  few  months.  It  is  designed  foir 
children  who  have  just  acquired  the  knowledge  of  their  alphabet ;  a  period 
In  juvenile  education  which  has  been  hitherto  left  without  any  pioviaion  at 
tkt  kind  "^EaOraeifrom  Prtfaee, 

LUOY  AND  ARTHUR; 

A  Book  for  Children.  Illustrated  with  numeroua  engravings,  elegantty 
bound  in  eleth.    Plrice  50  cents. 

Gontbhts.— I.  The  Nursery.  11.  The  Little  Black  Pony.  IIL  The 
Little  Gaideni.  IV.  The  Day*!  Work.  V.  Tha  WaUu  YL  Manma^ 
Sloiiaa.    VIL  Papa*a  fltoriea*    VIU.  Sunday. 

**  Thia  ia  a  book  ia  advaaea  of  tha  *•  Very  Little  Tates,**  aoi  intended  (br< 


:4 


*• 


H 


1 


.Mi 


^. 


it     D.  AfpUkm  f  Co:9  Caidhgmt  of  VaUuoiM  WorkB, 

MINIATURE  PLA88IOAL   LIBRARY. 

This  unique  libraiy  wiU  oompriie  the  best  works  of  the  best 
authors  in  prose  and  poeby ;  published  in  an  elegant  form, 
with  a  beautiful  finintispieoe,  tastefully  ornamented.  The 
following  are  now  ready : 

oir  yiaiovs  Sminow.    Bj  Oliver  OcM> 


By  Oliver  Oolookltli. 


0OLDSMITH.-EMATS 

smith.   fZicfintt. 

GOLDSMITH.— TBI  Vio4»  or  WAxanauK 
Vi'Senta. 

JOHNSON.—Trs  HiiToar  op  Raiislai, .Paiaoa  or  Abtssimu. 
▲  Tale.   Bv  8una«l  Johnson,  LL.D.   Vfk  cents. 

COTTIN.— EUSABSTH,  01,  TBI  ExiLBt   OV  SlBBBIA.     Bj  U^'ja  r« 

Oottin.    The  extensive  ptqpalaritf  of  this  little  Tale  is  well  known.  SU  eui. 

TOKEN  OP  REMBMBRANCB. 
TOKEN  OF  AFFECTION. 
TOKEN  OF  FRIENDSHIP. 
TOKEN  OF  THE  HEART, 
ladi  Tolome  consists  of  tpprowiate  Poetical  extracts  Drom  the  principal 

writers  of  the  day.   SU  each. 

PURE  GOLD  FROM  THE  RIVERS  OF  WISDOM.  A  collection 
«f  short  extracts  on  religions  sul^ects  from  the  older  writers,  Bishiqp  Hall, 
Sherlock,  Barrow,  Paley,  Jeremy  Taylor,  Ac.   8U  c^nts. 

ST.  PIERRE.— Paul  AiiD  ViBoiRiA.  From  the  French  of  J.  B.  H 
lie  St.  Pierre.  SU  cents. 

H.  MORE'S  PaivATBDsvoTTONS.  Complete.   SU  cents. 

THE  SEASONS— By  James  Thomson.    87i  cents. 
;  GEMS  FROM   AMERICAN    POETS.-87» cents. 

CLARKE'S  ScaiFTvafe  PaoMisBs.  Complete.  S7t cents. 
'■'*«*  These  volumes  will  be  followed  by  others  of  attested  ment. 

Tlieir  Position  in 

authorof  **The 

19mo.  Mcts 


BiestIo  Influences  and  Social  ObUffations 


*  The  Women  of  England,"  **Tb«' 
handsome  volume,  ISmo.  90  cents. 


Their  iMative  Duties,  Do 
Miwiia.    By  Mrs.  EUis,  author  of 
Daughters  of  England."   in  one 


tfiOB  WQWBlilOlF  BI?9#ILiANIDB    Their  Sodal  Duties  and 
Domestio  HaMts.  By  Mrs.  EUis.  One  handi 


ROJ^nB  BBPOffOATpO 
Bbtory orKntfiusiasm,"  Jn 
••  la  iMi  toMmm  tte  (Mml  priadi 

U  mmII  •dMok.m  tlMtdl  aad  nmk 


idsome  voluoie,  Itoo.  80  cts. 

U  By  Isaac  Taylor,  author  of  **Natiinl 
c.  «c.    Second  edition.  I  voL  Itmo.   $1  00. 


(Mm  MM«  b«(miiud  to  thaeiniuMtMMM  of «  oovatrjr  trnkk 
■n  tttni  of  BkM  to  bo  avoUobio  na4or  aajr  oinwMtaMOo  lb 
Unm  of  tht  lataUootaol  aeakiw  tkot  M«  Um  ourlioit  dkvolopod, 
vyABtolMwaM  oSeiiocy  of  Oo  ■fio  mimt  dopood** 
•  « A  «My  osHghtoMd.  JwC  u4  Ohrirtiu  vlow  •fanoMbH 


ouijri 


ijriMoa  a 
oatboloo 


of 


ByTrancis  wayland,  0j>.  Second  edition,  1  vol.  IBmo. . 

uaae Taylor, aaflior ofnaturai ustory cS^thauasm!*'  TDUoUitloik 
1  veL  limo.  mk  cents. 

#•,  waeef  the  iwst leaned  ami  eitTiordtnsrywefks  of  modem  tiMss.* 


ifrkB* 


ARY. 

»f  the  beat 
l^t  fonn«^ 
ted.     The 


f  s 


3U7er  OoM> 
r  Oolonkllh. 

ABTUIHI4. 

wn.  SUcu. 


iha  principal 

A  ooUaetion 
Bishop  Hall, 

,  of  J.  B.  HN^ 


I. 
ment. 

r  Potition  in 
lorof  **TIm 
Imo.  Mcta 

Dutiei,  Do 
1.  autliorof 
a."   In  one 


Dtttiaaand 
tano.  00  eta. 

f  *<NatiU|l 
mo.   $1  w. 

t*flUBiUMu4 

th«  raMiMaf 
•  «V«Mioaal 


bSKsutio!! 


4V-. 


n 


•jt 


■\ 


